Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

¨   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

OR

 

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report             

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-33725

Textainer Group Holdings Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Bermuda

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Century House

16 Par-La-Ville Road

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

Ernest J. Furtado

Textainer Group Holdings Limited

c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited

650 California Street, 16th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94108

(415) 434-0551

EJF@textainer.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, $0.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

None
(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

47,604,640 Common Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    ¨    No  x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨            Accelerated filer  ¨            Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  x    International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ¨    Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17  ¨    Item 18  ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language

   1

PART I

  

Item 1.        Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

   3

Item 2.        Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

   3

Item 3.        Key Information

   3

Item 4.        Information on the Company

   28

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

   47

Item 5.        Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

   48

Item 6.        Directors, Senior Management and Employees

   66

Item 7.        Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

   74

Item 8.        Financial Information

   78

Item 9.        The Offer and Listing

   80

Item 10.      Additional Information

   80

Item 11.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   90

Item 12.      Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

   91
     Page

PART II

  

Item 13.      Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

   92

Item 14.      Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

   92

Item 15T.   Controls and Procedures

   92

Item 16.      [Reserved]

   92

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

   92

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics

   93

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   93

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

   94

Item 16E.   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

   94

PART III

  

Item 17.      Financial Statements

   95

Item 18.      Financial Statements

   95

Item 19.      Exhibits

   96

Signatures

   99

 

In this document, unless indicated otherwise, references to: (1) “Textainer,” “TGH,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Textainer Group Holdings Limited, the issuer of the common shares and its subsidiaries; (2) “TEU” refers to a “Twenty-Foot Equivalent Unit,” which is a unit of measurement used in the container shipping industry to compare shipping containers of various lengths to a standard 20’ dry freight container, thus a 20’ container is one TEU and a 40’ container is two TEU; (3) “CEU” refers to a Cost Equivalent Unit, which is a unit of measurement based on the approximate cost of a container relative to the cost of a standard 20’ dry freight container, so the cost of a standard 20’ dry freight container is one CEU; the cost of a 40’ dry freight container is 1.6 CEU; and the cost of a 40’ high cube dry freight container (9’6” high) is 1.68 CEU; (4) “our owned fleet” means the containers we own; (5) “our managed fleet” means the containers we manage that are owned by other container investors; (6) “our fleet” and “our total fleet” mean our owned fleet plus our managed fleet plus any containers we lease from other lessors; (7) “container investors” means the owners of the containers in our managed fleet; and (8) “Trencor” refers to Trencor Ltd., a public South African container and logistics company, listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, South Africa, which, together with certain of its subsidiaries, are the discretionary beneficiaries of a trust that indirectly owns a majority of our common shares (such interest, “beneficiary interest”). See Item 4. “Information on the Company” for an explanation of the relationship between us and Trencor.


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS; CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE

This Annual Report on Form 20-F, including the sections entitled Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors,” and Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not statements of historical facts and may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations or estimates of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar terminology. Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy, and actual results may differ materially from those we anticipated due to a number of uncertainties, many of which cannot be foreseen. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including, among others, the risks we face that are described in the section entitled Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to potential investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause actual events or results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in or implied by our forward-looking statements. The risk factors listed in Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors,” as well as any cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Before you decide to buy, hold or sell our common shares, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F could negatively impact our business, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and share price. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements regarding our present plans or expectations for fleet size, management contracts, container purchases, sources and availability of financing, and growth involve risks and uncertainties relative to return expectations and related allocation of resources, and changing economic or competitive conditions, as well as the negotiation of agreements with container investors, which could cause actual results to differ from present plans or expectations, and such differences could be material. Similarly, forward-looking statements regarding our present expectations for operating results and cash flow involve risks and uncertainties related to factors such as utilization rates, per diem rates, container prices, demand for containers by container shipping lines, supply and other factors discussed under Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors” or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which could also cause actual results to differ from present plans. Such differences could be material.

All future written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and we cannot predict those events or how they may affect us. We assume no obligation to, and do not plan to, update any forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F as a result of new information, future events or developments, except as required by federal securities laws. You should read this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the documents that we reference and have filed as exhibits with the understanding that we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements and that actual results may differ materially from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Industry data and other statistical information used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are based on independent publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data

 

1


Table of Contents

are also based on our good faith estimates, derived from our review of internal surveys and the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information.

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in U.S. dollars. To the extent that any monetary amounts are not denominated in U.S. dollars, they have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with our accounting policies as described in Item 18, “Financial Statements.”

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

A.   Selected Financial Data

The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 18. “Financial Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the year ended December 31, 2004 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2005 are audited and has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The selected financial data presented below under the heading “Statement of Income Data” for the year ended December 31, 2003 and under the heading “Balance Sheet Data” as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are unaudited and has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In the opinion of management, all unaudited selected financial data presented below under the headings “Statement of Income Data” and “Balance Sheet Data” reflect all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly our results for and as of the periods presented. The data presented below under the heading “Other Financial and Operating Data” are not audited. Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have been made in order to conform with the 2007 financial statement presentation. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected in future periods. You should read the selected consolidated financial data and operating data presented below in conjunction with Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and with Item 18, “Financial Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005   2004   2003
(Unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Income Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Lease rental income

  $ 192,342   $ 186,093   $ 188,904   $ 147,152   $ 122,304

Management fees

    24,125     16,194     15,472     17,942     16,815

Trading container sales proceeds

    25,497     14,137     16,046     8,429     9,348

Gains on sale of containers, net

    13,544     9,558     10,456     4,275     31

Incentive management fees and general partner distributions

    —       —       2,874     1,579     1,393

Other, net

    284     480     648     940     355
                             

Total revenues

    255,792     226,462     234,400     180,317     150,246
                             

Operating expenses:

         

Direct container expense

    32,895     29,757     24,314     16,431     15,724

Cost of trading containers sold

    20,753     11,480     12,944     6,235     7,246

Depreciation expense

    48,757     54,330     60,792     48,321     42,678

Amortization expense

    3,677     1,023     —       —       —  

General and administrative expense

    18,063     15,870     16,357     16,807     15,454

Short-term incentive compensation expense

    4,094     4,694     5,140     3,790     2,324

Long-term incentive compensation expense

    932     285     210     717     428

Bad debt expense, net

    1,133     664     91     868     1,396
                             

Total operating expenses

    130,304     118,103     119,848     93,169     85,250
                             

Income from operations

    125,488     108,359     114,552     87,148     64,996
                             

 

3


Table of Contents
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003
(Unaudited)
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Other income (expense):

         

Interest expense

    (37,094 )     (33,083 )     (27,491 )     (13,434 )     (11,954 )

Interest income

    3,422       2,286       1,086       399       238  

Realized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps and caps, net

    3,204       2,848       (4,153 )     (9,905 )     (11,372 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, net

    (8,274 )     (574 )     8,688       9,016       6,609  

Gain on lost military containers, net

    4,639       —         —         —         —    

Other, net

    56       243       (2,648 )     (237 )     (84 )
                                       

Net other expense

    (34,047 )     (28,280 )     (24,518 )     (14,161 )     (16,563 )
                                       

Income before income tax and minority interest

    91,441       80,079       90,034       72,987       48,433  

Income tax expense

    (6,847 )     (4,299 )     (4,662 )     (4,011 )     (3,001 )

Minority interest expense

    (16,926 )     (19,499 )     (22,393 )     (15,382 )     (10,063 )
                                       

Net income

  $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979     $ 53,594     $ 35,369  
                                       

Net income per share:

         

Basic

  $ 1.66     $ 1.47     $ 1.65     $ 1.41     $ 0.94  

Diluted

  $ 1.66     $ 1.46     $ 1.63     $ 1.39     $ 0.93  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    40,800       38,186       38,142       38,022       37,784  

Diluted

    40,841       38,488       38,598       38,490       38,212  

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 1.14     $ 0.71     $ 0.70     $ 0.55     $ 0.22  

Other Financial and Operating Data (unaudited):

         

EBITDA(1)

  $ 154,022     $ 132,357     $ 144,060     $ 116,501     $ 93,906  

Purchase of containers and fixed assets(2)

  $ 207,171     $ 104,818     $ 158,193     $ 194,634     $ 105,648  

Utilization rate(3):

         

Former Computation

    91.50 %     91.10 %     91.90 %     93.20 %     88.30 %

New Computation

    93.90 %        

Total fleet in TEU (as of the end of the period)(4)

    2,039,759       1,527,814       1,183,332       1,157,063       1,072,310  
                      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data (as of the end of the period):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 69,447     $ 41,163     $ 42,231     $ 28,354     $ 16,419  

Containers, net

    856,874       763,612       722,611       748,604       547,408  

Net investment in direct finance leases

    57,191       42,222       33,011       5,742       7,468  

Total assets

    1,128,346       947,267       870,765       846,579       615,119  

Long-term debt (including current portion)

    581,414       541,167       546,167       503,469       401,469  

Total liabilities

    674,513       620,051       592,791       627,813       445,421  

Minority interest

    49,717       85,922       66,423       44,029       28,647  

Total shareholders’ equity

    404,116       241,294       211,551       174,737       141,051  

 

(1)   EBITDA (defined as net income, before interest income and interest expense, realized and unrealized (gains) losses on derivative instruments, net, income tax expense, minority interest expense and depreciation and amortization expense) is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative to net income, income from operations or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. EBITDA is presented solely as a supplemental disclosure because management believes that it may be a useful performance measure that is widely used within our industry. EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all companies and, accordingly, may not be an appropriate measure for comparison. We believe EBITDA provides useful information on our earnings from ongoing operations, our ability to service our long-term debt and other fixed obligations, and our ability to fund our continued growth with internally generated funds. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

   

it does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

it does not reflect interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

although depreciation is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated may be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

it is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     (Unaudited)  

Reconciliation of EBITDA:

          

Net income

   $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979     $ 53,594     $ 35,369  

Adjustments:

          

Interest income

     (3,422 )     (2,286 )     (1,086 )     (399 )     (238 )

Interest expense

     37,094       33,083       27,491       13,434       11,954  

Realized and (gains) losses on interest rate swaps and caps, net

     (3,204 )     (2,848 )     4,153       9,905       11,372  

Unrealized and (gains) losses on interest rate swaps, net

     8,274       574       (8,688 )     (9,016 )     (6,609 )

Income tax expense

     6,847       4,299       4,662       4,011       3,001  

Minority interest expense

     16,926       19,499       22,393       15,382       10,063  

Depreciation expense

     48,757       54,330       60,792       48,321       42,678  

Amortization expense

     3,677       1,023       —         —         —    

Impact of reconciling items on minority interest expense

     (28,595 )     (31,598 )     (28,636 )     (18,731 )     (13,684 )
                                        

EBITDA

   $ 154,022     $ 132,357     $ 144,060     $ 116,501     $ 93,906  
                                        

 

(2)   Amounts for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, are audited.

 

(3)   We measure utilization on the basis of containers on lease, using the actual number of days on hire, expressed as a percentage of containers available for lease, using the actual days available for lease. Prior to 2007, we calculated containers available for lease to include all containers in our fleet (Former Computation). Utilization figures above for periods prior to 2007 are calculated in the latter manner. Starting in 2007, to conform to the method used by most of our competitors, we began calculating containers available for lease by excluding containers that have been manufactured for us but have not been delivered yet to a lessee and containers designated as held-for-sale units (New Computation).

 

(4)   Total fleet in TEU at December 31, 2007 includes our purchase of the management rights to 508,200 TEU from Capital Lease, a competitor, on July 23, 2007. Please see Item 4, “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company” for more information about our purchase of management rights from Capital Lease.

 

B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

 

5


Table of Contents
C.   Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

D.   Risk Factors

An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including our financial statements and the related notes, before you decide to buy, hold or sell our common shares. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. The market price of our common shares could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events. The following risk factors restate and supersede the risk factors previously disclosed in the Form 6-K for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on November 19, 2007.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The demand for leased containers depends on many political and economic factors beyond our control.

Substantially all of our revenue comes from activities related to the leasing, managing and selling of containers. Our ability to continue successfully leasing containers to container shipping lines, earning management fees on leased containers and source capital required to purchase containers depends, in part, upon the continued demand for leased containers.

Demand for containers depends largely on the rate of world trade and economic growth, with worldwide consumer demand being the most critical factor affecting this growth. Demand for leased containers is also driven by our customers’ “lease vs. buy” decisions. Economic downturns in the U.S., Europe, Asia and countries with consumer-oriented economies could result in a reduction in world trade volume and demand by container shipping lines for leased containers. Thus, a decrease in the volume of world trade may adversely affect our utilization and per diem rates and lead to reduced revenue and increased operating expenses (such as storage and repositioning costs), and have an adverse effect on our financial performance. We cannot predict whether, or when, such downturns will occur.

Recently concerns over inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues, global credit slowdown, the U.S. mortgage market, expected cargo volume growth, container shipping line profitability and a declining residential real estate market in the U.S. have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the U.S. and global economy and markets going forward. These factors, combined with rising oil prices, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment, have precipitated a global economic slowdown and fears of a possible global recession.

Other general factors affecting demand for leased containers, utilization and per diem rates include the following:

 

   

prices of new and used containers;

 

   

economic conditions, competitive pressures and consolidation in the container shipping industry;

 

   

shifting trends and patterns of cargo traffic;

 

   

fluctuations in demand for containerable goods outside their area of production;

 

   

the availability and terms of container financing;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency values;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

overcapacity, undercapacity and consolidation of container manufacturers;

 

   

the lead times required to purchase containers;

 

   

the number of containers purchased by competitors and container lessees;

 

   

container ship fleet overcapacity or undercapacity;

 

   

increased repositioning by container shipping lines of their own empty containers to higher demand locations in lieu of leasing containers;

 

   

consolidation or withdrawal of individual container lessees in the container leasing industry;

 

   

import/export tariffs and restrictions;

 

   

customs procedures, foreign exchange controls and other governmental regulations;

 

   

natural disasters that are severe enough to affect local and global economies or interfere with trade; and

 

   

other political and economic factors.

Many of these and other factors affecting the container industry are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control. These factors will vary over time, often quickly and unpredictably, and any change in one or more of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, many of these factors also influence the decision by container shipping lines to lease or buy containers. Should one or more of these factors influence container shipping lines to buy a larger percentage of the containers they operate, our utilization rate could decrease, resulting in decreased revenue and increased storage and repositioning costs, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Lease rates may decrease, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We compete mostly on price and availability of containers. Lease rates for our containers depend on a large number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the supply of containers available;

 

   

the price of new containers (which is positively correlated with the price of steel);

 

   

the type and length of the lease;

 

   

interest rates;

 

   

embedded residual assumptions;

 

   

the type and age of the container;

 

   

the location of the container being leased;

 

   

the number of containers available for lease by our competitors; and

 

   

the lease rates offered by our competitors.

Most of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, lease rates can be negatively impacted by, among other things, the entrance of new leasing companies, overproduction of new containers by factories and over-buying by shipping lines, leasing competitors and tax-driven container investors. For example, during 2001 and again in the second quarter of 2005, overproduction of new containers, coupled with a build-up of container inventories in Asia by leasing companies and shipping lines, led to decreasing utilization rates. In the event that the container leasing industry were to be characterized by overcapacity in the future, or if the available supply of containers were to increase significantly as a result of, among other factors, new companies entering the business of leasing and selling containers, both utilization and lease rates can be expected to decrease, thereby adversely affecting the revenues generated by our fleet, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

7


Table of Contents

If we are unable to lease our new containers shortly after we purchase them, our risk of ownership of the containers increases.

Lease rates for new containers are positively correlated to the fluctuations in the price of new containers, which is positively correlated with the price of steel. Container prices can fluctuate greatly due to the factors discussed below. In the past five years, we have purchased containers at prices ranging from $1,138 per CEU to $2,396 per CEU. Our average container cost per CEU increased less than 3% during 2007 and has increased less than 1% since December 31, 2007. If we are unable to lease the new containers that we purchase within a short period of time of such purchase, the market price of new containers and the corresponding market lease rates for new containers may decrease, regardless of the high cost of the previously purchased containers. This decline could harm our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

Sustained reduction in prices of new containers could harm our business and results of operations and financial condition.

If there is a sustained downturn in new container prices, the lease rates of older, off-lease containers would also be expected to decrease. As of December 31, 2007, we had an average cost of $1,632 per CEU for our owned fleet. If there is a sustained reduction in the price of new containers such that the market lease rate for all containers is reduced, this trend could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition, even if this sustained reduction in price would allow us to purchase containers at a lower cost.

Further consolidation of container manufacturers or the disruption of manufacturing for the major manufacturers could result in higher new container prices and/or decreased supply of new containers. Any increase in the cost or reduction in the supply of new containers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We currently purchase almost all of our containers from manufacturers based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). If it were to become more expensive for us to procure containers in the PRC or to transport these containers at a low cost from the manufacturer to the locations where they are needed by our container lessees because of changes in exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and Chinese Yuan, further consolidation among container suppliers, increased tariffs imposed by the U.S. or other governments, increased fuel costs, or for any other reason, we may have to seek alternative sources of supply. While we are not dependent on any single manufacturer, we may not be able to make alternative arrangements quickly enough to meet our container needs, and the alternative arrangements may increase our costs.

In particular, the availability and price of containers depend significantly on the capacity and bargaining position of the major container manufacturers. There has recently been a consolidation in the container manufacturing industry, resulting in two major manufacturers having market share of approximately 70% of that industry. This increased bargaining position has led to sustained increases in container prices. If the increased cost of purchasing containers is not matched by an increase in lease rates, our business, results of operations and financial conditions would be harmed.

Terrorist attacks, the threat of such attacks or the outbreak of war and hostilities could negatively impact our operations and profitability and may expose us to liability.

Terrorist attacks and the threat of such attacks have contributed to economic instability in the U.S. and elsewhere, and further acts or threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities could similarly affect world trade and the industries in which we and our container lessees operate. For example, worldwide containerized trade dramatically decreased in the immediate aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the U.S., which affected demand for leased containers. In addition, terrorist attacks, threats of terrorism, violence, war or hostilities may directly impact ports, depots, our facilities or those of our suppliers or container lessees and could impact our sales and our supply chain. A severe disruption to the worldwide ports system and flow of goods could result in a reduction in the level of international trade and lower demand for our containers.

 

8


Table of Contents

Our lease agreements require our lessees to indemnify us for all costs, liabilities and expenses arising out of the use of our containers, including property damage to the containers, damage to third-party property and personal injury. However, our lessees may not have adequate resources to honor their indemnity obligations upon a terrorist attack. Our insurance coverage is limited and is subject to large deductibles and significant exclusions and we have very limited insurance for liability arising from a terrorist attack. Accordingly, we may not be protected from liability (and expenses in defending against claims of liability) arising from a terrorist attack.

A substantial portion of our containers is leased out from or manufactured at locations in the PRC and a significant portion of our major shipping line customers is domiciled in either the PRC (including Hong Kong) or Taiwan. Therefore, our results of operations are subject to changes resulting from the political and economic policies of the PRC.

A substantial portion of our containers is leased out from locations in the PRC because of the large volume of goods being shipped from the PRC to the U.S. or Europe. The main manufacturers of containers are also located in the PRC. These business operations could be restricted by the political environment in the PRC. The PRC has operated as a socialist state since 1949 and is controlled by the Communist Party of China. In recent years, however, the government has introduced reforms aimed at creating a “socialist market economy” and policies have been implemented to allow business enterprises greater autonomy in their operations. Changes in the political leadership of the PRC may have a significant effect on laws and policies related to the current economic reform programs, other policies affecting business and the general political, economic and social environment in the PRC, including the introduction of measures to control inflation, changes in the rate or method of taxation, and the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion, remittances abroad, and foreign investment. Moreover, economic reforms and growth in the PRC have been more successful in certain provinces than in others, and the continuation of or increases in such disparities could affect the political or social stability of the PRC.

Although we believe that the economic reform and the macroeconomic measures adopted by the PRC have had a positive effect on the economic development of the PRC, the future direction of these economic reforms is uncertain. This uncertainty may affect the economic development in the PRC, thereby affecting the level of trade with the rest of the world and the corresponding need for containers to ship goods from the PRC. In addition, a large portion of our shipping line customers are domiciled either in the PRC (including Hong Kong) or in Taiwan. In fiscal year 2007, 32.1% of our revenue was attributable to shipping line customers that were either domiciled in the PRC (including Hong Kong) or in Taiwan. The manufacturing facilities of the container manufacturers from which we purchased the majority of our containers in 2007 are also located in the PRC. Political instability in either the PRC or Taiwan could have a negative effect on our major customers, our ability to obtain containers and correspondingly, our results of operations and financial condition.

The legal systems in the PRC and other jurisdictions have inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.

We currently purchase all of our containers from manufacturers based in the PRC. In addition, a substantial portion of our containers is leased out from locations in the PRC. California law governs almost all of these agreements. However, disputes or settlements arising out of these agreements may need to be enforced in the PRC. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in the PRC. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and may be subject to considerable discretion, variation, or influence by external forces unrelated to the legal merits of a particular matter. The enforcement of these laws, regulations, and rules involves uncertainties that may limit remedies available to us. Any litigation or arbitration in the PRC may be protracted and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. In addition, the PRC may enact new laws or amend current laws that may be detrimental to us, which

 

9


Table of Contents

may have a material adverse effect on our business operations. If we are unable to enforce any legal rights we may have under our contracts or otherwise in the PRC, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be harmed.

In addition, as our containers are used in trade involving goods being shipped from the PRC to the United States, Europe or other regions, it is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. Litigation and enforcement proceedings have inherent uncertainties in any jurisdiction and are expensive. These uncertainties are enhanced in countries that have less developed legal systems where the interpretation of laws and regulations is not consistent, may be influenced by factors other than legal merits and may be cumbersome, time-consuming and even more expensive. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions whose laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the United States and where the legal system is not as well developed. As a result, the remedies available and the relative success and expedience of collection and enforcement proceedings with respect to the containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted.

The demand for leased containers is partially tied to international trade. If this demand were to decrease due to increased barriers to trade, or for any other reason, it could reduce demand for intermodal container leasing, which would harm our business and financial condition.

A substantial portion of our containers is used in trade involving goods being shipped from the PRC to the United States, Europe or other regions. The willingness and ability of international consumers to purchase PRC goods is dependent on political support, in the United States, Europe and other countries, for an absence of government-imposed barriers to international trade in goods and services. For example, international consumer demand for PRC goods is related to price; if the price differential between PRC goods and domestically-produced goods were to decrease due to increased tariffs on PRC goods, demand for PRC goods could decrease, which could result in reduced demand for intermodal container leasing. A similar reduction in demand for intermodal container leasing could result from an increased use of quotas or other technical barriers to restrict trade from or to the PRC. The current regime of relatively free trade may not continue.

Because substantially all of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars, but a significant portion of our expenses are incurred in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

The U.S. dollar is our primary operating currency. Almost all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, and approximately 62% of our direct container expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars for the year ended December 31, 2007. Accordingly, a significant portion of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, 38% and 41%, respectively, of our direct container expenses were paid in 15 different foreign currencies. A decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies in which our expenses are incurred translates into an increase in those expenses in U.S. dollar terms, which would decrease our net income.

Sustained Asian economic instability could reduce demand for leasing, which would harm our business and financial condition.

Many of our customers are substantially dependent upon shipments of goods exported from Asia. From time to time, there have been health scares, such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome and avian flu, financial turmoil, natural disasters and political instability in Asia. If these events were to occur in the future, they could adversely affect our container lessees and the general demand for shipping and lead to reduced demand for leased containers or otherwise adversely affect us. Any reduction in demand for leased containers would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

10


Table of Contents

We own a large and growing number of containers in our fleet and are subject to significant ownership risk.

Ownership of containers entails greater risk than management of containers for container investors. As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will increase our exposure to financing costs, changes in per diem rates, re-leasing risk, changes in utilization rates, lessee defaults, repositioning costs, storage expenses, impairment charges and changes in sales price upon disposition of containers. The number of containers in our owned fleet fluctuates over time as we purchase new containers, sell containers into the secondary resale market, and acquire other fleets. As part of our strategy, we are focused on increasing the number of owned containers in our fleet and therefore, we expect our ownership risk to increase correspondingly. In 2007 and 2006, we paid $207.1 million and $104.5 million, respectively, to purchase containers for our owned fleet. We believe we will be able to find container investors to purchase the desired portion of the new containers that we want to manage. If we are unable to locate container investors to purchase these containers, we may purchase the containers ourselves and operate them as part of our owned fleet.

As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, we will have significant capital at risk and may need to incur more debt, which could result in financial instability.

As we increase the number of containers in our owned fleet, either as a result of planned growth in our owned fleet or as a result of our inability to attract investment to purchase containers from container investors, we will likely have more capital at risk and may need to maintain higher debt balances at a level that may adversely affect our return on equity and reduce our ability to raise capital, including our ability to borrow money to continue expanding our owned fleet. Future borrowings may not be available under our revolving credit facility or our secured debt facility, and we may not be able to refinance these facilities, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in order to fund our business, expand our sales activities and/or respond to competitive pressures. We may not have access to the capital resources we desire or need to fund our business. These effects, among others, may reduce our profitability and adversely affect our plans to maintain the container management portion of our business.

If we are unable to finance our continued purchase of containers or other capital expenditures, our competitive position may diminish and our business, growth plans and results of operation may be harmed.

Our container lessees typically prefer newer containers. Also, a portion of our container fleet is disposed of due to age or other factors every year. To stay competitive we must continually add new containers to our fleet. We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to continue to do so in the future. Future borrowings may not be available under our revolving credit facility or our secured debt facility, and we may not be able to refinance these facilities, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in order to fund our capital expenditures. We may not have access to the capital resources we desire or need to fund our capital expenditures. If we are unable to make the necessary capital expenditures, our fleet of containers may be less attractive to our container lessees and our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from each of our container ownership and container resale segments from a limited number of container lessees, and the loss of, or reduction in business by, any of these container lessees could harm our business and financial condition.

We have derived, and believe that we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue and cash flow from a limited number of container lessees. Our business comprises four reportable segments for financial statement reporting purposes: container ownership, container management, container resale and military management. Revenue for our container ownership segment comes primarily from container lessees that lease

 

11


Table of Contents

containers from our owned fleet. Revenue for our container management segment is also primarily dependent on the lease revenue of those containers that we manage. Revenue from our 25 largest container lessees by revenue represented $308.4 million or 78.4% of the total fleet container for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for $33.0 million, or 8.4% of container leasing revenue during such period.

We do not distinguish between our owned fleet and our managed fleet when we enter into leases with or lease containers to container shipping lines. Accordingly, the largest lessees of our owned fleet are typically among the largest lessees of our managed fleet, and our management fee revenue is based on the number and performance of managed containers on lease to container lessees. As a result, the loss of, or default by, any of our largest container lessees could have a material adverse effect on the revenue for both our container ownership segment and our container management segment, and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face extensive competition in the container leasing industry.

We may be unable to compete favorably in the highly competitive container leasing and container management businesses. We compete with a relatively small number of major leasing companies, many smaller lessors, companies and financial institutions offering finance leases, and promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax-efficient investment. In addition, the shipping lines own a significant amount of the world’s intermodal containers and effectively compete with us. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources and access to capital than we do. Additionally, some of these competitors may have large, underutilized inventories of containers, which could, if leased, lead to significant downward pressure on per diem rates, margins and prices of containers. Competition among container leasing companies depends upon many factors, including, among others: per diem rates; supply reliability; lease terms, including lease duration, drop-off restrictions and repair provisions; customer service; and the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of containers. New entrants into the leasing business have been attracted by the high rate of containerized trade growth and the extent of investment from a number of container investors in recent years. New entrants may be willing to offer pricing or other terms that we are unwilling or unable to match. Shipping lines may prefer to use containers they own instead of leasing containers from us. As a result, we may not be able to maintain a high utilization rate or achieve our growth plans.

The international nature of the container shipping industry exposes us to numerous risks.

Our ability to enforce lessees’ obligations may be subject to applicable law in the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought or the country of domicile of the lessee. As containers are predominantly located on international waterways and the lessees domiciled in many different countries, it is not possible to predict, with any degree of certainty, the jurisdictions in which enforcement proceedings may be commenced. For example, repossession from defaulting lessees may be difficult and more expensive in jurisdictions in which laws do not confer the same security interests and rights to creditors and lessors as those in the U.S. and in jurisdictions where recovery of containers from defaulting lessees is more cumbersome. As a result, the relative success and expedience of enforcement proceedings with respect to containers in various jurisdictions cannot be predicted.

We are also subject to risks inherent in conducting business across national boundaries, any one of which could adversely impact our business. These risks include:

 

   

regional or local economic downturns;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

changes in governmental policy or regulation;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds or other assets into or out of different countries;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

import and export duties and quotas;

 

   

domestic and foreign customs and tariffs;

 

   

war, hostilities and terrorist attacks, or the threat of any of these events;

 

   

government instability;

 

   

nationalization of foreign assets;

 

   

government protectionism;

 

   

compliance with export controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Commerce;

 

   

compliance with import procedures and controls, including those of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security;

 

   

consequences from changes in tax laws, including tax laws pertaining to the container investors;

 

   

potential liabilities relating to foreign withholding taxes;

 

   

labor or other disruptions at key ports;

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; and

 

   

restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in various jurisdictions.

One or more of these factors or other related factors may impair our current or future international operations and, as a result, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on our proprietary information technology systems to conduct our business. If these systems fail to perform their functions adequately, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, our business, results of operations and financial prospects could be harmed.

The efficient operation of our business is highly dependent on our proprietary information technology systems. We rely on our systems to record transactions, such as repair and depot charges and changes to book value, and movements associated with each of our owned or managed containers. We use the information provided by these systems in our day-to-day business decisions in order to effectively manage our lease portfolio, reduce costs and improve customer service. We also rely on these systems for the accurate tracking of the performance of our managed fleet for each container investor. The failure of our systems to perform as we expect could disrupt our business, adversely affect our results of operations and cause our relationships with lessees and container investors to suffer. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power loss and computer systems failures and viruses. Even though we have developed redundancies and other contingencies to mitigate any disruptions to our information technology systems, these redundancies and contingencies may not completely prevent interruptions to our information technology systems. Any such interruptions could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation and concentration in the container shipping industry could decrease the demand for leased containers.

We primarily lease containers to container shipping lines. We believe container shipping lines require a quantity of containers equal to just under two times the total TEU capacity on their container ships to support their operations. The container shipping lines have historically relied on a large number of leased containers to satisfy their needs. The shipping industry has been consolidating for a number of years, and further consolidation is expected. Consolidation of major container shipping lines could create efficiencies and decrease the demand that container shipping lines have for leased containers because they may be able to fulfill a larger portion of

 

13


Table of Contents

their needs through their owned container fleets. Consolidation could also create concentration of credit risk if the number of our container lessees decreases. Additionally, large container shipping lines with significant resources could choose to manufacture their own containers, which would decrease their demand for leased containers and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may incur significant costs to reposition our containers, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

When lessees return containers to locations where supply exceeds demand, we sometimes reposition containers to higher demand areas. Repositioning expenses vary depending on geographic location, distance, freight rates and other factors, and may not be fully covered by drop-off charges collected from the previous lessee of the containers or pick-up charges paid by the new lessee. We seek to limit the number of and impose surcharges on containers returned to low demand locations. Market conditions, however, may not enable us to continue such practices. In addition, we may not be able to accurately anticipate which locations will be characterized by higher or lower demand in the future, and our current contracts will not protect us from repositioning costs if locations that we expect to be higher demand locations turn out to be lower demand locations at the time the containers are returned. Any such increases in costs to reposition our containers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Lessee defaults may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition by decreasing revenue and increasing storage, repositioning, collection and recovery expenses.

Our containers are leased to numerous container lessees. Lessees are required to pay rent and to indemnify us for damage to or loss of containers. Lessees may default in paying rent and performing other obligations under their leases. A delay or diminution in amounts received under the leases (including leases on our managed containers), or a default in the performance of maintenance or other lessee obligations under the leases could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make payments on our debt.

Our cash in-flows from containers, principally container rental revenue, management fee revenue, gain on disposition of used equipment and commissions earned on the sale of containers on behalf of container investors, are affected significantly by our ability to collect payments under leases and purchase and sale agreements, which is subject to external economic conditions and the operations of lessees and others that are not within our control.

When lessees default, we may fail to recover all of our containers, and the containers that we do recover may be returned to locations where we will not be able to quickly re-lease or sell them on commercially acceptable terms. We may have to reposition these containers to other places where we can re-lease or sell them, which could be expensive, depending on the locations and distances involved. Following repositioning, we may need to repair the containers and pay container depots for storage until the containers are re-leased. For our owned containers, these costs directly reduce our income before taxes and for our managed containers, lessee defaults decrease rental revenue and increase operating expenses, and thus reduce our management fee revenue. While we maintain insurance to cover some defaults, it is subject to large deductible amounts and significant exclusions and, therefore, may not be sufficient to prevent us from suffering material losses. Additionally, this insurance might not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all. While defaults by lessees, as measured by our experience and reflected on our financial statements as a bad debt expense, averaged 0.5% of lease rental revenue over the past 5 years, future defaults may be more material, and any such future defaults could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

U.S. investors in our company could suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Based upon the nature of our business activities, we may be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such characterization could result in adverse U.S. tax

 

14


Table of Contents

consequences to direct or indirect U.S. investors in our common shares. For example, if we are a PFIC, our U.S. investors could become subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. tax laws and regulations and could become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and depends on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, for any taxable year we will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. tax purposes if either:

 

   

75% or more of our gross income in the taxable year is passive income, or

 

   

the average percentage of our assets (which includes cash) by value in the taxable year which produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

In applying these tests, we are treated as owning or generating directly our pro rata share of the assets and income of any corporation in which we own at least 25% by value. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we have raised.

If you are a U.S. investor and we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you own our common shares, you could be subject to adverse U.S. tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless a U.S. investor is permitted to and does elect otherwise under the Internal Revenue Code, such U.S. investor would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the investor’s holding period for our common shares. Based on the composition of our income, valuation of our assets (including goodwill), and our election to treat certain of our subsidiaries as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not believe we were a PFIC for any period after the IPO date and we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, there can be no assurance at all in this regard. Because the PFIC determination is highly fact intensive and made at the end of each taxable year, it is possible that we may be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year or that the IRS may challenge our determination concerning our PFIC status.

We may become subject to unanticipated tax liabilities that may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Textainer Group Holdings Limited is a Bermuda company, and we believe that a significant portion of the income derived from our operations will not be subject to tax in Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax, or in many other countries in which we conduct activities or in which our customers or containers are located. However, this belief is based on the anticipated nature and conduct of our business, which may change. It is also based on our understanding of our position under the tax laws of the countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. This position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law that may have retroactive effect.

A portion of our income is treated as effectively connected with our conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and is accordingly subject to U.S. federal income tax. It is possible that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will conclude that a greater portion of our income is effectively connected income that should be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if we become subject to a significant amount of unanticipated tax liabilities.

Our U.S. subsidiaries may be treated as personal holding companies for U.S. federal tax purposes now or in the future.

Any of our direct or indirect U.S. subsidiaries could be subject to additional U.S. tax on a portion of its income if it is considered to be a personal holding company (“PHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status depends on whether more than 50% of the subsidiary’s shares by value could be deemed to be owned

 

15


Table of Contents

(taking into account constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of the subsidiary’s adjusted ordinary gross income consists of “personal holding company income,” which includes certain forms of passive and investment income. The PHC rules do not apply to non-U.S. corporations. We believe that none of our U.S. subsidiaries should be considered PHCs. In addition, we intend to cause our U.S. subsidiaries to manage their affairs in a manner that reduces the possibility that they will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership ( i.e. , particularly as determined by constructive ownership rules), our U.S. subsidiaries may become PHCs in the future and, in that event, the amount of U.S. federal income tax that would be imposed could be material.

The U.S. government has special contracting requirements that create additional risks.

We have entered into a firm, fixed price, indefinite quantity contract with the Surface Deployment and Distribution Command (“SDDC”) to supply leased marine containers to the U.S. military. As an indefinite quantity contract, there is no guarantee that the U.S. military will pay more than the minimum guarantee, which guaranteed amount is substantially below the total amount authorized under the contract. Thus, the expected revenues from the SDDC contract may not fully materialize. In addition, there is no guarantee that the U.S. military will exercise any option terms beyond those currently exercised or that we will be awarded additional periods (the “award terms”) in years 6 through 10 of the SDDC contract, which award is also subject to us performing at a certain level under the contract. If we do not perform in accordance with the terms of the SDDC contract, we may receive a poor performance report that would be considered by the U.S. military in exercising its options to extend the term of the contract and in making any future awards. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that the term of the SDDC contract will be extended or that we will be awarded any future government contracts.

In contracting with the U.S. military, we are subject to U.S. government contract laws, regulations and other requirements that impose risks not generally found in commercial contracts. For example, U.S. government contracts require contractors to comply with a number of socio-economic requirements and to submit periodic reports regarding compliance, are subject to audit and modification by the U.S. government in its sole discretion, and impose certain requirements relating to software and/or technical data that, if not followed, could result in the inadvertent grant to the U.S. government of broader licenses to use and disclose such software or data than we intended.

These laws, regulations and contract provisions also permit, under certain circumstances, the U.S. government unilaterally to:

 

   

suspend or prevent us for a set period of time from receiving new government contracts or extending existing contracts based on violations or suspected violations of laws or regulations;

 

   

terminate the SDDC contract;

 

   

reduce the scope and value of the SDDC contract;

 

   

audit our performance under the SDDC contract and our compliance with various regulations; and

 

   

change certain terms and conditions in the SDDC contract.

In addition, the U.S. military may terminate the SDDC contract either for its convenience at any time or if we default by failing to perform in accordance with the contract schedule and terms. Termination for convenience provisions generally enable the contractor to recover only those costs incurred or committed, and settlement expenses and profit on the work completed prior to termination. Termination for default provisions do not permit these recoveries and make the contractor liable for excess costs incurred by the U.S. military in procuring undelivered items from another source.

In addition, the U.S. government could bring criminal and civil charges against us based on intentional or unintentional violations of the representations and certifications that we have made in the SDDC contract.

 

16


Table of Contents

Although adjustments arising from U.S. government audits and reviews have not seriously harmed our business in the past, future audits and reviews could cause adverse effects. We could also suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were made against us.

Gains and losses associated with the disposition of used equipment may fluctuate and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We regularly sell used containers at the end of their useful economic lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. The residual value of these containers affects our profitability. The volatility of the residual values of used containers may be significant. These values depend upon, among other factors, demand for used containers for secondary purposes, comparable new container costs, used container availability, condition and location of the containers, and market conditions. Most of these factors are outside of our control.

Containers are typically sold if it is in the best interest of the owner to do so after taking into consideration the prevailing sales price, as affected by the above factors, location, earnings prospects, remaining useful life, repair condition, and suitability for leasing or other uses. Gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment and the sales fees earned on the disposition of managed containers will also fluctuate and may be significant if we sell large quantities of used containers. Any such fluctuations could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. See Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for a discussion of our gains or losses on the disposition of used container equipment.

We may choose to pursue acquisitions or joint ventures that could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs.

We may pursue acquisitions and joint ventures. Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

 

   

difficulty integrating personnel and financial and other systems;

 

   

hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and

 

   

increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen obstacles or costs in the integration of acquired businesses. Also, the presence of one or more material liabilities of an acquired company that are unknown to us at the time of acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business. Acquisitions or joint ventures may not be successful, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint ventures.

A reduction in the willingness of container investors to have us manage their containers could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A significant percentage of our revenue is attributable to management fees earned on services related to the leasing of containers owned by container investors. This revenue has very low direct operating costs associated with it. Accordingly, fluctuations in our management fee revenue in any period will have an impact on our profitability in that period. Our ability to continue to attract new management contracts depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to lease containers on attractive lease terms and to efficiently manage the repositioning, storage and disposition of containers. In the event container investors perceive another container leasing company as better able to provide them with a stable and attractive rate of return, we may lose management contract opportunities in the future, which could affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our senior executives are critical to the success of our business and any inability to retain them or recruit new personnel could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our senior management has a long history in the container leasing industry, with our four most senior officers having an average of approximately 16 years of service with us and an average of 21 years in the container leasing industry. We rely on this knowledge and experience in our strategic planning and in our day-to-day business operations. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain our senior management, the loss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our success also depends on our ability to retain our experienced sales force and technical personnel as well as recruiting new skilled sales, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for these individuals in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new container lessees and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer. We have employment agreements with all of our executive officers.

The lack of an international title registry for containers increases the risk of ownership disputes.

Although the Bureau International des Containers registers and allocates a unique four letter prefix to every container in accordance with ISO standard 6346 (Freight container coding, identification and marking) there is no internationally recognized system of recordation or filing to evidence our title to containers nor is there an internationally recognized system for filing security interest in containers. Although this has not occurred to date, the lack of a title recordation system with respect to containers could result in disputes with lessees, end-users, or third parties who may improperly claim ownership of the containers.

We may incur costs associated with new cargo security regulations, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the U.S., seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the U.S. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972 (“CSC”), as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet new requirements imposed by such regulations. Additionally, certain companies are currently developing or may in the future develop products designed to enhance the security of containers transported in international commerce. Regardless of the existence of current or future government regulations mandating the safety standards of intermodal shipping containers, our competitors may adopt such products or our container lessees may require that we adopt such products. In responding to such market pressures, we may incur increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our indebtedness reduces our financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.

We currently utilize three types of borrowings: (i) issuance of bonds; (ii) borrowings under a revolving credit facility and (iii) borrowings under a secured debt facility. Our revolving credit facility is a bank revolving facility involving a commitment to one of our subsidiaries, Textainer Limited, of $75.0 million. Our secured debt facility is a conduit facility, which allows for recurring borrowings and repayments, granted to Textainer Marine Containers Limited, which is a subsidiary of Textainer Limited. Textainer Marine Containers Limited is also the issuer of our bonds. We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers

 

18


Table of Contents

through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to continue to do so in the future. Containers are purchased by Textainer Limited using proceeds of our revolving credit facility. Textainer Limited then sells these containers at book value to Textainer Marine Containers Limited, which then finances part of the purchase price with draw downs from our secured debt facility. In 2001 and again in 2005, at such time as the secured debt facility reached an appropriate size, it was refinanced through the issuance of bonds to institutional investors. We anticipate a similar refinancing at such time as the secured debt facility reaches a balance of between $300.0 million and, if we are able to increase the commitment under the secured debt facility, $500.0 million. This timing will depend on the level of future purchases of containers for our owned fleet.

As of December 31, 2007, we had outstanding borrowings of $21.5 million under our revolving credit facility, $131.7 million under our secured debt facility and $430.2 million of bonds payable. We expect that we will maintain a significant amount of indebtedness on an ongoing basis.

Payments of principal on our secured debt facility are not due until a conversion event, although we have the option of repaying the principal on those borrowings at any time. If we do not refinance the secured debt facility prior to June 6, 2008, a conversion event will occur, resulting in an increased interest rate and a need to make monthly principal payments. Scheduled payments of principal on our bonds are due monthly, although we may not prepay these bonds before June 15, 2008. The borrowings under our revolving credit facility do not amortize prior to the earlier of the last day of the calendar quarter during which the conversion date under the Indenture (which is currently established as June 6, 2008) and an early amortization event occurs; thus, principal amortization would begin on June 30, 2008. However, we have the option of repaying principal prior to the beginning of such amortization period. If we do not refinance our revolving credit facility prior to the earlier of June 6, 2008 and an early amortization event, those borrowings will then become subject to an increased interest rate and we will need to make quarterly principal payments. We are currently in the process of negotiating a new revolving credit facility with our lenders to refinance our revolving credit facility. Recently, however, there has been a tightening of credit by institutional lenders, which has made it difficult for borrowers to refinance debt. At the present time, we cannot determine the duration of the current crunch or whether or not the situation may intensify. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will be able to refinance our outstanding indebtedness, or if refinancing is available, that it can be obtained on terms that we can afford.

The amount of our indebtedness could have important consequences for us, including the following:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, investments and future business opportunities and other purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

reduce our ability to make acquisitions or expand our business;

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt obligations, and any failure to comply with such obligations, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness, which could lead to, among other things, an acceleration of our indebtedness or foreclosure on the assets securing our indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including changes in interest rates.

We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and related obligations and have sufficient funds left over to achieve or sustain profitability in our operations, meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs or compete successfully in our industry.

 

19


Table of Contents

We will require a significant amount of cash to service and repay our outstanding indebtedness, fund future capital expenditures, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and repay our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. It is possible that:

 

   

our business will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service and repay our debt and to fund working capital requirements and future capital expenditures;

 

   

future borrowings will not be available under our current or future credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to refinance our debt; or

 

   

we will not be able to refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our revolving credit facility and secured debt facility and our bonds impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, significant operating, financial and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries.

Restrictions imposed by our revolving credit facility and secured debt facility and our bonds may limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our common shares;

 

   

enter into new lines of business;

 

   

issue capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

make loans and certain types of investments;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies or acquire other companies;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and

 

   

restrict dividends, distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries.

We are also required to comply with certain financial ratio covenants. These restrictions could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and pursue available business opportunities. A breach of any of these restrictions, including a breach of financial covenants, could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness, which will constitute substantially all of our container assets.

If we are unable to enter into interest rate caps and swaps on reasonable commercial terms, our exposure associated with our variable rate debt could increase.

We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to continue to do so in the future. In 2001 and again in 2005, at such time as the secured debt facility reached an appropriate size, the facility was refinanced through the issuance of bonds. We anticipate a similar refinancing at such time as the secured debt facility reaches a balance of between $300.0 million and, if we are able to increase the secured debt facility commitment, $500.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, we had outstanding borrowings of $21.5 million under our revolving credit facility, $131.0 million under our secured debt facility and $428.9 million under our bonds payable, all of which are subject to variable interest rates. We have entered into various interest rate cap and swap agreements to mitigate our exposure associated with variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by us to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Our interest rate swap agreements have expiration dates between

 

20


Table of Contents

June 2008 and December 2010. Our interest rate cap agreements have expiration dates between August 2008 and November 2015. There can be no assurance that these interest rate caps and swaps will be available in the future, or if available, will be on terms satisfactory to us. If we are unable to obtain such interest rate caps and swaps, our exposure associated with our variable rate debt could increase.

Environmental liability may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air, ground and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and costs arising out of third-party claims for property or natural resource damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations. Under some environmental laws in the U.S. and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from the container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we typically maintain certain limited liability insurance and typically require lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage may not be sufficient to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not be sufficient, or available, to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage. Moreover, our lessees may not have adequate resources, or may refuse to honor their indemnity obligations and our insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, coverage limits and significant exclusions.

We could face litigation involving our management of containers for container investors.

We manage containers for container investors under management agreements that are negotiated with each container investor. We make no assurances to container investors that they will make any amount of profit on their investment or that our management activities will result in any particular level of income or return of their initial capital. We believe that as the number of containers that we manage for container investors increases, the possibility that we may be drawn into litigation relating to these managed containers may also increase. Although our management agreements contain contractual protections and indemnities that are designed to limit our exposure to such litigation, such provisions may not be effective and we may be subject to a significant loss in a successful litigation by a container investor. In addition, we currently are in litigation regarding prior management of assets for certain terminated limited partnerships.

Certain liens may arise on our containers.

Depot operators, manufacturers, repairmen and transporters may come into possession of our containers from time to time and have amounts due to them from the lessees or sublessees of the containers. In the event of nonpayment of those charges by the lessees or sublessees, we may be delayed in, or entirely barred from, repossessing the containers, or be required to make payments or incur expenses to discharge such liens on our containers.

We may not always pay dividends on our common shares.

We may not be able to pay future dividends because they depend on future earnings, capital requirements, and financial condition. The declaration and payment of future dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on our future operating results and the cash requirements of our business. There are a number of factors that can affect our ability to pay dividends and there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends in any given year. In addition, we will not pay dividends in the event we are not allowed to do so under Bermuda law, are in default under (or such payment would cause a default under) our revolving credit facility, or if such payment would cause us to breach any of our covenants. These covenants include certain financial covenants, which would be directly affected by the payment of dividends, such as (i) a minimum net worth level

 

21


Table of Contents

(which level would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid), (ii) a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) and (iii) a minimum ratio of certain income (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) to current obligations. The reduction or elimination of dividends may negatively affect the market price of our common shares. Furthermore, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheet are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flow and our ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.

Risks Related to Our Common Shares

The market price and trading volume of our common shares, which may be affected by market conditions beyond our control, have been volatile and could continue to remain volatile.

The market price of our common shares has been, and may continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common shares has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate, causing significant price variations to occur. Since our initial public offering, our common shares have fluctuated from a low of $10.80 per share to a high of $17.00 per share. If the market price of the shares declines significantly, the value of an investment in our common shares would decline. The market price of our common shares may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our common shares or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common shares include:

 

   

variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

failure to meet our earnings estimates;

 

   

publication of research reports about us, other intermodal container lessors or the container shipping industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common shares or our industry;

 

   

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or preference or common shares we may issue in the future;

 

   

changes in our dividend payment policy or failure to execute our existing policy;

 

   

actions by shareholders;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community; and

 

   

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations affecting the container shipping industry or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters.

In the past, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility in the trading price of the shares, which could cause a decline in the value of your investment. You should also be aware that price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common shares are low.

 

22


Table of Contents

One of our shareholders, Halco Holdings Inc., a company owned by a trust in which Trencor and certain of its affiliates are discretionary beneficiaries and could act in a manner with which other shareholders may disagree or that is not necessarily in the interests of other shareholders.

Halco Holdings Inc. (“Halco”) currently beneficially owns approximately 62.6% of our issued and outstanding common shares. Accordingly, Halco has the ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. In addition, Halco has the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Halco may have interests that are different from yours. For example, it may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests as a shareholder of our company. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of us or otherwise discourage a potential acquiror from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our common shares.

Affiliates of Halco and Trencor may compete with us and compete with some of our customers.

Halco and Trencor, through their affiliates, are free to compete with us, and have engaged in the past and will likely continue to engage in businesses that are similar to ours. In particular, Leased Assets Pool Company Limited (“LAPCO”), an affiliate of Halco, owns containers, has competed against us and our customers through its investment in containers and has used our competitors to manage some of its containers in the past. Thus, although we have a management agreement with LAPCO to manage a majority of its containers, we expect that we will continue to compete with LAPCO in the future, which may result in various conflicts of interest.

Our current management and share ownership structure may create conflicts of interest.

Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. These directors owe fiduciary duties to each company and may have conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and Trencor, including matters arising under our agreements with Trencor and its affiliates. In addition, to the extent that some of these directors may own shares in Trencor, they may have conflicts of interest when faced with decisions that could have different implications for Trencor than they do for us. Furthermore, Trencor, as a South African company, endorses for itself and for its subsidiaries, the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct in the King II Report on Corporate Governance. The King II Report on Corporate Governance is a document promulgated by the South African Institute of Directors which, among other things, suggests that corporations in their corporate decision-making consider the following stakeholders in addition to the owners of shares: parties who contract with the enterprise; parties who have a non-contractual nexus with the enterprise (including civic society and the environment); and the state. Trencor may seek to or be required to impose these corporate governance practices on us, which may result in constraints on management and may involve significant costs. Your interests as a holder of our common shares may not align with the interests of Trencor and its affiliates and shareholders.

We are a holding company with no material direct operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends.

We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our operating subsidiaries, which own our operating assets. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to pay dividends on our common shares. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to, or our board may exercise its discretion not to, pay dividends on our common shares.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our ability to issue securities in the future may be materially constrained by Trencor’s South African currency restrictions and JSE Listings Requirements.

Trencor, a South African company listed on the JSE, has beneficiary interest in a majority of our share capital. Six of our eleven directors are also directors of Trencor. Both South African exchange control authorities and the JSE impose certain restrictions on Trencor.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from South Africa. These restrictions require Trencor to obtain approval from South African exchange control authorities before engaging in transactions that would result in dilution of their share interest in us below certain thresholds, whether through their sale of their own shareholdings or through their approval of our issuance of new shares. The exchange control authorities may decide not to grant such approval if a proposed transaction were to dilute Trencor’s beneficiary interest in us below certain levels. While the South African government has, to some extent, relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. The above requirements could restrict or limit our ability to issue new shares. In addition, Trencor is required to comply with JSE Listings Requirements in connection with its holding or sale of our common shares.

Trencor currently has an indirect beneficiary interest in 62.6% of our issued and outstanding shares. The above requirements could limit our financial flexibility by, among other things, impacting our future ability to raise funds through the issuance of securities, preventing or limiting the use of our common shares as consideration in acquisitions, and limiting our use of option grants and restricted share grants to our directors, officers and other employees as incentives to improve the financial performance of our company.

It may not be possible for investors to enforce U.S. judgments against us.

We and all of our subsidiaries, except Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited, Textainer Capital Corporation and Textainer Financial Services Corporation, are incorporated in jurisdictions outside the U.S. A substantial portion of our assets and those of our subsidiaries are located outside of the U.S. In addition, most of our directors are non-residents of the U.S., and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to serve process within the U.S. upon us, our non-U.S. subsidiaries, or our directors, or to enforce a judgment against us for civil liabilities in U.S. courts. In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we or our subsidiaries are incorporated or where our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries are located would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our subsidiaries based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws, or would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our subsidiaries based on those laws.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, under New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules, we are not required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted by the NYSE to comply with Bermuda corporate governance practice in lieu of complying with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. This means that we are not required to comply with NYSE requirements that:

 

   

the board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors;

 

   

independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions;

 

   

the audit committee satisfy NYSE standards for independence (although we must still comply with independence standards pursuant to Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”));

 

   

the audit committee have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

we have a compensation committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

we establish corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct;

 

   

our shareholders approve any equity compensation plans; and

 

   

there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, a compensation committee charter and a nominating and governance committee charter. However, we use some of the exemptions available to a foreign private issuer. As a result, our board of directors may not consist of a majority of independent directors and our compensation committee may not consist of any or a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the trading value of our common shares.

One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our common shares is our dividend rate, as a percentage of our share price, relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may demand a higher dividend yield on our common shares or seek alternative investments paying higher dividends or interest. As a result, interest rate fluctuations and capital market conditions can affect the market value of our common shares.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they change their financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our common shares could decline.

The trading market for our common shares relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control or influence the decisions or opinions of these analysts and analysts may not cover us. If any analyst who covers us changes his or her financial estimates or investment recommendation, the price of our common shares could decline. If any analyst ceases coverage of our company or our industry, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our share price to decline.

Implementation of required public company corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies will increase our costs, and we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner.

As a result of our initial public offering, we have become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), has adopted rules that will require us to conduct an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent auditors must attest to and report on the effectiveness of such internal controls over financial reporting. Our management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that will be applicable to us as a public company. If we are not able to implement the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent auditors may not be able to attest as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This result may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, and could lead to a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We could also suffer a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements if we

 

25


Table of Contents

disclose material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls. In addition, if we fail to develop and maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner or otherwise comply with the standards applicable to us as a public company. Any failure by us to timely provide the required financial information could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and the market value of our common shares. Furthermore, testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We also expect these regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.

A large number of shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. We may also issue additional shares without your approval. This could cause the market price of our common shares to decline significantly.

As a result of our initial public offering, we have 47,604,640 common shares issued and outstanding. Of the aggregate 9,000,000 common shares sold in our initial public offering, 2,100,000 shares were sold to Halco, which is our affiliate, and therefore these shares are not freely tradable in the public market. These shares are subject to the 180 day lock-up agreement that Halco signed with the representatives of the underwriters in connection with our initial public offering.

In connection with our initial public offering, our officers, directors and existing pre-IPO shareholders representing 96.6% of the pre-initial public offering shares entered into lock-up agreements providing that they will not sell any of our common shares until 180 days from the date of our initial public offering, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. The representatives of the underwriters may release the shares subject to the lock-up agreements in whole or in part at any time without prior public notice.

On December 10, 2008, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to register the common shares that we may issue in the future under our 2007 Share Incentive Plan, and such registration statement became effective upon filing. We have reserved a maximum of 8% of our issued and outstanding common shares as of 45 days after the completion of our initial public offering for issuance under our 2007 Share Incentive Plan. Upon registering new common shares that we may issue under this plan, those shares are freely tradable upon issuance. If this causes a large number of our common shares to be sold in the public market, or if there is an expectation of such sales, the sales or expectations of sales, could reduce the trading price of our common shares and impede our ability to raise future capital.

Our board of directors and management have broad discretion in using the proceeds from our initial public offering, which might not be used in ways that improve our operating results or increase our market value. Investors must rely on the judgment of our board of directors and management regarding the application of the proceeds from our initial public offering.

We have used or intend to use the net proceeds from our initial public offering:

 

   

to repay the debt incurred to fund our purchase of the exclusive rights to manage the container fleet of Capital from Green Eagle Investments N.V., which acquisition closed on July 23, 2007;

 

   

to fund the purchase of half of the interests held by FB Transportation Capital LLC (“FB”) in our subsidiary, Textainer Marine Containers Limited;

 

   

to fund fleet expansion and acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, technologies or other assets; and

 

   

for general corporate purposes, including repayment of debt, working capital and capital expenditures.

However, our board of directors and management have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds we received from our initial public offering and may spend the proceeds for corporate purposes that do not

 

26


Table of Contents

necessarily improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common shares, or allocate the net proceeds in a manner with which you do not agree.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.

Bermuda law and our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These include provisions:

 

   

requiring the approval of not less than 66% of our shareholders for a merger or amalgamation transaction that has not been approved by our board of directors;

 

   

prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless certain conditions are met;

 

   

authorizing our board of directors to issue blank-check preference shares without shareholder approval;

 

   

establishing a classified board with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

only authorizing the removal of directors (i) for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66% of the common shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on the resolution; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors.

These provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management and/or our board of directors. Public shareholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control or change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

As a shareholder of our company, you may have greater difficulties in protecting your interests than as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation.

The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”), applies to our company and differs in material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Taken together with the provisions of our bye-laws, some of these differences may result in your having greater difficulties in protecting your interests as a shareholder of our company than you would have as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation. This affects, among other things, the circumstances under which transactions involving an interested director are voidable, whether an interested director can be held accountable for any benefit realized in a transaction with our company, what approvals are required for business combinations by our company with a large shareholder or a wholly-owned subsidiary, what rights you may have as a shareholder to enforce specified provisions of the Companies Act or our bye-laws, and the circumstances under which we may indemnify our directors and officers.

Our bye-laws restrict shareholders from bringing legal action against our officers and directors.

Our bye-laws contain a broad waiver by our shareholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on our behalf, against any of our officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of shareholders to assert claims against our officers and directors unless the act or failure to act involves fraud or dishonesty.

 

27


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A.   History and Development of the Company

Our business began operations in 1979. We reorganized our business in 1993 and incorporated Textainer Group Holdings Limited under the laws of Bermuda as a holding company of a group of corporations involved in the purchase, ownership, management, leasing and disposal of a fleet of intermodal containers. Textainer Group Holdings Limited is incorporated with an indefinite duration under registration number EC18896. Our common shares are listed on the NYSE. Our registered office is located at 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM HX Bermuda and our telephone number is (441) 296-2500.

We have three directly owned subsidiaries:

 

   

Textainer Equipment Management Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, which provides container management, acquisition and disposal services to affiliated and unaffiliated container investors;

 

   

Textainer Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Bermuda, which owns containers directly and via a subsidiary, Textainer Marine Containers Limited, which is jointly owned with FB Transportation Capital LLC, a Delaware corporation; and

 

   

Textainer Capital Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiary incorporated in Delaware, which together with its subsidiary, was the former managing general partner of six California limited partnerships formed to invest in transportation equipment and which are now dissolved. This entity is currently not actively operating.

The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website, included but not limited to www.textainer.com, is not incorporated into and is not intended to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Significant Events

On July 1, 2006, we purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 315,000 TEU (“twenty foot equivalent unit”) container fleet of Gateway Management Services Limited for $19.0 million (the “Gateway Transaction”). The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 11-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.

On July 23, 2007, we purchased the exclusive rights to manage the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited, Hong Kong (“Capital”) from Green Eagle Investments N.V., an investment vehicle of DVB Bank America N.V. (the “Capital Transaction”), which concurrently purchased all of the outstanding capital shares of Capital for $56.0 million. Capital was the world’s eighth largest container leasing company as measured by fleet size according to Containerisation International Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2007, with over 500,000 TEU in its fleet. We began management of the Capital fleet on September 1, 2007. With this addition, we have over 2,000,000 TEU in our fleet. We funded the $56.0 million purchase price through a borrowing under our secured debt facility, subsequently repaid with a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering. The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 12-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.

The U.S. military informed us in August and September of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $4.6 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.

On September 4, 2007, our shareholders approved a one-for-one share split, effected by way of a share dividend or bonus issue, for shareholders of record as of August 8, 2007. All shares and per share data in this

 

28


Table of Contents

Annual Report on Form 20-F, including the consolidated financial statements, have been adjusted to reflect the share split, effected by way of a share dividend or bonus issue.

We completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common shares at $16.50 per share on October 15, 2007 and listed our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” We sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 common shares and generated proceeds of $138.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses.

On November 1, 2007, our wholly owned subsidiary, Textainer Limited (“TL”) purchased 3,000 additional Class A shares of Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”) for cash consideration of $71.1 million. TMCL, which operated as a joint venture between TL and FB Transportation Capital LLC (“Fortis”), is engaged in the business of owning and leasing marine containers. TL’s total ownership interest in class A common shares before and after the step acquisition was 50% and 75%, respectively. We have consolidated TMCL since the inception of the entity in 2001. We accounted for this transaction as a step acquisition, allocating the purchase price based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in proportion to the percentage of shares acquired. As a result of this purchase, TL and Fortis now hold voting interests in TMCL of 75% and 25%, respectively. In addition, voting matters related to commencing bankruptcy proceedings and amending related board and shareholder meeting requirements require the approval of a separate Class C common shareholder, which does not have any economic ownership interest in TMCL. We anticipate the reduction in minority interest will result in lower minority interest expense in future periods. We do not believe the purchase price adjustments recorded will have a material impact on the results of operations of future periods.

On January 3, 2008, we announced that we had re-entered the refrigerated container market, which we had exited in the 1990’s, because we perceive conditions in that market to now be favorable. We expect to purchase about $30 million of new refrigerated containers.

Principal Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures for containers and fixed assets for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $207.2 million, $104.8 million and $158.2 million, respectively. We received proceeds from the sale of containers and fixed assets for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 of $70.2 million, $34.1 million and $30.8 million, respectively. In addition, we announced on January 3, 2008 that we had re-entered the refrigerated container market, which we had exited in the 1990’s. We are currently expanding our container fleet to include refrigerated containers.

As all of our containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of our long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use. Our capital requirements are primarily financed through cash flows from operations, our $300 million secured debt facility and our $75 million revolving credit facility.

 

B.   Business Overview

Our Company

Operating since 1979, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size (Containerisation International Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2007 ), with a total fleet of more than 1.3 million containers, representing over 2,000,000 TEU. We lease containers to more than 400 shipping lines and other lessees, including each of the world’s top 20 container lines, as measured by the total TEU capacity of their container vessels (“container vessel fleet size”). We believe we are one of the most reliable lessors of containers, in terms of consistently being able to supply containers in locations where our customers need them. We have provided an average of more than 100,000 TEU of new containers per year for the past 10 years, and have been one of the largest purchasers of new containers among container lessors over the same period. We believe we are also one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors, having sold an average of more than 53,000 containers per year for the last five years. We provide our services

 

29


Table of Contents

worldwide via a network of 14 regional and area offices and over 350 independent depots in more than 130 locations. Trencor, a company publicly traded on the JSE Limited (the “JSE”) in Johannesburg, South Africa, and its affiliates currently have beneficiary interest in a majority of our issued and outstanding common shares.

We operate our business in four core segments.

 

   

Container Ownership. As of December 31, 2007, we owned containers accounting for approximately 40% of our fleet.

 

   

Container Management. As of December 31, 2007, we managed containers on behalf of 12 container investors, providing acquisition, management and disposal services. These managed containers account for the remaining 60% of our fleet.

 

   

Container Resale. We generally sell containers from our fleet when they reach the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering location, sale price, the cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. We also purchase and lease or resell containers from shipping line customers, container traders and other sellers of containers.

 

   

Military Management. We lease containers to the U.S. military pursuant to the SDDC contract and earn a fee for supplying and managing its fleet of leased containers. We are the main supplier of leased intermodal containers to the U.S. military.

Our total revenues primarily consist of leasing revenues derived from the lease of our owned containers and, to a lesser extent, fees received for managing containers owned by third parties, equipment resale and military management. The most important driver of our profitability is the extent to which revenues on our owned fleet and management fee income exceed our operating costs. The key drivers of our revenues are fleet size, rental rates and utilization. Our operating costs primarily consist of depreciation and amortization, interest expense, direct operating expenses and administrative expenses. Our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities.

We believe that our strategy of owning containers as well as managing containers for other container investors offers several benefits, including:

 

   

a larger fleet, which enables us to serve our shipping line customers more effectively;

 

   

enhanced franchise value, market presence and economies of scale associated with a larger fleet;

 

   

the ability to leverage our existing infrastructure and workforce without increasing the capital at risk; and

 

   

a more balanced revenue and expense model.

In general, owning containers during periods of high demand for containers provides higher margins than managing containers, since we receive lease revenues for the containers that we own but only a percentage of the net operating income of the containers as a management fee for the containers that we manage. On the other hand, managing containers during periods of low demand for containers reduces the negative financial impact of such periods since the container investors bear the cost of owning the containers.

For 2007, we generated revenues, income from operations and income before taxes of $255.8 million, $125.5 million and $74.5 million, respectively. For 2007, the proportion of our income before taxes generated from Container Ownership, Container Management, Container Resale and Military Management operating segments was 62%, 22%, 13% and 3%, respectively, before taking inter-segment eliminations into consideration. As of December 31, 2007, the utilization of our owned fleet was 93.9%.

Our container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. We earn our revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of our leasing related revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

30


Table of Contents

In the past, we have principally leased dry freight containers, which are by far the most common of the three principal types of intermodal containers. Dry freight intermodal containers are large, standardized steel boxes used to transport cargo by multiple modes of transportation, including ships, trains and trucks. On January 3, 2008, we announced that we had re-entered the refrigerated container market, which we had exited in the 1990’s. We are currently expanding our container fleet to include refrigerated containers. Refrigerated containers have integral refrigeration units on one end which generally plug into an outside power source and are used to transport perishable goods. Compared to traditional shipping methods, intermodal containers typically provide users with faster loading and unloading as well as some protection from weather and potential theft, thereby reducing both transportation costs and time to market for our lessees’ customers.

We primarily lease containers under four different types of leases. Term leases, which provide a customer with a specified number of containers for a specified period of time, typically ranging from three to five years, with an associated set of pick-up and drop-off conditions, represented 64.6% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2007. Master leases, which provide a framework of terms and conditions valid for a specified period of time, typically one year, give customers greater flexibility than is typical in term leases and represented 29.1% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2007. Spot leases, which provide the customers with containers for a relatively short lease period and fixed pick-up and drop-off locations, represented 3.6% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2007. Finance leases, which provide customers an alternative means for purchasing containers, represented 2.7% of our total on hire fleet as of December 31, 2007.

Our expertise and flexibility in managing containers after their initial lease is an important factor in our success. Leasing new containers is relatively easy because initial leases for new containers typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. However, to successfully compete in our industry, we must not only obtain favorable initial long-term leases for new containers, but also increase the return generated by these containers throughout their useful life in marine service and their ultimate sale into the secondary market. To do that, we focus on renewing or extending our long-term container leases beyond their expiration date (typically five years from the start of the lease). In addition, we attempt to negotiate favorable return provisions, maintain an active presence in the master and spot lease markets, and work to increase our options for disposing of off-lease containers so that we have attractive alternatives if it is not possible to achieve reasonable renewal or extension of terms with the current lessee. Unlike some of our competitors, we have the capability and the infrastructure to re-lease or dispose of our containers at comparatively attractive terms, which increases our leverage with the lessees.

We believe that we have the ability to reposition containers which are returned in lower demand locations to higher demand locations at relatively low cost as a result of our experienced logistics team. Our large customer base of more than 400 lessees increases our ability to re-lease containers under master and other short-term lease terms. Our contract to supply leased containers to the U.S. military enables us to supply containers in their demand locations, which are often lower demand locations for our shipping line customers. Our Resale Division is also positioned to sell the containers and optimize their residual value in multiple markets, including lower demand locations. This “life cycle” system of generating an attractive revenue stream from and achieving high utilization of our container fleet has enabled us to become the world’s largest container lessors and led to 21 consecutive years of profits.

Industry Overview

Containers are built in accordance with standard dimensions and weight specifications established by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The industry-standard measurement unit is the Twenty-Foot Equivalent Unit, or TEU, which compares the length of a container to a standard 20' container. For example, a 20' container is equivalent to one TEU and a 40' container is equivalent to two TEU. Standard dry freight containers are typically 8' wide, come in lengths of 20', 40' or 45' and are either 8'6" or 9'6" high. The three principal types of containers are described as follows:

 

   

Dry freight standard containers. A dry freight standard container is constructed of steel sides, roof, an end panel on one end and a set of doors on the other end, a wooden floor and a steel undercarriage. Dry

 

31


Table of Contents
 

freight standard containers are the least expensive and most commonly used type of container. They are used to carry general cargo, such as manufactured component parts, consumer staples, electronics and apparel. According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2007, dry freight standard containers comprised approximately 89.2% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2006.

 

   

Dry freight specialized containers. Dry freight specialized containers consist of open-top and flat-rack containers. An open-top container is similar in construction to a dry freight standard container except that the roof is replaced with a tarpaulin supported by removable roof bows. A flat-rack container is a heavily reinforced steel platform with a wood deck and steel end panels. Open-top and flat-rack containers are generally used to transport heavy or oversized cargo, such as marble slabs, building products or machinery. According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2007, dry freight specialized containers comprised approximately 3.8% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2006.

 

   

Other containers. Other containers include refrigerated containers, tank containers, 45' containers, pallet-wide containers and other types of containers. The two most prominent types of such containers are refrigerated containers and tank containers. A refrigerated container has an integral refrigeration unit on one end which generally plugs into an outside power source and is used to transport perishable goods. Tank containers are used to transport liquid bulk products such as chemicals, oils, and other liquids. According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2007, other containers comprised approximately 7.0% of the worldwide container fleet, as measured in TEU, at mid-2006.

Containers provide a secure and cost-effective method of transportation because they can be used in multiple modes of transportation, making it possible to move cargo from a point of origin to a final destination without repeated unpacking and repacking. As a result, containers reduce transit time and freight and labor costs, as they permit faster loading and unloading of shipping vessels and more efficient utilization of transportation containers than traditional break bulk shipping methods. The protection provided by containers also reduces damage, loss and theft of cargo during shipment. While the useful economic life of containers varies based upon the damage and normal wear and tear suffered by the container, we estimate that the useful economic life for a standard dry freight container used in intermodal transportation is on average 12 years.

We believe that growth in the container shipping industry will continue due to several factors, including:

 

   

the movement in global manufacturing capacity toward lower labor cost areas such as the PRC and India;

 

   

the continued integration of developing high-growth economies into global trade patterns;

 

   

the general trend away from bulk shipping and migration to the use of containers; and

 

   

the gradual liberalization and integration of world trade.

Current trends in containerized shipbuilding also support expectations for increased container demand. In the early days of containerization, shipping lines usually required three sets of containers per ship capacity. For example, a 2,000 TEU ship might require 6,000 TEU of containers to support it. Simply stated, one set was on the ship, another set was waiting to be loaded on to the ship, and the third set had just been unloaded. Today, with more frequent sailings, improved information technology and much larger ships better able to reposition empty containers, modern shipping lines require just under two sets of containers to support each ship. Nevertheless, due to the dramatic increase in the number and size of new container ships entering service, the number of containers required to support the world container ship fleet has continued to grow.

According to Containerisation International, World Container Census 2007, container lessors owned approximately 42.5% of the total worldwide container fleet of 22.2 million TEU as of mid-2006. The percentage of leased containers utilized by shipping lines ranged from 43% to 54% from 1980 through 2006 and is expected to stay in the 42% to 43% range from 2007 to 2015. Given the uncertainty and variability of export volumes and the fact that shipping lines have difficulty in accurately forecasting their container requirements at different ports,

 

32


Table of Contents

the availability of containers for lease significantly reduces a shipping line’s need to purchase and maintain excess container inventory. In addition, leasing a portion of their total container fleets enables shipping lines to serve their manufacturer and retailer customers better by:

 

   

increasing flexibility to manage the availability and location of containers;

 

   

increasing the shipper’s ability to meet peak demand requirements, particularly prior to holidays such as Christmas and Chinese New Year; and

 

   

reducing their capital expenditures.

While international containerized trade has grown rapidly and been consistently positive for the last twenty-five years, the shipping business has been characterized by cyclical swings due to lengthy periods of excess or scarce vessel capacity. We believe that these sustained periods of vessel supply/demand imbalances are mainly a function of the multi-year ordering and production cycle associated with the manufacture of new vessels, which requires shipping lines to estimate market growth many years into the future. Container leasing companies are partially insulated from the risks of these shipping cycles by the relatively short production time associated with the manufacture of new containers. Lead-times for new container orders are typically only a few months, so the rate of new container ordering can be quickly adjusted to reflect unexpected market changes.

Additionally, for most leasing companies, the percentage of containers on long-term lease has grown over the past ten years, while the percentage on master lease has declined. We believe that a majority of all leased containers are under long-term lease today, compared with approximately 40% ten years ago. As a result, changes in utilization have become less volatile for most leasing companies.

According to “Containerisation International Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2007,” intermodal leasing companies, as ranked by total TEU, are as follows:

 

Company

   TEU(1)

Textainer Group(2)

   2,038

Triton Container Intl. 

   1,380

Florens Group(3)

   1,107

GESeaCo

   947

TAL International

   936

Interpool Group(4)

   708

CAI-Cont. Applications Inc.  

   624

Cronos Group

   405

Gold Container

   324

UES-Unit Equipment Services

   269

GVC-Grandview Development

   139

Carlisle Leasing

   122

Amficon Leasing

   114

Waterfront Cont. Leasing

   100

Blue Sky Intermodal

   88

XINES Ltd.

   49

Other

   539
    

Grand Total

   9,889
    

 

(1)   TEU numbers in thousands.

 

(2)   Textainer TEU pro forma to include the addition of the containers of Capital for which we acquired management rights in July 2007.

 

(3)   Includes containers leased to Cosco Container Lines.

 

(4)   Includes containers on structured finance leases.

 

33


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:

 

   

One of our major strengths is our demonstrated ability to generate attractive revenue streams, relative to most of our competitors, throughout the economic life of a container in marine service, which in the past has averaged approximately twelve years. This strength is due to our large size and global scale, experienced management team, proprietary information technology systems, and strong customer relationships.

 

   

Largest Container Lessor. We operate the world’s largest fleet of leased intermodal containers. We believe that our scale, global presence, business model and long history have made us one of the more reliable suppliers of leased containers in our industry. We believe that these factors have historically enabled us to supply containers in locations around the world where our customers need them with some consistency.

 

   

Experienced Management Team. Our senior management has a long history in the industry. Our four most senior officers have an average of approximately 16 years of service with us and an average of 21 years in the container leasing industry. They have been through many business cycles, and understand the key drivers of the container leasing business.

 

   

Proprietary Information Technology Systems. We have developed proprietary IT systems that allow us to monitor container status and offer our customers a high level of service. Our systems include internet-based updates regarding container availability and booking status. We also have the ability to produce complete management reports for each portfolio of containers we own and manage.

 

   

Strong, Long-standing Relationships with Customers. Our scale, long presence in the business and reliability as a supplier of containers has resulted in strong relationships with our customers. Our top 25 customers, as measured by revenue, have leased containers from us for an average of over 22 years. Our customers include each of the world’s 20 largest shipping lines, as measured by container vessel fleet size.

 

   

We have the international coverage, organization and resources to handle a variety of types of leases. Thus, at the termination of a term lease, we have the ability to either negotiate extending the term lease, accept the return of and re-lease the container, or to sell the containers utilizing our particular expertise in this area. This flexibility allows us more avenues to deploy our containers and therefore better optimizes our return.

 

   

Lease Types and Structures. We structure our initial long-term leases of new containers in an effort to reduce the percentage of containers that can be returned in lower demand locations. Our large customer base and worldwide presence makes us well-positioned to re-lease off-lease containers into a variety of master leases and special leases with other customers. We utilize our expertise in logistics to reposition off-lease containers from lower demand to higher demand locations where they can be re-leased at more attractive terms. Many of the U.S. military’s demand locations are surplus locations for our shipping line customers. When containers are off-lease, we can re-lease them if the lease terms are acceptable, sell them at that location, or move them to a higher demand location or a better sale location.

 

   

Leading Seller of Used Containers. We believe we are one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors. We believe that our experience in selling large quantities of containers at attractive prices generally optimizes the residual value of our fleet. It also enables us to serve some of our shipping line customers better by relieving them of the burden of disposing of their containers.

 

34


Table of Contents
   

We are able to mitigate the effects of the cyclical container shipping/leasing industry on our profitability by striking a balance between owned and managed containers and generating revenue streams from diverse sources.

 

   

High Margin High Return Business Model. We believe that our business model of balancing the proportion of owned versus managed containers in our container fleet provides us over time with higher operating margins and higher returns on capital than would a model in which we only owned or only managed containers.

 

   

Diverse Revenue Streams. We derive revenues from leasing our owned containers, managing containers owned by third parties, buying and selling containers and supplying leased containers to the U.S. military. These multiple revenue streams provide for a diverse income base, mitigate the effects of our cyclical industry on our profitability and allow us to optimize our use of capital.

 

   

We have demonstrated our ability to increase the size of our container fleet by purchasing containers from container manufacturers and by acquiring existing container fleets or their management rights.

 

   

Strong, Long-standing Relationships with Manufacturers. As the leasing industry’s largest buyer of new containers, averaging more than 100,000 TEU per year for the past 10 years, we have developed strong relationships with container manufacturers. These relationships, along with our large volume buying power and solid financial structure, enable us to purchase containers at attractive prices and foster our ability to source containers during periods of high demand.

 

   

Experienced Consolidator. Over the past 20 years, we have concluded eight transactions involving other lessors’ container fleets or management rights over those fleets, representing over 1,150,000 TEU in total. This experience provides us with a competitive advantage over other lessors who are less experienced in taking over ownership or management of other container fleets. We have demonstrated the ability to efficiently identify, analyze, structure and integrate the equipment and lease portfolios of other lessors. For example, we integrated the container fleet formerly managed by Gateway Management Services Limited, comprising 315,000 TEU, in three weeks. Furthermore, due to the flexibility and scalability of our infrastructure, these transactions result in significant increases in revenue without corresponding increases in expenses.

Business Strategies

We intend to grow our business profitably by pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

Leverage Our Status as the Largest Intermodal Container Lessor and Consistent Purchaser in the Industry. While a number of our competitors’ purchasing patterns have fluctuated over time, we have been a consistent purchaser of containers and intend to continue to make regular purchases of containers to replace older containers and increase the size of our fleet, thereby maintaining what we believe to be one of the youngest fleet age profiles among major lessors. We believe that our scale, consistent purchasing habits, and maintenance of a young fleet age profile have provided us with a competitive advantage that we will continue to exploit by maintaining strong relationships with manufacturers and growing our market share with our existing customers.

 

   

Pursue Attractive Acquisitions. We will continue to seek to identify and acquire attractive portfolios of containers, both on an owned and on a managed basis, to allow us to grow our fleet profitably. There has been significant consolidation in our industry. We believe that this trend will continue and will likely offer us opportunities for growth.

 

   

Continue to Focus on Operating Efficiency. We have a low cost structure, having brought down our fleet management cost from $0.097 per CEU per day to $0.043 per CEU per day and grown the number of CEU in our fleet per employee from 3,206 to 15,094, in each case over the last 10 years. Furthermore, we believe that we can continue to grow our fleet and therefore our revenue without a proportionate increase in our headcount, thereby spreading our operating expenses over a larger base and helping to improve our profitability.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Grow Our Container Resale Business. Our container resale and trading business is a significant source of profits. We look to sell containers from our fleet when they reach the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sales price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. In order to improve the sales price of our containers, we often move them from the location where they are returned by the lessee to another location that has a higher market price. We benefit not only as a result of the increased sales price but also because we often receive rental revenue from a shipping line for the one-way lease of the container. We also buy and lease or resell containers from shipping line customers, container traders and other sellers of containers. We attempt to improve the sales price of these containers in the same manner as with containers from our fleet.

 

   

Grow Our U.S. Military Management Business. Our status as the main provider of leased intermodal containers to the U.S. military has resulted in a complementary source of demand for containers, usually in locations with lower shipping line demand, which grants us more flexibility in managing the remainder of our fleet. We seek to broaden and deepen our relationship with the U.S. military in order to provide the best possible customer service, while continuing to grow the business. We are currently in the fourth year of the SDDC contract, which, subject to yearly performance review and contract confirmation, may be renewed by the U.S. military on a yearly basis for a total contract period of up to ten years. Our latest performance rating in 2007 was “Excellent” with a score of 95%.

 

   

Maintain Access to Diverse Sources of Capital. We have successfully utilized a wide variety of financing alternatives to fund our growth, including secured and unsecured debt financings, bank financing, and equity from third party investors in containers. We believe this diversity of funding, combined with our anticipated access to the public equity markets, provides us with an advantage in terms of both cost and availability of capital.

Operations

We operate our business through a network of 14 regional and area offices and over 350 independent depots in more than 130 locations. We maintain four regional offices as follows:

 

   

Americas Region in Hackensack, New Jersey, responsible for North and South America;

 

   

European Region in London responsible for Europe, the Mediterranean, the Middle East, and Africa;

 

   

North Asia Region in Yokohama responsible for Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan; and

 

   

South Asia Region in Singapore, responsible for Southeast Asia, the PRC (including Hong Kong) and Australia.

Regional vice presidents are in charge of regional leasing and operations. Marketing directors and assistants located in the region and area offices handle day-to-day marketing and collection activities. Our operations include a global sales force, container operations group, container resale group, and logistics services group. Our principal administrative office is located in San Francisco, California. Our registered office is in Hamilton, Bermuda.

Our Container Fleet

As of December 31, 2007, we operated 2,039,759 TEU. We attempt to continually invest in our container fleet each year in an effort to replace the older containers being retired from marine service and to build our fleet size. We purchased an average of 100,000 TEU per year over the past 10 years. Our ability to invest in our fleet on a consistent basis has been instrumental in our becoming the world’s largest container lessor. Our container fleet consists primarily of standard dry freight containers. However, as part of our re-entry into the refrigerated container market, which we announced on January 3, 2008, we are currently expanding our fleet to include refrigerated containers. The containers that we lease are either owned outright by us, owned by third parties and

 

36


Table of Contents

managed by us or leased-in from third parties. The table below summarizes the composition of our fleet, in TEU, by type of containers as of December 31, 2007 (unaudited):

 

     Standard Dry
Freight
   Dry Freight
Specialized
   Total    Percent of
Total Fleet
 

Managed

   1,150,386    12,474    1,162,860    57.0 %

Owned

   819,277    5,307    824,584    40.4 %

Finance leases and sub-leased units

   51,969    346    52,315    2.6 %
                     

Total fleet

   2,021,632    18,127    2,039,759    100.0 %
                     

Our containers are designed to meet a number of criteria outlined by the ISO. The standard criteria include the size of the container and the gross weight rating of the container. This standardization ensures that the widest possible number of transporters can use containers and it facilitates container and vessel sharing by the shipping lines. The standardization of the container is also an important element of the container leasing business since we can operate one fleet of containers that can be used by all of our major customers.

Maintenance and repair of our containers is performed by independent depots that we retain in major port areas and in-land locations. Such depots also handle and inspect containers that are either picked up or redelivered by lessees, and store containers that are not leased.

Our Leases

Most of our revenues are derived from leasing our fleet of containers to our core shipping line customers. The vast majority of our container leases are structured as operating leases, though we also provide customers with finance leases. Regardless of lease type, we seek to exceed our targeted return on our owned and managed containers over the life of each container by managing container utilization, lease rates, drop-off restrictions and the used container sale process. We lease containers under three different types of operating leases and also under finance leases.

Term leases

Term leases provide a customer with a specified number of containers for a specified period, typically ranging from three to five years, with an associated set of pick-up and drop-off conditions. Our term leases generally require our lessees to maintain all units on lease for the duration of the lease. Such leases provide us with enhanced cash flow certainty due to their extended duration and typically carry lower per diem rates than other lease types. As of December 31, 2007, 64.6% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on term leases.

As of December 31, 2007, our term leases had an average remaining duration of 2.0 years, assuming no leases are renewed. However, we believe that many of our customers will renew leases for containers that are less than sale age at the expiration of the lease. In addition, our containers typically remain on-hire at the contractual per diem rate for an average of an additional 17 months beyond the end of the contractual lease term, for leases that are not extended, due to the logistical requirements our customers face by having to return containers to specific drop-off locations.

The following are the minimum future rentals for our total fleet at December 31, 2007, due under long-term leases (in thousands):

 

2008

   $ 73,774

2009

     54,275

2010

     34,859

2011

     23,868

2012 and thereafter

     9,116
      
   $ 195,892
      

 

37


Table of Contents

Some of our term leases give our customers Early Termination Options (“ETOs”). If exercised, ETOs allow customers to return containers prior to the expiration of the term lease. However, if an ETO is exercised, the customer is required to pay a penalty per diem rate that is applied retroactively to the beginning of the lease. As a result of this retroactive penalty, ETOs have historically rarely been exercised.

Master leases

Master leases provide a framework of terms and conditions pursuant to which lessees can lease containers on an as-needed basis for unspecified periods of time. Master lease terms and conditions are valid for a set period, typically one year, and provide the lessee with greater flexibility than is typical in term leases. Under our master leases, lessees know in advance their per diem rates and drop-off locations, subject to monthly drop-off port limits. In addition, under these master lease agreements, the lessee is generally not committed to leasing a minimum number of containers from us during the lease term and may generally return the containers to us at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Due to their flexibility and duration, master leases command higher per diem rates than term leases. A subset of master leases is our special leases, which are predominately round-trip Asia leases, allowing customers to return containers at any time but with restrictions on drop-off locations, generally in higher demand locations in Asia. As of December 31, 2007, 29.1% of our total on-hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on master leases.

Spot leases

Spot leases provide the customer with containers for a relatively short lease period, and fixed pick-up and drop-off locations. Spot leases are generally used to position a container to a desired location for subsequent lease or sale. As of December 31, 2007, 3.6% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on spot leases.

Finance Leases

Finance leases provide our lessees with an alternative method to finance their container acquisitions. Finance leases are long-term in nature, typically ranging from three to eight years, usually the remainder of the container’s useful life in marine services, and require relatively little customer service attention. They ordinarily require fixed payments over a defined period and provide lessees with a right to purchase the subject containers for a nominal amount at the end of the lease term. Per diem rates include an element of repayment of capital and, therefore, typically are higher than rates charged under term leases. Finance leases require the container lessee to keep the containers on lease for the entire term of the lease. Finance leases are reflected as “Net investment in direct finance leases” on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 2.7% of our total on hire fleet, as measured in TEU, was on finance leases with an average remaining term of 1.8 years.

Damage Protection

Under all of our leases, our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities. Any damage must be repaired at the expense of the lessee according to standardized guidelines promulgated by the Institute of International Container Lessors (“IICL”). Lessees are also required to obtain insurance to cover loss of the equipment on lease, public liability and property damage insurance as well as indemnify us from claims related to their usage of the leased containers. In some cases, DPP is provided whereby the lessee pays us (in the form of either a higher per-diem rate or a fixed one-time payment upon the return of a container) to assume a portion of the financial burden of repairs up to a pre-negotiated amount. This DPP does not cover damages from war or war risks, loss of a container, constructive total loss of the container, damages caused by contamination or corrosion from cargo, damages to movable parts and any costs incurred in removing labels, which are all responsibilities of the lessees. DPP is generally cancelable by either party with prior written notice. Maintenance is monitored through inspections at the time that a container is leased out and returned. We also maintain our own insurance to cover our containers when they are not on-hire to lessees or when the lessee fails to have adequate primary coverage, and third-party liability insurance for both on-hire and off-hire containers. In addition, we maintain

 

38


Table of Contents

insurance that would cover loss of revenue as a result of default under all of our leases, as well as the recovery cost or replacement value of all of our containers.

Lease Agreements

In general, our lease agreements consist of two basic elements, a master terms and conditions lease agreement, or a “Master Agreement,” and a lease schedule. Lease schedules contain the business terms (including daily rate, term duration and drop-off schedule, among other things) for specific leasing transactions, while Master Agreements outline the general rights and obligations of the lessor and lessee under all of the lease schedules covered by the Master Agreement. For most customers, we have a small number of Master Agreements (often one) and a large number of lease schedules.

Our standard Master Agreements generally require the lessees to pay rentals, depot charges, taxes and other charges when due, to maintain the containers in good condition and repair, to return the containers in good condition in accordance with the return conditions set forth in the Master Agreement, to use the containers in compliance with all laws, and to pay us for the value of the container as determined by us if the container is lost or destroyed. The default clause gives us certain legal remedies in the event that the lessee is in breach of the lease.

Re-leasing, Logistics and Depot Management

We believe that managing the period after termination of our containers’ first lease is one of the most important aspects of our business. The container shipping industry is characterized by large regional trade imbalances, with loaded containers generally flowing from export-oriented economies in Asia to North America and Western Europe. Because of these trade imbalances, container shipping lines have an incentive to return leased containers in North America and Western Europe to avoid the cost of shipping empty containers back to Asia. Successful management of the deployment of our containers after they come off their first lease requires disciplined re-leasing capabilities, logistics management, depot management, careful cost control and effective sales of used containers.

Re-leasing

Since our leases allow our lessees to return their containers, we typically lease a container several times during the time that it is part of our fleet. New containers can usually be leased with a limited sales and customer service infrastructure because initial leases for new containers typically cover large volumes of units and are fairly standardized transactions. Used containers, on the other hand, are typically leased in smaller transactions that are structured to accommodate pick-ups and returns in a variety of locations. Our utilization rates depend on our re-leasing capabilities. Factors that affect our ability to re-lease used containers include the size of our lessee base, ability to anticipate lessee needs, our presence in relevant geographic locations and the level of service we provide our lessees. We believe that our global presence and relationships with over 400 container lessees provide us an advantage in re-leasing our containers relative to many of our smaller competitors.

Logistics

Other methods of reducing off-lease risks include:

 

   

Limiting or prohibiting container returns to low-demand areas. In order to reduce our repositioning costs, our leases typically include a prohibition on returning containers to specific locations, limitations on the number of containers that may be returned to lower demand locations, drop-off charges for returning containers to lower demand locations or a combination of these provisions.

 

   

Taking advantage of a robust secondary resale market when available. In order to optimize the investment return on a container, we have sold containers in our excess inventory when an analysis indicates it is financially more attractive than attempting to re-lease the container.

 

39


Table of Contents
   

Seeking one-way lease opportunities to move containers from lower demand locations to higher demand locations. One-way leases may include incentives, such as free days, credits and damage waivers. The cost of offering these incentives is generally less than the cost we would incur if we were to pay to reposition the containers. We also use one way leases to move containers from locations where the market price for selling containers is low to locations with a higher market price for containers, to improve the resale value of the containers.

 

   

Paying to reposition our containers to higher demand locations. At locations where our inventories remain high, despite the efforts described above, we will selectively choose to reposition excess containers to locations with higher demand.

 

   

Consistently purchasing containers in the PRC. We purchase almost all of our new containers from manufacturers in the PRC. Certain ports in the PRC, including the locations where we purchase containers, are also generally higher demand locations. By consistently purchasing containers in the PRC, we have increased flexibility to reposition our existing containers to other higher demand locations while still maintaining good coverage of the locations in the PRC.

 

   

Diversifying our customers. We have sought to diversify our customers and correspondingly, the locations where containers are needed around the world. The U.S. military often requires containers in lower demand areas, which then allows us more flexibility in repositioning our containers.

Depot Management

As of December 31, 2007, we managed our container fleet through more than 350 independent container depot facilities in more than 130 locations. Depot facilities are generally responsible for repairing containers when they are returned by lessees and for storing the containers while they are off-hire. Our operations group is responsible for managing our depot contracts and periodically visiting the depot facilities to conduct quality assurance audits to control costs and ensure repairs meet industry standards. We also supplement our internal operations group with the use of independent inspection agents. Furthermore, depot repair work is periodically audited to prevent over-charging. We are in regular communication with our depot partners through the use of electronic data interchange (“EDI”) and/or e-mail. The electronic exchange of container activity information with each depot is conducted via the internet. As of December 31, 2007, a large majority of our off-lease inventory was located at depots that are able to report notice of container activity and damage detail via EDI. We use the industry standard, ISO 9897 Container Equipment Data Exchange messages, for most EDI reporting.

Most of the depot agency agreements follow a standard form and generally provide that the depot will be liable for loss or damage of containers and, in the event of loss, will pay us the previously agreed loss value of the applicable containers. The agreements require the depots to maintain insurance against container loss or damage and we carry insurance to cover the risk when a depot’s insurance proves insufficient.

Our container repair standards and processes are generally managed in accordance with standards and procedures specified by the IICL. The IICL establishes and documents the acceptable interchange condition for containers and the repair procedures required to return damaged containers to the acceptable interchange condition. At the time that containers are returned by lessees, the depot arranges an inspection of the containers to assess the repairs required to return the containers to acceptable IICL condition. As part of the inspection process, damages are categorized either as lessee damage or normal wear and tear. Items typically designated as lessee damage include dents in the container and debris left in the container, while items such as rust are typically designated as normal wear and tear. In general, lessees are responsible for the lessee damage portion of the repair costs and we are responsible for normal wear and tear. The lessees are generally billed the lessee damage portion at the time the containers are returned. As discussed above in “Operations—Our Leases,” for an additional fee, we sometimes offer our lessees a DPP, pursuant to which we assume financial responsibility for repair costs up to a pre-negotiated amount.

 

40


Table of Contents

Management Services

As of December 31, 2007, we owned approximately 40% of the containers in our fleet, and managed the rest, equaling 1,215,175 TEU, on behalf of 12 container investors. We earn acquisition, management and disposal fees on managed containers. Our IT systems track revenues and operating expenses attributable to specific containers and the container investors receive payments based on the net operating income of their own containers. Fees to manage containers typically include acquisition fees of 1 to 2% of the purchase price; daily management fees of 8 to 13% of net operating income; and disposal fees of 10% of cash proceeds when containers are sold. We earned combined acquisition, management and disposal fees on our managed fleet of $24.1 million, $16.2 million and $15.5 million for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. If operating expenses were to exceed revenues, the container investors would be obligated to pay the excess or we would deduct the excess, including our management fee, from future net operating income. In some cases, we are compensated for sales through a percentage sharing of sale proceeds over an agreed floor amount. We will typically indemnify the container investors for liabilities or losses arising from negligence, willful misconduct or breach of our obligations in managing the containers. The container investors will indemnify us as the manager against any claims or losses arising with respect to the containers, provided that such claims or losses were not caused by our negligence, willful misconduct or breach of our obligations. Typically, the terms of the management agreements are for the expected remaining useful life in marine services of the containers subject to the agreement.

Resale of Containers

Our Resale Division sells containers from our fleet, at the end of their useful lives in marine service, typically about 12 years, or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. In addition, we buy used containers (trading containers) from shipping lines and other third parties that we then lease or resell. Our Resale Division has a global team of 18 container sales and operations specialists in five offices globally that manage the sale process for these used containers as of December 31, 2007. We believe our Resale Division is one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors, selling more than 53,000 containers per year for the last five years. Our Resale Division has become a significant profit center for us. From 2003 through 2007, this division has generated $25.6 million in income before taxes, including $10.3 million in fiscal year 2007. We generally sell to depots, domestic storage companies, freight forwarders (who often use the containers for one-way trips into less developed countries) and other purchasers of used containers. Due to the limited number of containers available for sale in North America and Europe and high new container prices, the container disposal market is currently very strong.

Military

In June 2003, we entered into a contract with the SDDC pursuant to which we serve as a major supplier of leased marine containers to the U.S. military. Compared to our shipping line customers, we provide a much broader level of services to the U.S. military under the SDDC contract. We have developed and currently operate a proprietary information system for the U.S. military which provides the U.S. military real-time access to the status of its leased fleet. Furthermore, unlike our shipping line customers, who pick up from and return containers to container depots, for the U.S. military we are required to arrange transportation from a container depot to a military facility upon lease out and to pick up a container at a military facility and return it to a container depot when the lease period has ended. This requires us to arrange for movement of the empty containers by truck, rail and/or vessel. The SDDC contract provides added compensation for these services. In addition, since approximately half of these services are required in non-U.S. locations, our expenses for contracting for these services may be incurred in foreign currencies. The SDDC contract contains a foreign currency adjustment feature such that we are protected against many foreign currency risks for the expenses incurred under the SDDC contract.

 

41


Table of Contents

The SDDC is the only lessee for which we are required, under the SDDC contract, to provide all containers that they request. In the event that containers are not available within our fleet, we fulfill our obligations under the SDDC contract by purchasing new or used containers or subleasing containers and equipment from other leasing companies. This contract also allows the U.S. military to return containers in many locations throughout the world, but the rate of return of containers that we have experienced to date has been very low. Since the inception of the SDDC contract, we have delivered or transitioned more than 103,000 containers and chassis to the U.S. military, of which fewer than 24,400 containers have been returned. The SDDC contract was awarded with a one-year base period, with four one-year extension options, and with a potential for up to five additional one-year “award terms,” which award terms will be considered and awarded based on an annual performance review and confirmation. We have been informed that we have been awarded our fourth SDDC contract extension, at this stage extending the term until June 23, 2008. We also received an “Excellent” rating for our performance under the SDDC contract for 2006 (the last period reviewed), pursuant to the annual performance review required thereunder. If we continue to receive such high evaluations, the total contract period under the SDDC contract could extend for the full ten years.

The U.S. military informed us in August and September 2007 that 27,925 containers that they lease from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $4.6 million gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.

Underwriting and Credit Controls

We only lease to container shipping lines and other lessees that meet our credit criteria. Our credit approval process is rigorous and all of our underwriting and credit decisions are controlled by our credit committee, which is made up of senior management from different disciplines and includes our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice Presidents. Our credit committee sets different maximum exposure limits depending on our relationship and previous experience with each customer lessee and container sales customer. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, operational history and financial strength.

Our credit department sets and reviews credit limits for new and existing customer lessees and container sales customers, monitors compliance with those limits on an on-going basis, monitors collections, and deals with customers in default. Our credit department actively maintains a credit watch report on our proprietary information technology systems, which is available to all regional and area offices. This credit watch report lists customer lessees and container sales customers at or near their credit limits. New leases of containers by customer lessees on the credit watch report would only be allowed with the approval of our credit department. Similarly, management may decide to stop sales of containers to purchasers whose payments are delinquent. Our underwriting processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our customer lessees and container sales customers, our broad network of relationships in the container shipping industry that provide current information about customer lessees’ and container sales customers’ market reputations and our focus on collections.

Other factors reducing losses due to default by a lessee or customer include the strong growth in the container shipping industry, effective collection tools, our high recovery rate for containers in default situations and the re-marketability of our container fleet. The strong growth in the container shipping industry helps reduce the risk of customer defaults since the core assets of a poorly performing shipping line, its ships and containers, are generally needed to meet the demand for world containerized trade. As a result, poorly performing shipping lines are often acquired by other shipping lines. In addition, the law in several major port locations is highly favorable to creditors and many of our large customers call on ports that will allow us to arrest, or seize, the

 

42


Table of Contents

customers’ ships or fuel storage bunkers, or repossess our containers if the customer is in default under our container leases. Finally, we also purchase insurance for equipment recovery and loss of revenue due to customer defaults, in addition to the insurance that our customers are required to obtain.

During 2005 through 2007, we recovered, on average, approximately 84% of the containers that were the subject of defaulted contracts which had at least 1,000 CEU on lease. We typically incur operating expenses such as repairs and repositioning when containers are recovered after a default. However, all recovery expenses are typically covered under insurance and we are reimbursed above our deductible amount. Due to the above, over the last five years, our write-offs of customer receivables have averaged less than 0.5% of our total operating revenue over such period, and we believe that our receivables and days outstanding are low for the container leasing industry.

Marketing and Customer Service

Our global sales and customer service force is responsible for developing and maintaining relationships with senior management staff at our shipping line customers, negotiating lease contracts and maintaining day-to-day coordination with operations staff at our customers. This close customer communication often assists us in negotiating lease contracts that satisfy both our financial return requirements and our customers’ operating needs. It also makes us more likely to be aware of our customers’ potential equipment shortages and makes our customer more likely to be aware of our available container inventories.

Our senior sales people have considerable industry experience and we believe that the quality of our customer relationships and the level of communication with our customers represent an important advantage for us. As of December 31, 2007, our global sales and customer service group consisted of approximately 90 people, with 25 in North America, 39 in Asia and Australia, 21 in Europe and five in Africa.

Customers

We believe that our staff, organization and long presence in the business has resulted in very strong relationships with our shipping line customers. Our top 25 customers, as measured by revenue, have leased containers from us for an average of over 22 years and have an average Dynamar credit rating, a common credit report used in the maritime sector, of 2.2. The Dynamar credit rating ranges from 1 to 10, with 1 indicating low credit risk. We have no customer that individually accounted for over 10% of our revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005. Our top 25 customers include 21 of the 25 largest shipping lines, as measured by container vessel fleet size. We currently have containers on-hire to more than 400 customers. Our customers are mainly international shipping lines, but we also lease containers to freight forwarding companies and the U.S. military. Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 37.2% of our total owned and managed fleet’s 2007 leasing revenues. Our top five customers by revenue in 2007 were Evergreen Marine Corp Ltd., CMA-CGM, Hapag-Lloyd AG, the SDDC with the U.S. military, and A.P. Møller—MAERSK A/S. Our largest customer is Evergreen, representing approximately 8.4% of our total owned and managed fleet’s 2007 leasing revenues. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, revenue from our 25 largest container lessees by revenue represented 78.4%, 80.7% and 81.2% of our total owned and managed fleet’s container leasing revenue, respectively, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for $33.0 million, $28.9 million and $26.2 million or 8.4%, 9.0% and 8.8% of our total owned and managed fleet’s container leasing revenue during the respective periods. A default by any of these major customers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and future prospects. In addition, the largest lessees of our owned fleet are often among the largest lessees of our managed fleet. The largest lessees of our managed fleet are responsible for a significant portion of the billings that generate our management fee revenue.

Proprietary Information Technology

We have developed proprietary IT systems that allow us to monitor container status and offer our customers a high level of service. Our systems include internet-based updates regarding container availability and booking

 

43


Table of Contents

status. Our systems record the status of and provide the accounting and billing for each of our containers individually by container number. We also have the ability to produce complete management reports for each portfolio of equipment we own and manage. This makes us a preferred candidate to quickly assume management of competitors’ container fleets. We also maintain proprietary systems in support of our military business.

In addition, our systems allow our business partners to conduct certain businesses with us through our website, www.textainer.com. These systems allow customers to check our container inventories, review design specifications, request bookings for container pick-ups and review and approve repair bills. Our website also allows depots to download recent statements for self-billing activity and to check the status of containers.

Suppliers

We have long relationships with all of our major suppliers. We currently purchase all of our containers in the PRC. There are two major manufacturers of dry freight standard and specialized containers. Our operations staff reviews the designs for our containers and periodically audits the production facilities of our suppliers. In addition, we use our Asian operations group and third party inspectors to visit factories when our containers are being produced to provide an extra layer of quality control. Nevertheless, defects in our containers do sometimes occur. We work with the manufacturers to correct these defects, and our manufacturers have generally honored their warranty obligations in such cases.

Competition

According to the latest available data, the top ten container leasing companies control approximately 88%, and the top five container leasing companies control approximately 65%, of the total equipment held by all container lessors. According to this data, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size and we manage approximately 21% of the equipment held by all container leasing companies. The customers for leased containers are primarily international shipping lines.

We compete with approximately ten other large or medium size container leasing companies, many smaller lessors, companies and financial institutions offering finance leases, and promoters of container ownership and leasing as a tax-efficient investment. It is common for our shipping line customers to utilize several leasing companies to meet their container needs.

Other lessors compete with us in many ways, including pricing, lease flexibility and supply reliability, as well as the location, availability, quality and individual characteristics of their containers and customer service. While we are forced to compete aggressively on price, we emphasize our supply reliability and high level of customer service to our customers. We invest heavily in our endeavors to ensure container availability in higher demand locations. We dedicate a large part of our organization to building customer relationships, maintaining close day-to-day coordination with customers’ operating staffs and have developed powerful and user-friendly systems that allow our customers to transact business with us through the internet. We believe that our close customer relationships, experienced staff, reputation for market leadership, scale efficiencies and proprietary systems provide important competitive advantages.

Legal Proceedings

On April 18, 2005, Textainer Equipment Income Fund; Textainer Equipment Income Fund II, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund III, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund IV, L.P.; Textainer Equipment Income Fund V, L.P.; and Textainer Equipment Income Fund VI, L.P. (collectively, the “TEIF Partnerships”), sold substantially all of their assets to RFH, Ltd. (“RFH”). At the time of this sale transaction, RFH engaged Textainer Equipment Management Limited, one of the general partners in each of the TEIF Partnerships, to manage the containers RFH bought.

 

44


Table of Contents

Five lawsuits were filed between March 2005 and March 2007 in California state and federal court, initiated by certain limited partners of the TEIF Partnerships. Those lawsuits have been reduced to one consolidated class action pending in the San Francisco Superior Court. The federal action that was filed in the Northern District of the United States District Court was dismissed and the dismissal was timely appealed to the Ninth Circuit.

In the federal case, plaintiff Stephen L. Craig sued Textainer Equipment Management, Ltd., Textainer Financial Services Corporation, Textainer Capital Corporation, Textainer Limited, Textainer Group Holdings, Ltd. John Maccarone and RFH, Ltd. asserting violations of federal securities laws because proxy statements issued in connection with the sale of assets were allegedly materially false or misleading. The lawsuit sought equitable relief and an unspecified amount of damages, interest, fees and costs. The federal action was dismissed with prejudice on January 10, 2007, and has since been appealed. No decision on the appeal is expected from the Ninth Circuit until later in 2008.

An amended consolidated complaint was filed in the state action on June 7, 2007. The named plaintiffs in the consolidated state action are Leonard Labow, Alan P. Gordon, Michael S. Schwartz (as Trustee of various trusts) and Stephen L. Craig. Plaintiffs sued Textainer Financial Services Corporation, Textainer Equipment Management Limited, Textainer Limited, Textainer Capital Corporation and RFH, Ltd asserting claims for alleged breach of fiduciary duty, and alleged aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. These claims are based on alleged self dealing and conflicted transactions in entering into the asset sale. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages, equitable relief, interest, fees and costs. The parties are concluding discovery and no trial date has been set. While it is not possible to predict or determine the outcome of these lawsuits, we believe that these lawsuits are without merit. We intend to vigorously defend against the lawsuits. In addition, we believe we have insurance coverage of up to $15.0 million under our general insurance policy for these types of claims.

In addition, in 2005 we reserved $2.5 million to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. We paid $1.3 million pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and we agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $0.8 million, in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $0.5 million reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale is subject to certain conditions being satisfied and we will reduce our reserve at such time as the conditions have been satisfied and the funds have been received from the buyer of the plant.

In addition, from time to time we are a party to litigation matters arising in connection with the normal course of our business. While we cannot predict the outcome of these matters, in the opinion of our management, any liability arising from these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Nevertheless, unexpected adverse future events, such as an unforeseen development in our existing proceedings, new claims brought against us or changes in our current insurance arrangements could result in liabilities that have a material adverse impact on our business.

Two of our subsidiaries, Textainer Equipment Management U.S. Limited and Textainer Limited, are currently being audited by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). We first received notice from the IRS regarding the audit of Textainer Equipment Management U.S. Limited for the 2004 fiscal year on August 16, 2006 and first received notice regarding the audit of Textainer Limited for the 2004 and 2005 fiscal years on April 12, 2007. We are fully cooperating with the IRS regarding these audits. Currently, any potential additional tax liability due to these audits is not determinable.

Environmental

We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants to air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial

 

45


Table of Contents

costs, including cleanup costs, fines and third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws and regulations in connection with our or our lessees’ current or historical operations or the storage of our containers. Under some environmental laws in the U.S. and certain other countries, the owner or operator of a leased container may be liable for environmental damage, cleanup or other costs in the event of a spill or discharge of material from a container without regard to the fault of the owner or operator. While we maintain certain limited liability insurance coverage as well as require our lessees to provide us with indemnity against certain losses, the insurance coverage is subject to large deductibles, limits on maximum coverage and significant exclusions and may not be sufficient to protect against any or all liabilities and such indemnities may not cover or be sufficient to protect us against losses arising from environmental damage and/or systems or services we may be required to install.

Regulation

We may be subject to regulations promulgated in various countries, including the U.S., seeking to protect the integrity of international commerce and prevent the use of containers for international terrorism or other illicit activities. For example, the Container Security Initiative, the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism and Operation Safe Commerce are among the programs administered by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security that are designed to enhance security for cargo moving throughout the international transportation system by identifying existing vulnerabilities in the supply chain and developing improved methods for ensuring the security of containerized cargo entering and leaving the U.S. Moreover, the International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972, as amended, adopted by the International Maritime Organization, applies to new and existing containers and seeks to maintain a high level of safety of human life in the transport and handling of containers by providing uniform international safety regulations. As these regulations develop and change, we may incur increased compliance costs due to the acquisition of new, compliant containers and/or the adaptation of existing containers to meet any new requirements imposed by such regulations.

 

C.   Organizational Structure

Our current corporate structure is as follows:

LOGO

 

46


Table of Contents

We currently own 100% of all of our direct and indirect subsidiaries, except for Textainer Marine Containers Limited. Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a joint venture involving Textainer Limited and FB Transportation Capital LLC, a subsidiary of Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. As of December 31, 2007, Textainer Limited held a 86.7% economic ownership interest and FB Transportation Capital LLC (“FB”) held a 13.3% economic ownership interest in Textainer Marine Containers Limited. Textainer Limited also holds 75% of the voting rights and FB holds 25% of the voting rights of Textainer Marine Containers Limited.

Our principal shareholder, Halco Holdings Inc. (“Halco”), is owned by a discretionary trust with an independent trustee in which Trencor Limited and certain of its affiliates are the sole discretionary beneficiaries. Halco, which owned approximately 62.6% of our outstanding share capital as of December 31, 2007, is the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Halco Trust. Trencor is a South African container and logistics public company, listed on the JSE in Johannesburg, South Africa. Trencor was founded in 1929, and currently has businesses owning, leasing and managing marine cargo containers; owning and leasing returnable packaging units together with the related management and technology; and finance related activities. Mobile Industries Limited, a holding company listed on the JSE (“Mobile Industries”), owns a 46% interest of Trencor and the family interests of our directors Neil I. Jowell and Cecil Jowell have a significant percentage in Mobile Industries with Neil and Cecil Jowell being directors of that company. In addition, the protectors of the Halco Trust are Neil I. Jowell, the chairman of both our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor, and Cecil Jowell and James E. McQueen, members of our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor. The protectors of the trust have the power, under the trust documents, to appoint or remove the trustee. The protectors cannot be removed and have the right to nominate replacement protectors. In addition, any changes to the beneficiary of the Halco Trust must be agreed to by both the independent trustee and the protectors of the trust.

 

D.   Property, Plant and Equipment

As of December 31, 2007, our employees were located in 14 regional and area offices in 13 different countries. We have two offices in the U.S., including our principal administrative office in San Francisco, California and another office in Hackensack, New Jersey. We have 12 offices outside the U.S. in New Malden, United Kingdom; Hamburg, Germany; Durban, South Africa; Yokohama, Japan; Seoul, South Korea; Taipei, Taiwan; Singapore; Sydney, Australia; Jakarta, Indonesia; Port Kelang, Malaysia; Hong Kong, and Shanghai, China. We lease all of our office space. The lease for our San Francisco office expires in February 2012 and the lease for our Hackensack, New Jersey office expires in April 2012. In addition, we have agents who represent us in India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Thailand, and Vietnam. We also maintain a registered office in Bermuda, where Textainer Group Holdings Limited is incorporated.

We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet current requirements and that additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate our expected growth.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

47


Table of Contents
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following Operating and Financial Review and Prospects should be read in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language.” Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, particularly in Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors.” Dollar amounts in this section of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are expressed in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

Overview

Operating since 1979, we are the world’s largest lessor of intermodal containers based on fleet size (Containerisation International Market Analysis: Container Leasing Market 2007 ), with a total fleet of more than 1.3 million containers, representing over 2,000,000 TEU. We lease containers to more than 400 shipping lines and other lessees, including each of the world’s top 20 container lines, as measured by container vessel fleet size. We believe we are one of the most reliable lessors of containers, in terms of consistently being able to supply containers in locations where our customers need them. We have provided an average of more than 100,000 TEU of new containers per year for the past 10 years, and have been one of the largest purchasers of new containers among container lessors over the same period. We believe we are also one of the two largest sellers of used containers among container lessors, having sold an average of more than 53,000 containers per year for the last five years. We provide our services worldwide via a network of 14 regional and area offices and over 350 independent depots in more than 130 locations. Trencor, a company publicly traded on the JSE in Johannesburg, South Africa, and its affiliates currently have beneficiary interest in a majority of our issued and outstanding common shares.

We operate our business in four core segments:

 

   

Container Ownership. As of December 31, 2007, we owned containers accounting for approximately 40% of our fleet.

 

   

Container Management. As of December 31, 2007, we managed containers on behalf of 12 container investors, providing acquisition, management and disposal services. These managed containers account for the remaining 60% of our fleet.

 

   

Container Resale. We generally sell containers from our fleet when they reach the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair, and possible repositioning expenses. We also purchase and lease or resell containers from shipping line customers, container traders and other sellers of containers.

 

   

Military Management. We lease containers to the U.S. military pursuant to the SDDC contract and earn a fee for supplying and managing its fleet of leased containers. We are the main supplier of leased intermodal containers to the U.S. military.

Each of these four core businesses comprises a reportable segment for financial statement reporting purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, income before income taxes generated by each of these four core businesses, before inter-segment eliminations, was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2006    2005
     (Dollars in thousands)

Container ownership

   $ 48,209    $ 42,949    $ 47,397

Container management

   $ 17,302    $ 11,523    $ 13,761

Container resale

   $ 10,294    $ 5,458    $ 5,447

Military management

   $ 2,161    $ 1,172    $ 738

 

48


Table of Contents

Our total revenues primarily consist of leasing revenues derived from the leasing of our owned containers and, to a lesser extent, fees received for managing containers owned by third parties, equipment resale and military management. The most important driver of our profitability is the extent to which revenues on our owned fleet and management fee income exceed our operating costs. The key drivers of our revenues are fleet size, rental rates and utilization. Our operating costs primarily consist of depreciation and amortization, interest expense, direct operating expenses and administrative expenses. Our lessees are generally responsible for loss of or damage to a container beyond ordinary wear and tear, and they are required to purchase insurance to cover any other liabilities.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe there are a number of factors that have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our operating performance. These factors include the following, among others:

 

   

the demand for leased containers;

 

   

lease rates;

 

   

our ability to lease our new containers shortly after we purchase them;

 

   

prices of new containers;

 

   

further consolidation of container manufacturers and/or decreased access to new containers; and

 

   

terrorist attacks, the threat of such attacks or the outbreak of war and hostilities.

For further details of these and other factors which may affect our business and results of operations, see Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors.

Revenue

Our revenue comprises lease rental income, management fees, trading container sale proceeds and gain on sale of containers.

Lease Rental Income. We generate lease rental income by leasing our owned containers to container shipping lines and other customers, such as the U.S. military. Lease rental income comprises daily per diem rental changes due under the lease agreements, together with payments for other charges set forth in the leases, such as handling fees, drop-off charges and pick-up charges and credits (together “geography revenue”) and charges for a damage protection plan (“DPP”). The operating results of our owned container business are determined by the amount by which our container rental revenue exceeds our ownership costs, consisting primarily of depreciation, interest expense, storage, handling and other direct operating expenses and management costs.

Utilization is a key performance indicator which demonstrates how much of our equipment is on lease at a point in time or over a period of time. We measure utilization on the basis of containers on lease, using the actual number of days on hire, expressed as a percentage of containers available for lease, using the actual days available for lease. Prior to 2007, we calculated containers available for lease to include all containers in our fleet. Utilization figures in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for periods prior to 2007 are calculated in this manner. Starting in 2007, to conform to the method used by most of our competitors, we began calculating containers available for lease by excluding containers that have been manufactured for us but have not been delivered yet to a lessee and containers designated as held-for-sale units. This change in the method of calculating utilization causes our utilization rate to appear higher than under the former methodology, but has no effect on the amount of lease rental income earned. Our utilization is primarily a function of our current lease structure, overall level of container demand, the location of our available containers and prevailing lease terms by location. The location of available containers is critical because containers available in high-demand locations are more readily leased and are typically leased on more favorable terms than containers available in low-demand locations.

 

49


Table of Contents

Lease rental income is also affected by per diem rates. The per diem rate for a lease is set at the time we enter into a lease agreement. Our long-term per diem rate for new containers has historically been strongly influenced by new container pricing (which in turn is heavily influenced by container manufacturing industry concentrations and steel and other component pricing), interest rates, the balance of supply and demand for containers at a particular time and location, our estimate of the residual value of the container at the end of its useful life in marine service, the type of the container being leased, container purchasing activities by container shipping lines and competitors and efficiencies in container utilization by container shipping lines. Average per diem rates for containers in our owned fleet and in the portfolios of containers comprising our managed fleet change slowly in response to changes in new container prices because existing lease agreements can only be re-priced upon the expiration of the lease.

Management Fees. Management fee revenue is generated by our management services, which include the acquisition, leasing, repair, repositioning, storage and disposition of containers. We provide these management services pursuant to management agreements with container investors. Under these agreements, we earn fees for the acquisition of new containers and the management of the containers, and a sales commission upon disposition of containers under management. The management agreements typically cover the entire economic life of the containers.

Our acquisition fees are calculated as a percentage of the cost of the container. Our management fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating income of the containers. Net operating income is calculated as the lease payment and any other revenue attributable to a container, minus operating expenses related to that container (but not depreciation or financing expenses of the container investor). The management fee percentage generally varies based upon the type of lease and the terms of the management agreement. Management fee percentages for long-term leases are generally lower than management fee percentages for short-term leases because less daily involvement by management personnel is required to manage long-term leases. Our sales commissions are either fixed dollar amount or based on a percentage of the sales price.

All rental operations are conducted worldwide in our name as agent for the container investors. Revenues, customer accounts receivable, operating expenses, and vendor payables arising from direct container operations of the managed portion of our fleet are excluded from our financial statements.

Trading Container Sales Proceeds. Our Container Resale Division purchases used containers from third parties, primarily shipping lines, and resells these containers to a wide variety of buyers. This activity is reported as trading container sales proceeds.

Gains on Sale of Containers, net. Gain on sale of containers, net, represents the excess of the sale price of our owned fleet containers over their net book value at the time of sale. Containers are generally sold at the end of their useful lives in marine service or when we believe it is financially attractive for us to do so, considering the location, sale price, cost of repair and possible repositioning expenses.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses include direct container expenses and depreciation of container rental equipment applicable to our owned containers, as well as general and administrative expenses for our total fleet.

Direct Container Expenses. Storage, handling, maintenance, repositioning and other direct container expenses are operating costs of our owned fleet. Storage and handling expenses occur when our customers drop off containers at depots around the world. Storage and handling expenses vary significantly by location. Other direct container expenses include maintenance expenses, which are the result of normal wear and tear on the containers, and repositioning expenses, which are incurred when we contract to move containers from locations where our inventories exceed actual or expected demand to locations with higher demand. Storage, handling, maintenance, repositioning and other direct container expenses are directly related to the number of containers in

 

50


Table of Contents

our owned fleet and inversely related to our utilization rate for those containers. As utilization increases, we typically have lower storage, handling, maintenance and repositioning expenses.

On September 8, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) posted the Staff Position (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities. FSP AUG AIR-1 amends certain provisions in the AICPA Industry Audit Guide, Audits of Airlines, and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting. FSP AUG AIR-1 prohibits the use of the formerly allowed accrue-in-advance method of accounting for planned major maintenance activities in annual and interim financial statements. This guidance was effective for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and was applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented.

Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. We also offer a DPP pursuant to which the lessee pays a fee over the term of the lease (per diem) in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. This revenue is recognized as earned over the term of the lease. Prior to 2007, for containers not subject to a DPP and for containers where DPP was billed upon drop off, we accrued for repairs once we made the decision to repair the container, which was made in advance of us incurring the repair obligations. For containers covered by per diem DPP, we accounted for estimated future repairs on an accrual basis over the estimated term of the lease. The impact of implementing FSP AUG AIR-1 on the financial statements was to reduce liabilities and increase shareholders’ equity by approximately $5.6 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. As the equipment repair accruals have not changed significantly from period to period, there was no material change to our results of operations for any period following adoption of FSP AUG AIR-1.

Cost of Trading Containers Sold. We buy used containers for resale, primarily from shipping lines. Cost of trading containers sold represents the cost of these containers and is recognized as an expense at the time the containers are sold.

Depreciation Expense. We depreciate our containers on a straight line basis over a period of 12 years to a fixed residual value. We regularly assess both the estimated useful life of our containers and the expected residual values, and, when warranted, adjust our depreciation estimate accordingly. Depreciation expense will vary over time based upon the number and the purchase price of containers in our owned fleet. Beginning in the third quarter of 2006, depreciation of our existing owned fleet decreased as a result of an increase in our estimate of the residual values of our containers. However, this decrease could be partially or totally offset as a result of an increase in the size of our owned fleet in subsequent periods.

Amortization Expense. Amortization expense represents the amortization of the price paid for the Gateway Transaction and Capital Transaction. The purchase price is being amortized over the expected useful life of the contracts on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees.

General and Administrative Expense. Our general and administrative expenses are primarily employee-related costs such as salary, employee benefits, rent, travel and entertainment costs, as well as expenses incurred for outside services such as legal, consulting and audit-related fees. We expect general and administrative expenses to be higher in the future, as we incur additional costs related to operating as a public company.

Short-term Incentive Compensation Expense. Short-term incentive compensation expense is the annual bonus plan in which all company employees participate. The compensation amounts are determined on an annual basis based on the company’s performance.

Long-term Incentive Compensation Expense. Long-term incentive compensation expense represents costs recorded for share-based and cash compensation that vests over several years in which all company employees participate.

Bad Debt Expense, net. Bad debt expense, net, represents the amounts recorded to provide for an allowance for the doubtful collection of accounts receivable for the owned fleet.

 

51


Table of Contents
A.   Operating Results

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

The following table summarizes our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    % Change Between  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 and 2006     2006 and 2005  
     (Dollars in thousands)             

Lease rental income

   $ 192,342    $ 186,093    $ 188,904    3.4 %   (1.5 %)

Management fees

     24,125      16,194      15,472    49.0 %   4.7 %

Trading container sales proceeds

     25,497      14,137      16,046    80.4 %   (11.9 %)

Gains on sale of containers, net

     13,544      9,558      10,456    41.7 %   (8.6 %)

Incentive management fees and general partner distributions

     —        —        2,874    0 %   (100.0 %)

Other, net

     284      480      648    (40.8 %)   (25.9 %)
                                 

Total revenues

   $ 255,792    $ 226,462    $ 234,400    13.0 %   (3.4 %)
                                 

Lease rental income increased $6,249 (3.4%) from 2006 to 2007. This included a $12,118 increase due to a 7.6% increase in fleet size, a $827 increase in geography income (handling fees, drop-off charges and pick-up charges and credits), and a $478 increase in finance lease income, partially offset by a decrease of $5,290 due to a 3.1% decrease in per diem rental rates, a decrease of $1,319 due to a 0.8% decrease in utilization and a $415 decrease in military sublease income. Lease rental income decreased $2,811 (1.5%) from 2005 to 2006. This included a $4,503 decrease due to a 2.7% decrease in per diem rental rates, a $1,535 decrease due to a 0.9% decrease in utilization and decreases of $1,161 in DPP income and $555 in military sublease income, partially offset by an increase of $2,484 due to a 1.5% increase in fleet size and a $1,037 increase in handling income and a $426 increase in finance lease income.

Management fee revenue increased $7,931 (49.0%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to $7,096 in additional fees earned following the Gateway Transaction and Capital Transaction. Management fee revenue increased $722 (4.7%) from 2005 to 2006 due to $2,597 in additional fees earned following the Gateway Transaction, partially offset by a reduction of $1,875 due to a 3.7% decrease in the size of the fleets managed for other container investors and a $461 decrease in acquisition fees.

Trading container sales proceeds increased $11,360 (80.4%) from 2006 to 2007. $10,204 of this increase was due to a 72.2% increase in unit sales and $1,156 was due to an increase in average proceeds of $62 per unit. Trading container sales proceeds decreased $1,909 (11.9%) from 2005 to 2006. $1,172 of this decrease was due to a 7.3% decrease in unit sales and $737 of the decrease was due to a decrease in average proceeds of $68 per unit.

Gain on sale of containers, net, increased $3,986 (41.7%) from 2006 to 2007. $3,443 of the increase was due to a 36.0% increase in units sold and $543 of the increase was due to an increase of $14 in average sales proceed per unit. Gain on sale of containers, net, decreased $898 (8.6%) from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a decrease of $70 in average sales proceeds per unit.

In 2005 our TEIF Partnerships were terminated following the sale of the remaining assets in the partnerships. In 2005 incentive management fees and general partner distributions of $2,874 were recorded.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    % Change Between  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 and 2006     2006 and 2005  
     (Dollars in thousands)             

Direct container expense

   $ 32,895    $ 29,757    $ 24,314    10.5 %   22.4 %

Cost of trading containers sold

     20,753      11,480      12,944    80.8 %   (11.3 %)

Depreciation expense

     48,757      54,330      60,792    (10.3 %)   (10.6 %)

Amortization expense

     3,677      1,023      —      259.4 %   N/A  

General and administrative expense

     18,063      15,870      16,357    13.8 %   (3.0 %)

Short-term incentive compensation expense

     4,094      4,694      5,140    (12.8 %)   (8.7 %)

Long-term incentive compensation expense

     932      285      210    227.0 %   35.7 %

Bad debt expense, net

     1,133      664      91    70.6 %   629.7 %
                                 

Total operating expenses

   $ 130,304    $ 118,103    $ 119,848    10.3 %   (1.5 %)
                                 

Direct container expense increased $3,138 (10.5%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $2,505 increase in repositioning expense and a $1,441 increase in DPP expense, partially offset by a $438 decrease in military sublease expense. Direct container expense increased $5,443 (22.4%) from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a $2,510 increase in storage expense, $1,178 increase in repositioning expense, $1,383 increase in DPP expense, $834 increase in handling expense and $490 increase in maintenance expense, partially offset by a $775 decrease in military sublease expense.

Cost of trading containers sold increased $9,273 (80.8%) from 2006 to 2007. $8,287 of the increase was due to a 72.2% increase in unit sales and $986 was due to a 5.0% increase in the average cost per unit of sold containers. Cost of trading containers sold decreased $1,464 (11.3%) from 2005 to 2006. $946 of the decrease was due to a 7.3% decrease in unit sales and $518 of the decrease was due to a 4.3% decrease in the average cost per unit of sold containers.

Depreciation expense decreased $5,573 (10.3%) from 2006 to 2007 due to an increase in estimated future residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense in October 2006. Depreciation expense decreased $6,462 (10.6%) from 2005 to 2006 due to an increase in estimated future residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense.

Amortization expense was $3,677 in 2007 and $1,023 in 2006. This expense represents the amortization of the amounts paid to acquire the management contracts in the Gateway Transaction and the Capital Transaction.

General and administrative expense increased $2,193 (13.8%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $982 increase in professional fees and $567 increase in compensation cost. General and administrative expense decreased $487 (3.0%) from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a $407 decrease in expenses related to the management of the TEIF Partnerships.

Short-term incentive compensation expense decreased $600 (12.8%) from 2006 to 2007 due to a decrease in the company’s return on shareholders’ equity, which is the determinant of short-term incentive compensation. Incentive compensation expense decreased $446 (8.7%) from 2005 to 2006 also due to a decrease in the company’s return on shareholders’ equity.

Long-term incentive compensation expense increased $647 (227.0%) from 2006 to 2007 due to share options and restricted share units that were granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan in October 2007. Long-term incentive compensation expense increased $75 (35.7%) from 2005 to 2006 due to an increase in compensation expense for share options granted under the 2001 Share Incentive Plan. We expect long-term incentive compensation expense to increase in 2008.

 

53


Table of Contents

Bad debt expense, net, increased $469 from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a net increase for the year to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad debt expense, net, increased $573 from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a net increase for the year to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

The following table summarizes other income (expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     % Change Between  
    2007     2006     2005     2007 and 2006     2006 and 2005  
    (Dollars in thousands)              

Interest expense

  $ (37,094 )   $ (33,083 )   $ (27,491 )   12.1 %   20.3 %

Interest income

    3,422       2,286       1,086     49.7 %   110.5 %

Realized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps and caps, net

    3,204       2,848       (4,153 )   12.5 %   168.6 %

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, net

    (8,274 )     (574 )     8,688     1341.5 %   (106.6 %)

Gain on lost military containers, net

    4,639       —         —       N/A     0 %

Other, net

    56       243       (2,648 )   (77.0 %)   109.2 %
                                   

Net other expense

  $ (34,047 )   $ (28,280 )   $ (24,518 )   20.4 %   15.3 %
                                   

Interest expense increased $4,011 (12.1%) from 2006 to 2007. $2,604 of the increase was due to an increase in average debt balances of $42,392 and $1,407 of the increase was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.24 percentage points. Interest expense increased $5,592 (20.3%) from 2005 to 2006. This increase consisted of a $6,522 increase due to an increase in average interest rates of 1.21 percentage points, partially offset by $930 due to a decrease in average debt balances of $18,881.

Interest income increased $1,136 (49.7%) from 2006 to 2007. $733 of the increase was due to an increase in average cash balances of $18,284 and $403 of the increase was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.53 percentage points. Interest income increased $1,200 (110.5%) from 2005 to 2006. $885 of the increase was due to an increase in average interest rates of 1.55 percentage points and $315 of the increase was due to an increase in average cash balances of $12,804.

Realized gains on interest rate swaps and caps, net increased $356 (12.5%) from 2006 to 2007. $365 was due to an increase in average interest rates of 0.11 percentage points, partially offset by a decrease of $9 due to a decrease in average interest rate swap notional amounts of $1,091. Realized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps and caps, net changed from a loss of $4,153 to a gain of $2,848 from 2005 to 2006. $6,849 of the change was due to an increase in interest rates of 1.97 percentage points, and $152 of the change was due to a decrease in average interest rate swap notional amounts of $13,231.

Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net increased $7,700 from 2006 to 2007 due to a decrease in the fair value of interest rate swap agreements held. Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, net changed from a gain of $8,688 to a loss of $574 from 2005 to 2006 due to a decrease in the fair value of interest rate swap agreements held.

The U.S. military informed us in August and September of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they leased from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $4,639 gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.

Other, net increased $2,891 from 2005 to 2006 due to a $2,500 reserve recorded to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. A $450 reduction in this reserve was released into income in 2006.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes income tax and minority interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    % Change Between  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 and 2006     2006 and 2005  
     (Dollars in thousands)             

Income tax expense

   $ 6,847    $ 4,299    $ 4,662    59.3 %   (7.8 %)

Minority interest expense

   $ 16,926    $ 19,499    $ 22,393    (13.2 %)   (12.9 %)

Income tax expense increased $2,548 (59.3%) from 2006 to 2007. $1,937 of the increase was due to a higher effective tax rate and $611 of the increase was due to a higher level of taxable income. Income tax expense decreased $363 (7.8%) from 2005 to 2006. $487 of the decrease was due to a lower level of taxable income, offset by $124 due to a higher effective tax rate.

Minority interest expense decreased $2,573 (13.2%) from 2006 to 2007 due to a lower level of net income generated by Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”) and Textainer Limited’s (“TL”) purchase of additional shares of TMCL, as a result of which TL, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, now owns 75% of TMCL’s Class A shares. See Item 4, “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Recent Developments.” Minority interest expense decreased $2,894 (12.9%) from 2005 to 2006 due to a lower level of net income generated by TMCL.

Segment Information:

The following table summarizes our income before taxes attributable to each of our business segments for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and 2005 (before inter-segment eliminations):

 

     Year Ended December 31,    % Change Between  
     2007    2006    2005    2007 and 2006     2006 and 2005  
     (Dollars in thousands)             

Container ownership

   $ 48,209    $ 42,949    $ 47,397    12.2 %   (9.4 %)

Container management

   $ 17,302    $ 11,523    $ 13,761    50.2 %   (16.3 %)

Container resale

   $ 10,294    $ 5,458    $ 5,447    88.6 %   0.2 %

Military management

   $ 2,161    $ 1,172    $ 738    84.4 %   58.8 %

Income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment increased $5,260 (12.2%) from 2006 to 2007. This increase consisted primarily of an increase in lease rental income of $6,658 resulting from a larger fleet size, partially offset by lower utilization and rental rates and a decrease in depreciation expense of $5,270 due to the increase in estimated residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense, partially offset by a larger fleet size. In addition, $4,101 of the increase was due to a gain on lost military containers, $3,990 of the increase was due to an increase in the gain on sale of containers in 2007, and $3,156 of the increase was due to decreased minority interest expense. These increases were partially offset by a $7,700 increase in unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net, a $6,143 increase in direct container expense due to a larger fleet size, and a $4,011 increase in interest expense primarily due to a larger debt balance.

Income before taxes attributable to the container ownership segment decreased $4,448 (9.4%) from 2005 to 2006 due to slightly less favorable market conditions, as evidenced by a 0.9% decrease in utilization, and a highly competitive market, as evidenced by a 2.7% decrease in rental rates. This decrease was partially offset by a 1.5% increase in fleet size and a 10.6% decrease in depreciation expense due to the increase in estimated future residual values used in the calculation of depreciation expense.

Income before taxes attributable to the container management segment increased $5,779 (50.2%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to an increase of $7,096 in management fees earned on the Gateway Transaction and the Capital Transaction and management fees earned based on the increase in net operating income resulting from

 

55


Table of Contents

the adoption of FSP AUG AIR-1 in 2007. In addition, acquisition fees increased $2,479 due to an increase in containers purchased and interest income increased $244 due to higher average interest rates and cash balances. These increases were partially offset by an increase of $2,607 in amortization expense due to the amortization of the intangible assets related to the acquisition of the rights to manage the Gateway and Capital lease fleets and an increase of $1,344 in overhead expenses.

Income before taxes attributable to the container management segment decreased $2,238 (16.3%) from 2005 to 2006 due to a $339 decrease in acquisition fees due to fewer new containers purchased, a $530 increase in overhead expense, a $1,023 increase in amortization expense due to the Gateway Transaction and a $305 decrease in TEIF incentive management fees and general partner distributions due to the termination of the TEIF Partnerships in 2005.

Income before taxes attributable to the container resale segment increased $4,836 (88.6%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a higher volume of container sales resulting in an increase in sales commissions of $3,076 and an increase in gains on container trading of $2,087 due to an increase in average proceeds of $62 per unit. These increases were partially offset by an increase of $399 in overhead expenses.

Income before taxes attributable to the container resale segment increased $11 (0.2%) from 2005 to 2006 due to a larger volume of sales resulting in an increase in sales commissions of $662 offset by a decrease in operating profit on sales of trading containers due to a lower volume of sales and higher overhead and interest costs.

Income before taxes attributable to the military management segment increased $989 (84.4%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to a $538 gain on lost military containers, net and a $385 decrease in overhead expense.

Income before taxes attributable to the military management segment increased $434 (58.8%) from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to higher subleasing income of $220 and lower overhead expenses of $177.

The U.S. military informed us in the third quarter of 2007 that 27,925 containers that they lease from us were unaccounted for. Of this total, 10,604 were owned containers, 12,657 were managed for third party owners and 4,664 were subleased. Per the terms of our contract with the U.S. military, they paid a stipulated value for each of these containers. Due to the loss of these containers, future rental income from the U.S. military on these containers will cease, but we did record a $4,639 gain on the owned and subleased portion of these unaccounted for containers during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007.

Currency

Almost all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars and approximately 62% of our direct container expenses in 2007 were denominated in U.S. dollars. Our operations in locations outside of the U.S. have some exposure to foreign currency fluctuations, and trade growth and the direction of trade flows can be influenced by large changes in relative currency values. However, part of our non-U.S. dollar operating expenses is transportation and other costs incurred as a result of the SDDC contract. The SDDC contract contains an adjustment feature such that we are effectively protected against most foreign currency risks for the expenses incurred under the SDDC contract. In 2007, our non-U.S. dollar operating expenses were spread among 15 currencies, resulting in some level of self-hedging. We do not engage in currency hedging.

 

56


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements. We have identified the policies and estimates below as among those critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. These policies and estimates are considered critical due to the existence of uncertainty at the time the estimate is made, the likelihood of changes in estimates from period to period and the potential impact that these estimates can have on our financial statements. The following accounting policies and estimates include inherent risks and uncertainties related to judgments and assumptions made by us. Our estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period.

Revenue Recognition

Lease Rental Income. We recognize revenue from operating leases of our owned containers as earned over the term of the lease. Where minimum lease payments vary over the lease term, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. We cease recognition of lease revenue if and when a container lessee defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee. Our determination of the collectibility of future lease payments is made by management on the basis of available information, including the current creditworthiness of container shipping lines that lease containers from us, historical collection results and review of specific past due receivables. If we experience unexpected payment defaults from our container lessees, we will cease revenue recognition for those leases, which will reduce container rental revenue. Finance lease income is recognized using the effective interest method, which generates a constant rate of interest over the period of the lease. The same risks of collectibility discussed above apply to our collection of finance lease income. If we experience unexpected payment defaults under our finance leases, we will cease revenue recognition for those leases which will reduce finance lease income.

Our leases require the lessee to pay, at the end of the lease term, for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear. We also offer a DPP pursuant to which the lessee pays a fee over the term of the lease, primarily on a daily basis, in exchange for not being charged for certain damages at the end of the lease term. It is our policy to recognize these revenues as earned on a daily basis over the related term of the lease. We have not recognized revenue for customers who are billed at the end of the lease term under our DPP or for other lessees who do not participate in the DPP. Based on past history, there is uncertainty as to collectibility of these amounts because the amounts due under the DPP are typically re-negotiated at the end of the lease term or when the lease term is extended.

Management Fee Revenue. We recognize revenue from management fees earned under management agreements on an as earned basis. Fees are calculated as a percentage of net operating income, which is revenue from the containers under management minus direct operating expense related to those containers. If a lessee of a managed container defaults in making timely lease payments or we otherwise determine that future lease payments are not likely to be collected from the lessee, then we will cease to record lease revenue, which in turn will result in reduced management fee revenue.

Accounting for Container Leasing Equipment

Accounting for container leasing equipment includes depreciation, impairment of held for use equipment and the impairment of containers held for sale.

Depreciation. When we acquire containers, we record the cost of the container on our balance sheet. We then depreciate the container over its estimated “useful life” (which represents the number of years we expect to be able to lease the container to shipping lines) to its estimated “residual value” (which represents the amount we

 

57


Table of Contents

estimate we will recover upon the sale or other disposition of the equipment at the end of its “useful life” as a shipping container). Our estimates of useful life are based on our actual experience with our fleet, and our estimates of residual value are based on a number of factors including disposal price history.

We review our depreciation policies, including our estimates of useful lives and residual values, on a regular basis to determine whether a change in our estimates of useful lives and residual values is warranted. Prior to September 1, 2006, we estimated that standard dry freight containers, which represent substantially all the containers in our fleet, have a useful life in marine services of 12 years and had residual values of $650 for a 20’, $800 for a 40’, and $900 for a 40’ high cube. Beginning on September 1, 2006, we changed our residual value estimates to $850 for a 20’, $950 for a 40’ and $1,000 for a 40’ high cube. Our change in residual value estimates is based on our recent sales history and current market conditions for the sale of used containers, which we believe currently is the best indicator of the residual value we will realize. The effect of this change will be a reduction in both depreciation expense and gains on sales of containers, net, as compared to what would have been reported using the previous estimates. We continue to estimate a container’s “useful life” in marine service to be 12 years from the first lease out date after manufacture.

If market conditions in the future warrant a further change of our estimates of the useful lives or residual values of our containers, we may be required to again recognize increased or decreased depreciation expense. A decrease in either the useful life or residual value of our containers would result in increased depreciation expense and decreased net income.

Impairment. We periodically evaluate our containers held for use to determine whether there has been any event that would cause the book value of our containers to be impaired. Any such impairment would be expensed in our results of operations. Impairment exists when the future undiscounted cash flows generated by an asset are estimated to be less than the net book value of that asset. If impairment exists, the containers are written down to their fair value. This fair value then becomes the containers’ new cost basis and is depreciated over their remaining useful life in marine services to their estimated residual values. Any impairment charge would result in decreased net income.

Containers Held for Sale. We also evaluate all off-lease containers to determine whether the containers will be repaired and returned to service or sold based upon what we estimate will be the best economic alternative. If we designate a container as held for sale, depreciation on the container ceases, and the container is reported at the lower of (1) its recorded value or (2) the amount we expect to receive upon sale (less the estimated cost to sell the container). Any writedown of containers held for sale is reflected in our statement of operations as an expense. If a large number of containers are identified for sale or prices for used containers drop, impairment charges for containers held for sale may increase which would result in decreased net income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed regularly by our management and is based on the risk profile of the receivables, credit quality indicators such as the level of past due amounts which did not change significantly during 2007, and economic conditions. Our credit committee meets regularly to assess performance of our container lessees and to recommend actions to be taken in order to reduce credit risks. Changes in economic conditions or other events may necessitate additions or deductions to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is intended to provide for losses inherent in the owned fleet’s accounts receivable, and requires the application of estimates and judgments as to the outcome of collection efforts and the realization of collateral, among other things. If the financial condition of our container lessees were to deteriorate, reducing their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, which would decrease our net income or increase our net loss in the period of the adjustment.

 

58


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the differences between the book values and the tax basis of particular assets and liabilities, using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance would be recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount we determine is more likely than not to be realized, based on our analyses of past operating results, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and projected taxable income. Our analyses of future taxable income are subject to a wide range of variables, many of which involve estimates. Uncertainty regarding future events and changes in tax regulation could materially alter our valuation of deferred tax liabilities and assets. If we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would record a valuation allowance and make a corresponding change to our earnings in the period in which we make such determination. If we later determine that we are more likely than not to realize our deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized a $1,035 decrease in the liability for uncertain tax positions, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. SFAS 157 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). With the exception of a one year deferral for the implementation of SFAS 157 for other nonfinancial assets and liabilities, SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). Under this pronouncement, companies may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reporting earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. However, SFAS 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases), as among those items not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and

 

59


Table of Contents

guarantees of third-party lease obligations. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 159 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 will become effective as of the beginning of a company’s fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R replaced SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”) SFAS 141R retains the fundamental requirements in SFAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting (which SFAS 141 called the purchase method) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. SFAS 141R also establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase and c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R will apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the Company’s fiscal year beginning March 1, 2009. While the we have not yet evaluated SFAS 141R for the impact, if any, that its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements, we will be required to expense costs related to any acquisitions after December 31, 2009.

 

B.   Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $69,447. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash flows from operations, proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our initial public offering, sale of containers, issuance of bonds, and borrowings under our secured debt facility and revolving credit facility. Our revolving credit facility is a bank revolving facility extended to one of our subsidiaries, TL. Our secured debt facility is a conduit facility, which allows for recurring borrowings and repayments, granted to TMCL, which is a subsidiary of TL. TMCL is also the issuer of our bonds. As of December 31, 2007, we had the following outstanding borrowings and borrowing capacities under our revolving credit facility, our secured debt facility and our bonds payable (in thousands):

 

Facility

   Current
Borrowing
   Additional Available
Borrowing, as Limited by
our Borrowing Base
   Additional
Borrowing
Commitment
   Total
Commitment

Revolving credit facility(1)

   $ 21,500    $ 29,583    $ 53,500    $ 75,000

Secured debt facility(2)

     131,700      117,595      168,300      300,000

Bonds payable(2)

     430,167      —        —        430,167
                           

Total

   $ 583,367    $ 147,178    $ 221,800    $ 805,167
                           

 

(1)   We are currently in the process of negotiating a new revolving credit facility with our lenders to refinance our revolving credit facility.

 

(2)   Current borrowings for the secured debt facility and bonds payable exclude step acquisition adjustments of $724 and $1,229, respectively, related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustments were recorded to reduce the balance of both the secured debt facility and bonds payable to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the debt on the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 “Acquisition” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18. “Financial Statements.” for further discussion.

 

60


Table of Contents

We have typically funded a significant portion of the purchase price of new containers through borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our secured debt facility and intend to continue to do so in the future. In 2001 and again in 2005, at such time as the secured debt facility reached an appropriate size, the facility was refinanced through the issuance of bonds to institutional investors. We anticipate a similar refinancing at such time as the secured debt facility reaches a balance of between $300,000 and, if we are able to increase the commitment under the secured debt facility, $500,000. This timing will depend on our level of future purchases of containers.

Our cash inflows from operations are affected by the utilization rate of our fleet and the per diem rates of our leases, whereas the cash inflows from proceeds for the sale of containers are affected by market demand for used containers and our available inventory of containers for sale. Our cash outflows are affected by payments and expenses related to our purchasing of containers, interest on our debt obligations or other contingencies discussed in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which may place demands on our short-term liquidity.

We currently believe that cash flow from operations, proceeds from the sale of containers and borrowing availability under our debt facilities are sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including for the payment of dividends, for the next twelve months and for the foreseeable future.

Description of Indebtedness

Credit Facility. Textainer Limited has a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. and certain lenders to provide it with a revolving credit facility in the amount of $75.0 million. The credit agreement also provides for a $25.0 million letter of credit facility included within the $75.0 million commitment (together, the “credit facility”). This credit facility provides for payments of interest only during its term, beginning on its inception date through the earlier of June 6, 2008 and an early amortization event, with a provision for the credit facility to convert to a two-year fully amortizing term loan, payable after that date. There is a commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the credit facility, which is payable quarterly in arrears. In addition, there is an agent’s fee on the commitment amount, which is payable quarterly in arrears.

Under the terms of the credit facility, the total outstanding principal of all of our debt may not exceed an amount calculated pursuant to a formula based on a percentage of the net book value of our containers and our outstanding debt. Any outstanding letter of credit not cash collateralized will reduce the amount available under the credit facility. The credit facility maximum borrowing base was $75.0 million as of December 31, 2007. Textainer Group Holdings Limited and Textainer Limited must also meet certain financial covenants, including a minimum net worth level, a maximum leverage ratio and minimum debt service and interest coverage ratios. Textainer Group Holdings Limited must maintain a minimum consolidated tangible net worth equal to the sum of (i) $154.0 million, plus the amount by which such consolidated tangible net worth exceeds $191.498 million at September 30, 2007, (ii) 40% of the cumulative consolidated quarterly net income after October 1, 2007 through the date of determination and (iii) 100% of the aggregate proceeds of any public offering (net of reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses). Textainer Group Holdings Limited and Textainer Limited each must not permit its ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth to exceed 3.50 to 1.00 and 5.00 to 1.00, respectively. Textainer Group Holdings Limited must maintain at least a 1.10 to 1.00 ratio of its (x) consolidated net income, minus dividends paid, plus depreciation and amortization of intangibles, to (y) current obligations. Textainer Group Holdings Limited must maintain at least a 1.35 to 1.00 ratio of its (A) consolidated net income, plus expenses for income tax, plus interest expense for borrowed money, plus operating lease expense for leasing equipment, to (B) interest expense for borrowed money, plus operating lease expense for leasing equipment. We were in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2007.

Principal amortization payments will be made on a quarterly basis, beginning on the last day of the calendar quarter during which the conversion date (which is currently established as June 6, 2008) or an early amortization event occurs; thus, principal amortization would begin on June 30, 2008. Interest on the borrowings under the credit facility may, at our option, be based on either the U.S. prime rate or LIBOR plus a margin. As of December 31, 2007, $21.5 million was outstanding under the credit facility.

 

61


Table of Contents

Although no repayment of the principal amount of outstanding borrowings is required until after the conversion date, we may make optional prepayments prior to the conversion date. Mandatory prepayments are required prior to the conversion date if the amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit exceeds the amount of the borrowing base. Any such prepayment will be in the amount required to reduce the amount of outstanding loans and letters of credit to the amount of the borrowing base.

The credit facility is secured by certain container-related assets of Textainer Limited. Textainer Group Holdings Limited acts as a guarantor of the credit facility. The guaranty is secured by ordinary shares of Textainer Limited and Textainer Marine Containers Limited and certain of our other subsidiaries, and cash, assets readily convertible into cash and amounts due to us from our subsidiaries.

We have made certain representations and warranties in the credit agreement and are subject to certain reporting requirements and financial performance and other covenants. We are required to reaffirm certain representations and warranties as a condition to borrowing. If we are not able to do so, the committed borrowing amounts may not be available. The credit agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to consummate mergers, sell and acquire assets, make certain types of payments relating to our share capital, including dividends, incur indebtedness, permit liens on assets, make investments, enter into or amend certain contracts, enter into certain transactions with affiliates or redeem pledged shares in Textainer Marine Containers Limited.

Events of default under the credit agreement include, among others:

 

   

a default in required payment on any indebtedness in excess of $250,000 (other than the credit facility) or the ability of any debt holder to accelerate any such indebtedness;

 

   

a material adverse change of the company;

 

   

unsatisfied judgments against us that could result in a material adverse change or that equal at least $250,000;

 

   

failure of any of the security documents or a default under the guaranty;

 

   

breach by Textainer Limited under any hedging agreement; and

 

   

the occurrence of termination events under pension plans.

We are currently in the process of negotiating a new revolving credit facility with our lenders to refinance our revolving credit facility.

Secured Debt Facility. Textainer Marine Containers Limited has a securitization facility (“secured debt facility”) pursuant to which it has issued Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Series 2000-1 (“2000-1 Notes”) with a total commitment of $300.0 million pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (the “2000-1 Supplement”), to its Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005 (as amended as of June 3, 2005 and June 8, 2006, the “Indenture”). Our primary ongoing container financing requirements are funded by commitments under the secured debt facility. The secured debt facility provided a total commitment in the amount of $300.0 million as of December 31, 2007. Of this amount, $131.7 million had been drawn on as of December 31, 2007.

Prior to the conversion date (currently defined as June 6, 2008), each of the 2000-1 Notes is a revolving note with a maximum principal amount equal to the amount of that 2000-1 Note. As a result, the amount funded under such 2000-1 Note may be less than the face amount of that 2000-1 Note. Textainer Marine Containers Limited may request funding under the 2000-1 Notes from time to time prior to the conversion date. Each of the 2000-1 Notes provides for payments of interest only during the period from its inception until its conversion date. Given a conversion date of June 6, 2008, the first principal payment would be on July 15, 2008. However, we have the option of repaying principal of the 2000-1 Notes at any time. After the conversion date, the 2000-1 Notes fully amortize over a payment term that is scheduled to equal 10 years after the conversion date, but shall not exceed a maximum payment term of 15 years thereafter.

 

62


Table of Contents

Payments of interest on the 2000-1 Notes are due monthly. Interest on the outstanding amounts of the 2000-1 Notes equal LIBOR plus a margin. Overdue payments of principal and interest of the 2000-1 Notes accrue interest at a rate of 2.0% above the interest rate ordinarily applicable to such amounts. There is a commitment fee on the unused portion of the commitments under the 2000-1 Notes, which is payable in arrears. Ultimate repayment of the principal of the 2000-1 Notes has been insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation.

Under the Indenture, Textainer Marine Containers Limited, Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Textainer Group Holdings Limited must maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum EBIT ratio, maximum funded debt, minimum profits, minimum net worth, and maximum leverage ratio. Textainer Marine Containers Limited must maintain at least a 1.10 to 1.00 ratio of earnings (before interest expense and taxes ) to interest expense. Textainer Equipment Management Limited may not incur more than $1,000,000 of consolidated funded debt. Textainer Equipment Management Limited must make at least $2,000,000 in after-tax profits annually and maintain a minimum consolidated tangible net worth of $5,000,000. Textainer Group Holdings Limited must maintain a ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth that is no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. We were in compliance with these requirements at December 31, 2007.

Bonds. Textainer Marine Containers Limited has also issued $580.0 million in Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes, Series 2005-1 (“bonds”) pursuant to its Series 2005-1 Supplement, dated as of May 26, 2005, to the Indenture under that securitization facility. The bonds are term notes. The bonds were purchased by various institutional investors.

Payments of principal and interest on the bonds are due monthly, although we may not prepay (other than the scheduled amounts) the bonds before June 15, 2008. The bonds fully amortize on a straight-line basis over a payment term that is scheduled to equal 10 years (with a target final payment date of May 15, 2015), but shall not exceed a maximum payment term of 15 years (with a legal final payment date of May 15, 2020). Under a 10-year amortization schedule, $58.0 million of principal of the bonds will amortize per year. The interest rate applicable to the bonds equals one-month LIBOR plus a margin. Overdue payments of principal and interest of the bonds accrue interest at a rate of 2.0% above the interest rate ordinarily applicable to such amounts. Ultimate repayment of the bonds has been insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation.

The secured debt facility and the bonds are both governed by the Indenture and are secured by a pledge of, among other things, our containers, certain contracts related to our containers and the securitization facility, certain bank accounts, proceeds from the operation of our containers, and all other assets of Textainer Marine Containers Limited to the extent that they relate to the containers. Under the terms of the secured debt facility and the bonds, the total outstanding principal of these two programs may not exceed an amount which is calculated by a formula based on Textainer Marine Containers Limited’s book value of equipment, restricted cash and direct finance leases. The secured debt facility and the bonds also contain restrictive covenants regarding the average age of the securitization entity’s container fleet, ability to incur other obligations and to distribute earnings, and overall asset base minimums, with which the securitization entity and our container management subsidiary were in compliance at December 31, 2007.

We have made certain representations and warranties and are subject to certain reporting requirements and other covenants in connection with the Indenture and the secured debt facility and bonds. In addition, we are required to reaffirm certain representations and warranties as a condition to borrowing. If we are not able to do so, the committed borrowing amounts may not be available. These covenants restrict, among other things, Textainer Marine Containers Limited’s ability to transfer the collateral, permit liens on collateral, engage in activities within the U.S., incur indebtedness, make loans or guarantees, consummate mergers, sell assets, enter into or amend certain contracts, create subsidiaries and make investments. We were in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2007.

Events of default under the 2000-1 Notes and the bonds include, among others:

 

   

invalidity of the lien on collateral;

 

63


Table of Contents
   

certain defaults under other documents related to each of the notes;

 

   

the funded notes exceeding the asset base;

 

   

payment on the notes by the insurer thereof;

 

   

Textainer Marine Containers Limited becoming obligated to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and

 

   

the occurrence of certain ERISA events.

Cash Flow

The following table summarizes historical cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Net income

   $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

     76,766       67,147       66,626  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     144,434       123,428       129,605  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (256,508 )     (83,203 )     (121,618 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     140,159       (41,643 )     6,123  

Effect of exchange rate changes

     199       350       (233 )
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     28,284       (1,068 )     13,877  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     41,163       42,231       28,354  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 69,447     $ 41,163     $ 42,231  
                        

Operating Cash Flows

Operating cash flows increased $21,006 (17.0%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to an increase in net income and an increase in due to owners, net, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable, net resulting from increased revenues. Operating cash flows decreased $6,177 (4.8%) from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a decrease in net income.

Investing Activities Cash Flows

Net cash used in investing activities increased $173,305 (208.3%) from 2006 to 2007 due to higher new container purchases, the purchase of additional shares of TMCL and the Capital Transaction, partially offset by higher proceeds from the sales of containers. Net cash used in investing activities decreased $38,415 (31.6%) from 2005 to 2006 due to lower new container purchases and higher proceeds from sales of containers, partially offset by the investment for the Gateway Transaction.

Financing Activities Cash Flows

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $181,802 (436.6%) from 2006 to 2007 primarily due to net proceeds of $137,967 from the issuance of common shares in connection with our initial public offering, $42,200 net borrowing from debt facilities in 2007 compared to a net repayment of $5,000 in 2006, an decrease in restricted cash of $5,247 in 2007 compared to an increase of $8,610 in 2006, partially offset by a $19,270 increase in dividends paid. Net cash used in financing activities increased $47,766 from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to a $5,000 net repayment of debt facilities in 2006 compared to a net borrowing of $42,698 in 2005. This change is primarily due to the decrease in the purchase of containers in 2006.

 

64


Table of Contents
C.   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

We do not carry out research and development activities and our business and profitability are not materially dependent upon any patents or licenses. We have registered “TEXTAINER,” “TEX” and “tex” (logo) in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in the patent and trademark agencies of thirteen countries as trademarks.

 

D.   Trend Information

Other than the obligations under the contractual obligations and commercial commitments set forth in Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations”, there are no identifiable trends, demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that will result in, or that are reasonably likely to result in, our liquidity either increasing or decreasing at present or in the foreseeable future. We will require sufficient capital in the future to meet our payments and other obligations under our contractual obligations and commercial commitments. The need to make such payments is a “Trend” as it is unlikely that all such obligations will be eliminated from our future business activities. We intend to utilize cash on hand in order to meet our obligations under our contractual obligations and commercial commitments. It is likely that we will generate sufficient operating cash flow to meet these ongoing obligations in the foreseeable future. From time to time, we may issue additional debt in order to raise capital for future requirements.

 

E.   Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2007 we had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, change in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

F.   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments by due date as of December 31, 2007:

 

    Payments Due by Period
    Total     1 year     1-2 years     2-3 years     3-4 years   4-5 years   >5 years
   

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

Total debt obligations:

             

Bonds payable

  $ 430,167     $ 58,000     $ 58,000     $ 58,000     $ 58,000   $ 58,000   $ 140,167

Secured debt facility

    131,700       6,585       13,170       13,170       13,170     13,170     72,435

Revolving credit facility

    21,500       —         5,375       5,375       10,750     —       —  

Interest obligation(1)

    117,944       27,512       23,964       20,129       15,820     12,258     18,261

Interest rate swap receivable(2)

    1,126       666       431       29       —       —       —  

Interest rate swap payable(2)

    (1,196 )     (737 )     (412 )     (47 )     —       —       —  

Office lease obligations

    6,063       1,521       1,623       1,348       1,331     240     —  

Trading container purchase commitments

    8,887       8,887       —         —         —       —       —  

Container purchase commitments

    23,179       23,179       —         —         —       —       —  

Container contracts payable

    28,397       28,397       —         —         —       —       —  
                                                 

Total contractual obligations

  $ 767,767     $ 154,010     $ 102,151     $ 98,004     $ 99,071   $ 83,668   $ 230,863
                                                 

 

(1)   Assuming an estimated current interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin, which equals an all-in interest rate of 4.91%.

 

(2)   Calculated based on the difference between our fixed contractual rates and the counterparties’ estimated average LIBOR rate of 4.60%, for all periods, for all interest rate contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

 

65


Table of Contents
G.   Safe Harbor

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements. “See “Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; Cautionary Language.”

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A.   Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2007. Our board of directors is elected annually and each director holds office until his successor has been duly elected, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or earlier termination of his office. Our bye-laws provide for, among other things, the election of our board of directors on a staggered basis. The business address of each of our executive officers is c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited, 650 California Street, 16th Floor, San Francisco, California 94108. The business address for each of our non-management directors is Century House, 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda.

In accordance with our bye-laws, our board of directors will be elected annually on a staggered basis, with each director holding office until his successor has been duly elected, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or earlier termination of his office. Neil I. Jowell, Cecil Jowell, David M. Nurek and Hendrik R. van der Merwe are designated Class III directors, to hold office until our 2008 annual general meeting of shareholders, James A. Owens, Isam K. Kabbani and James E. McQueen are designated Class II directors, to hold office until our 2009 annual general meeting of shareholders, and John A. Maccarone, Dudley R. Cottingham, Hyman Shwiel and James E. Hoelter are designated Class I directors, to hold office until our 2010 annual general meeting of shareholders. Thereafter, directors in each class shall be elected for three year terms. Directors may be re-elected when their term of office expires.

Trencor, through the Halco Trust and Halco, holds beneficiary interest in approximately 62.6% of our outstanding share capital. See Item 4, “Information on the Company—Organizational Structure” for an explanation of the relationship between us and Trencor. As indicated below, six of our directors are also directors of Trencor.

 

Executive Officers and Directors

  

Age

  

Position

Neil I. Jowell(1)(2)(3)(4)

   74    Chairman

Dudley R. Cottingham(1)(2)(3)

   56    Director

James E. Hoelter(1)(2)(3)(4)

   68    Director

Cecil Jowell(4)

   72    Director

Isam K. Kabbani

   73    Director

John A. Maccarone

   63    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

James E. McQueen(1)(4)

   63    Director

David M. Nurek(2)(3)(4)

   58    Director

James A. Owens

   68    Director

Hyman Shwiel(1)(2)(3)

   63    Director

Hendrik R. van der Merwe(4)

   60    Director

Philip K. Brewer

   50    Executive Vice President

Robert D. Pedersen

   48    Executive Vice President

Ernest J. Furtado

   52   

First Vice President, Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer & Secretary

 

(1)   Member of the audit committee. Messrs. Cottingham and Shwiel are voting members and Messrs. Hoelter, Neil Jowell and McQueen are non-voting members.

 

(2)   Member of the compensation committee.

 

66


Table of Contents
(3)   Member of the nominating and governance committee.

 

(4)   Director of Trencor, the indirect beneficiary of a majority of our share interest.

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

Directors

Neil I. Jowell has served as our director and chairman since December 1993. Mr. N. Jowell also serves on the board of directors of Trencor. He has been a director of Trencor since 1966, and was appointed chairman in 1973. He is also a director of Mobile Industries, and has served on its board of directors since 1969. Mr. N. Jowell has over 50 years experience in the transportation industry. He holds an M.B.A. from Columbia University and Bachelor of Commerce and LL.B. degrees from the University of Cape Town. Mr. Neil I. Jowell and Mr. Cecil Jowell are brothers.

Dudley R. Cottingham has been a member of our board of directors and previously served as assistant secretary or secretary since December 1993. He has also served in the past as president of certain of our subsidiaries. Mr. Cottingham has over 30 years experience in public accounting for a variety of international and local clients. He is a director of Morris Cottingham Corporate Services, located in the Turks and Caicos Islands, and is a director and the audit committee chairman of Bermuda Press (Holdings) Ltd., a newspaper publishing and commercial printing company listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange. He has been a partner with Arthur Morris and Company, a provider of audit and accounting services for international clients, since 1982, and has served as vice president and director of Continental Management Ltd., a Bermuda company providing corporate representation, administration and management services, since 1982 and Continental Trust Corporation Ltd., a Bermuda company that provides corporate and individual trust administration services, since 1994. Mr. Cottingham is a chartered accountant.

James E. Hoelter has been a member of our board of directors since December 1993 and was our president and chief executive officer from that time until his retirement in December 1998. Mr. Hoelter is a non-executive member of the board of directors of Trencor and a member of Trencor’s audit committee. He is the president of Freightmasters Associates, Inc., a company that provides consulting services for the international freight carrying industry. He is also a member of the board of directors of TrenStar, Inc., a mobile equipment management company based in Denver, Colorado and a subsidiary of Trencor. Mr. Hoelter received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Wisconsin and a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Cecil Jowell has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. Mr. C. Jowell is also a director and chairman of Mobile Industries, a public company quoted on the JSE. Mr. C. Jowell has been a director of Mobile Industries since 1969 and was appointed chairman in 1973. Mobile Industries holds an approximately 46% interest in Trencor. Mr. C. Jowell is a non-executive director of Trencor and was an executive of Trencor for over 40 years. He has also served as a director and chairman of WACO International Ltd., an international industrial group listed on the JSE. Mr. C. Jowell holds a Bachelor of Commerce and LL.B. degrees from the University of Cape Town and is a graduate of the Institute of Transport.

Isam K. Kabbani has been a member of our board of directors since December 1993. Mr. Kabbani is the chairman and principal stockholder of the IKK Group, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, a manufacturing and trading group active both in Saudi Arabia and internationally. In 1959, Mr. Kabbani joined the Saudi Arabian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and in 1960 moved to the Ministry of Petroleum for a period of ten years. During this time he was seconded to the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”). After a period as Chief Economist of OPEC, in 1967 he became the Saudi Arabian member of OPEC’s Board of Governors. In 1970, he left the Ministry of Petroleum to establish his own business, the National Marketing Group, which has since been his principal business activity. Mr. Kabbani holds a B.A. from Swarthmore College and a M.A. in Economics and International Relations from Columbia University.

 

67


Table of Contents

John A. Maccarone has served as our president and chief executive officer since January 1999, and has been a member of our board of directors since December 1993. Mr. Maccarone is a member of the board of directors of the Institute of International Container Lessors, a trade association for the container and chassis leasing industry, and served as its chairman from January 2006 to December 2006. Mr. Maccarone co-founded Intermodal Equipment Associates, a marine container leasing company based in San Francisco, and held a variety of executive positions with the company from 1979 until 1987, when he joined the Textainer Group as president and chief executive officer of Textainer Equipment Management Limited, now a subsidiary of our company. From 1977 through 1978, Mr. Maccarone was director of marketing based in Hong Kong for Trans Ocean Leasing Corporation, a San Francisco-based company. From 1969 to 1976, Mr. Maccarone was a marketing representative for IBM Corporation in Chicago, Illinois. From 1966 to 1968, he served as a Lieutenant in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers in Thailand and Virginia. Mr. Maccarone holds a B.S. in Engineering Management from Boston University and a M.B.A. from Loyola University of Chicago.

James E. McQueen has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. Mr. McQueen joined Trencor in June 1976 and has served as financial director of Trencor since April 1984. Mr. McQueen is also a director of a number of Trencor’s subsidiaries. Prior to joining Trencor, Mr. McQueen was an accountant in public practice. Mr. McQueen received a Bachelor of Commerce and a Certificate in the Theory of Accounting from the University of Cape Town and is a Chartered Accountant (South Africa).

David M. Nurek has been a member of our board of directors since September 2007. Mr. Nurek was appointed as an alternate director of Trencor in November 1992 and as a non-executive member of its board of directors in July 1995 and is chairman of Trencor’s remuneration and nomination committees and a member of its audit committee. Mr. Nurek is an executive of Investec Bank Limited, a subsidiary of Investec Limited which is quoted on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange. Investec Limited has entered into a dual listed company structure with Investec plc, which is quoted on the London Stock Exchange (collectively, the “Investec Group”). He is the regional chairman of Investec Limited’s various businesses in the Western Cape, South Africa, and is also the Investec Group’s worldwide head of legal risk. Prior to joining Investec Limited in June 2000, Mr. Nurek served as chairman of the South African legal firm Sonnenberg Hoffman & Galombik, which has since changed its name to Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc. Mr. Nurek serves as a non-executive on the boards of directors of various listed and unlisted companies in South Africa and holds a Diploma in Law and a Graduate Diploma in Company Law from the University of Cape Town, and completed a Program of Instruction for Lawyers at Harvard Law School and a Leadership in Professional Services Firms program at Harvard Business School.

James A. C. Owens has served as a member of our board of directors since May 1998. Mr. Owens has served as an insurance broker and director of Foreign Business Indemnity Ltd. since 1988. He has also served as a senior consultant to Heath Lambert Group since November 2006. Mr. Owens has been associated with us (or our predecessor companies and affiliates) since 1980, and for a time represented one of our predecessor companies as a director of the IICL. He has for many years been, and continues to be, actively involved in insurance brokerage companies and captive insurance companies. He is a member of a number of boards of directors of non-U.S. companies, including Ferrosure (Isle of Man) Insurance Company Limited, a captive insurance subsidiary of a large international public company. Mr. Owens holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of South Africa.

Hyman Shwiel has been a member of our board of directors since September 2007. Mr. Shwiel was a partner in Ernst & Young LLP for 25 years. He served during that period in various roles, including Area Managing Partner and as National Director of Enterprise and Professional Risk. Upon his retirement in 2005, he became a consultant to Ernst & Young until 2007. Mr. Shwiel holds a C.T.A. and an M.B.A. from the University of Cape Town and is a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) and a CPA.

Hendrik Roux van der Merwe has been a member of our board of directors since March 2003. He is managing director of Trencor and a director of TrenStar, Inc. Mr. van der Merwe joined Trencor in 1997 and began serving as a director of Trencor in 1998. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. van der Merwe served as deputy chairman for Waco International Ltd., an international industrial group listed on the JSE with subsidiaries listed

 

68


Table of Contents

on the Sydney and London Stock Exchanges. From 1984 to 1991, he held various senior executive positions in the banking sector in South Africa, lastly as chief executive officer of Senbank, the corporate/merchant banking arm of Bankorp Group Ltd. Prior to entering the business world, Mr. van der Merwe practiced as an attorney at law in Johannesburg, South Africa. Mr. van der Merwe holds Bachelor of Arts and L.L.B degrees in Law from the University of Stellenbosch in South Africa, and a Master of Law in Tax Law from the University of the Witwatersrand in South Africa.

Executive Officers

For certain biographical information about John A. Maccarone, see “Directors” above.

Philip K. Brewer has served as our executive vice president since January 2006. He is responsible for managing our capital structure and identifying new sources of finance for our company, as well as overseeing the management and coordinating the activities of our risk management, and resale divisions. Mr. Brewer is also a director and treasurer for the National Portable Storage Association, a trade association for companies that rent, sell or lease portable storage containers. Mr. Brewer was senior vice president of our asset management group from 1999 to 2005 and senior vice president of our capital markets group from 1996 to 1998. Prior to joining our company in 1996, Mr. Brewer worked at Bankers Trust starting in 1990 as a vice president and ending as a managing director and president of its Indonesian subsidiary. From 1989 to 1990, he was vice president in corporate finance at Jardine Fleming, a company based in Indonesia. From 1987 to 1989, he was capital markets advisor to the United States Agency for International Development in Indonesia. From 1984 to 1987, he was an associate with Drexel Burnham Lambert, an investment banking firm. Mr. Brewer holds a B.A. in Economics and Political Science from Colgate University and a M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University.

Robert D. Pedersen has served as our executive vice president responsible for worldwide sales and marketing related activities and operations since January 2006. Mr. Pedersen was senior vice president of our leasing group from 1999 to 2005. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Pedersen held several positions within our company, and from 1978 through 1991, he worked in various capacities for Klinge Cool, a manufacturer of refrigerated container cooling units, XTRA, a container lessor, and Maersk Line, a container shipping line. Mr. Pedersen is a graduate of the A.P. Moller Shipping and Transportation Program and the Merkonom Business School in Copenhagen, where he majored in Company Organization.

Ernest J. Furtado has served as our first vice president, senior vice president, chief financial officer and secretary or assistant secretary since 1999. Prior to joining our company in 1991, Mr. Furtado was controller for Itel Instant Space, a container leasing company based in San Francisco, California, and manager of accounting for Itel Containers International Corporation, a container leasing company based in San Francisco, California. Mr. Furtado is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of California at Berkeley and a M.B.A. in Information Systems from Golden Gate University.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of eleven members. Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors shall consist of from five to twelve directors, as the board of directors may determine from time to time.

 

B.   Compensation

The aggregate direct compensation we paid to our executive officers as a group (four persons) for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $2.8 million, which included approximately $1.3 million in bonuses and approximately $18,000 in funds set aside or accrued to provide for life insurance, retirement, or similar benefits. This amount does not include expenses we incurred for other payments, including dues for professional and business associations, business travel and other expenses. We did not pay our officers who also serve as directors any separate compensation for their directorship during 2007, other than reimbursements for travel expenses.

 

69


Table of Contents

All of our full-time employees, including employees of our direct and indirect subsidiaries and dedicated agents and our executive officers, were eligible to participate in our 2007 Short Term Incentive Plan. Under that plan, all eligible employees received an incentive award based on their respective job classification and our return on equity. In 2007, each of our executive officers received greater than 200% of his target incentive award. For fiscal year 2007, all of our full-time employees, including employees of our direct and indirect subsidiaries and dedicated agents and our executive officers, were eligible to participate in our 2007 Short Term Incentive Plan.

The aggregate direct compensation we paid to our directors who are not officers for their services as directors as a group for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $298,000, including $72,000 paid to Halco as a management fee and consulting fees paid to certain of our directors. Some directors were also reimbursed for expenses incurred in order to attend board or committee meetings.

2007 Share Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Share Incentive Plan on August 9, 2007, and our shareholders approved the 2007 Share Incentive Plan on September 4, 2007. The maximum number of common shares of Textainer Group Holdings Limited that may be granted pursuant to the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be 3,808,371 shares, representing 8% of the number of common shares issued and outstanding 45 days following the initial public offering, subject to adjustments for share splits, share dividends or other similar changes in our common shares or our capital structure. The shares to be issued pursuant to awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired common shares.

The 2007 Share Incentive Plan provides for the grant of share options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, collectively referred to as “awards.” Share options granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan may be either incentive share options under the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or non-qualified share options. We may grant incentive share options only to our employees or employees of any parent or subsidiary of Textainer Group Holdings Limited. Awards other than incentive share options may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants or the employees, directors and consultants of any parent or subsidiary of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors, referred to as the “plan administrator,” will administer the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, including selecting the award recipients, determining the number of shares to be subject to each award, determining the exercise or purchase price of each award and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each award. Awards under the plan may vest upon the passage of time or upon the attainment of certain performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the plan administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: (i) increase in share price, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) total shareholder return, (iv) operating margin, (v) gross margin, (vi) return on equity, (vii) return on assets, (viii) return on investment, (ix) operating income, (x) net operating income, (xi) pre-tax profit, (xii) cash flow, (xiii) revenue, (xiv) expenses, (xv) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, (xvi) economic value added and (xvii) market share.

The exercise price of all share options granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. If, however, incentive share options are granted to an employee who owns shares possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our common shares or the shares of any parent or subsidiary, the exercise price of any incentive share option granted must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the maximum term of these incentive share options must not exceed five years. The maximum term of all other awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will be ten years. The base appreciation amount of any share appreciation right and the exercise price or purchase price, if any, of any awards intended to be performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) will be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. The plan administrator will determine the term and exercise or purchase price of any other awards granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan.

 

70


Table of Contents

Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, incentive share options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant. Other awards shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and to the extent provided in the award agreement. The 2007 Share Incentive Plan permits the designation of beneficiaries by holders of awards, including incentive share options.

In the event a participant in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan terminates employment or is terminated by us (or by our parent or subsidiary) without cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will remain exercisable for three months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In the event a participant in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan is terminated by us (or by our parent or subsidiary) for cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will immediately terminate. If termination was caused by death or disability, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination, will remain exercisable for twelve months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). Unless an individual award agreement otherwise provides, all vesting of all other awards will generally terminate upon the date of termination.

Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code ceases to apply, the maximum number of common shares with respect to which options and share appreciation rights may be granted to a participant in any calendar year will be two million common shares. In connection with a participant’s commencement of service with us, a participant may be granted options and share appreciation rights for up to an additional two million common shares that will not count against the foregoing limitation. In addition and also following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code ceases to apply, for awards of restricted shares and restricted share units that are intended to be “performance-based compensation” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)), the maximum number of common shares with respect to which such awards may be granted to a participant in any calendar year will be two million common shares.

Subject to any required action by our shareholders, the number of common shares covered by outstanding awards, the number of common shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, the maximum number of common shares that may be granted subject to awards to a participant in any calendar year, and the like, shall be proportionally adjusted by the plan administrator in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued common shares resulting from certain changes in our capital structure as described in the 2007 Share Incentive Plan.

In the event of a corporate transaction or a change in control of Textainer Group Holdings Limited, all outstanding awards under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will terminate unless the acquirer assumes or replaces such awards. In addition and except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, assumed or replaced awards will automatically become fully vested if a participant is terminated by the acquiror without cause within twelve months after a corporate transaction. In the event of a corporate transaction where the acquirer does not assume or replace awards granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, all of these awards become fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction. In the event of a change in control and except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, outstanding awards will automatically become fully vested if a participant is terminated by the acquiror without cause within twelve months after such change in control.

Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, a “corporate transaction” is generally defined as:

 

   

acquisition of 50% or more of the common shares by any individual or entity including by tender offer;

 

   

a reverse merger or amalgamation in which 40% or more of the common shares by an individual or entity is acquired;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;

 

   

a merger, amalgamation or consolidation in which Textainer Group Holdings Limited is not the surviving entity; or

 

   

a complete liquidation or dissolution.

Under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan, a “change in control” is generally defined as:

 

   

acquisition of 50% or more of the common shares by any individual or entity which a majority of our board of directors (who have served on the board for at least 12 months) do not recommend that our shareholders accept, or

 

   

a change in the composition of the board of directors as a result of contested elections over a period of 12 months or less.

Unless terminated sooner, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2017. The board of directors will have authority to amend or terminate the 2007 Share Incentive Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents therein, we will obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to the 2007 Share Incentive Plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

2008 Bonus Plan

On September 21, 2007, our board of directors approved the Textainer Group Holdings Limited 2008 Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). The Bonus Plan provides for incentive payments to our employees and those of our affiliates, including our dedicated agents and key executives who may be affected by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). Although the Bonus Plan permits the awards to be paid in shares, we expect that the awards will be cash-based. The Bonus Plan is designed to provide incentive awards based on the achievement of goals relating to our performance and the performance of our individual business units, and to qualify certain components of compensation paid to certain of our key executives for the tax deductibility exception under Code Section 162(m) while maintaining a degree of flexibility in the amount of incentive compensation paid to such individuals. Under the Bonus Plan, performance goals may relate to one or more of the following measures, for the company as a whole, a line of business, service or product: increase in share price, earnings per share, total shareholder return, operating margin, gross margin, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment, operating income, net operating income, pre-tax income, cash flow, revenue, expenses, earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, economic value added, market share, corporate overhead costs, liquidity management, net interest income, net interest income margin, return on capital invested, shareholders’ equity, income (before income tax expense), residual earnings after reduction for certain compensation expenses, net income, profitability of an identifiable business unit or product, or performance relative to a peer group of companies on any of the foregoing measures. The Bonus Plan replaces our 2007 Short Term Incentive Plan for the fiscal year beginning in 2008.

Code Section 162(m) generally disallows a Federal income tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for non-performance based compensation paid in excess of $1,000,000 in any taxable year to the chief executive officer or any of the four other most highly compensated executive officers employed on the last day of the taxable year. We intend to structure awards under the Bonus Plan so that compensation resulting therefrom would be qualified “performance based compensation” eligible for continued deductibility. The Bonus Plan will be administered by a committee to be appointed by our board of directors, which will select the employees who will be eligible to receive awards, the target pay-out level and the performance targets. The maximum performance award payable to any individual for any performance period is $2,000,000. Each performance period will be a period of three years or less, as determined by the committee. The committee may establish programs under the Bonus Plan permitting select participants to defer receipt of awards.

 

72


Table of Contents

Employment and Consulting Agreements with Executive Officers and Directors

We have entered into employment agreements with all of our executive officers. Each of these employment agreements contains provisions requiring us to make certain severance payments in case the executive officer is terminated without cause. The agreements terminate upon termination of employment. Employment is at-will for each of our executive officers and they may be terminated at any time for any reason.

Our subsidiary, Textainer Equipment Management Limited, had previously entered into an employment agreement with Dudley R. Cottingham, one of our directors, in connection with his position as president of that subsidiary. Mr. Cottingham has tendered his resignation from all officer and employee positions (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the position of director) with us and our subsidiaries, effective upon the listing of our common shares on the NYSE.

We have entered into a management agreement with Halco, our majority shareholder, for provision of management services in connection with certain directors acting as representatives of Halco. In addition, in the past we have entered into consulting arrangements with Mr. Hoelter, one of our directors. Other than as disclosed above, none of our directors has service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and senior management to give such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of indemnification set forth in our bye-laws, and to provide additional procedural protections which may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our bye-laws. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance expenses as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

 

C.   Board Practices

Our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of Bermuda. Therefore, we are exempt from many of the NYSE’s corporate governance practices, other than the establishment of a formal audit committee satisfying the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and notification of non-compliance with NYSE listing requirements. The practices that we follow in lieu of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules are described below.

 

   

We do not, and are not required under Bermuda law to, maintain a board of directors with a majority of independent directors. Currently, a majority of our directors are not independent, as that term is defined by the NYSE.

 

   

We are not required by Bermuda law to hold regular meetings of the board of directors at which only independent directors are present.

 

   

Under Bermuda law, compensation of executive officers need not be determined by an independent committee. We have established a compensation committee that reviews and approves the compensation and benefits for our executive officers and other key executives, makes recommendations to the board regarding compensation matters and is responsible for awarding compensation to our executive officers and other employees under our share compensation plans. The committee also has the discretion to interpret and amend the terms of, and take all other actions necessary to administer, the 2007 Share Incentive Plan. However, our compensation committee is not comprised solely of independent directors. The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Cottingham, Hoelter, Neil Jowell, Nurek and Shwiel. Mr. Hoelter provides consulting services to us, for which he receives payment in addition to the fees he receives as a member of our board of directors. Messrs. Neil Jowell and Nurek are directors of Trencor.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

In accordance with NYSE rules, we have formed an audit committee responsible for advising the board regarding the selection of independent auditors and evaluating our internal controls. Our audit committee need not have three members and the members need not comply with the NYSE’s standards of independence for domestic issuers. Our audit committee has five members, Messrs. Shwiel, Cottingham, Neil Jowell, McQueen and Hoelter. Messrs. Shwiel and Cottingham are voting members of the committee and are independent as that term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The other three members are representatives of Trencor and have no voting rights.

 

   

We have established a nominating and governance committee, although this committee is not comprised solely of independent directors, as would be required of a domestic issuer. Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter.

 

   

Under Bermuda law, we are not required to obtain shareholder consent prior to issuing securities or adopting share compensation plans. However, we sought and received the approval of our shareholders for our 2007 Share Incentive Plan on September 4, 2007. We are also required under Bermuda law to obtain the consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issuance of securities in certain circumstances.

 

   

Under Bermuda law, we are not required to adopt corporate governance guidelines or a code of business conduct. However, we have adopted both corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct.

 

D.   Employees

As of December 31, 2007, we employed 152 people. We believe that our relations with our employees are good, and we are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

 

E.   Share Ownership

See Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for information regarding director and senior management ownership of our common shares.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A.   Major Shareholders

The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 28, 2007:

 

   

each person or entity that we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our issued and outstanding shares;

 

   

each director, director nominee and executive officer; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common shares owned is based on 47,604,640 common shares issued and outstanding on March 28, 2008. We do not believe that we are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any foreign government. The voting rights of our common shares held by major shareholders are the same as the voting rights of shares held by all other shareholders. We are unaware of any arrangement that might result in a change of control.

 

74


Table of Contents
     Number of Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Holders

   Shares(1)          %(2)      

5% Shareholders

       

Halco Holdings Inc.(3)

   29,778,802      62.6 %

Trencor Limited(3)

   29,778,802      62.6 %

Wellington Management Company, LLP(4)

   2,699,967      5.7 %

Executive Officers and Directors

       

Dudley R. Cottingham

   3,000        *

James E. Hoelter(5)

   31,856,548      66.9 %

Cecil Jowell(6)

   30,375,758      63.8 %

Neil I. Jowell(7)

   30,375,758      63.8 %

Isam K. Kabbani(8)

   1,000,000      2.1 %

John A. Maccarone(9)

   2,613,916      5.5 %

James E. McQueen(10)

   29,778,802      62.6 %

David M. Nurek(11)

   29,778,802      62.6 %

Hendrik R. van der Merwe(12)

   29,778,802      62.6 %

James A. C. Owens

   —          *

Hyman Shwiel

   —          *

Ernest J. Furtado(13)

   400,200        *

Philip K. Brewer(14)

   490,000      1.0 %

Robert D. Pederson(15)

   500,000      1.1 %

Current directors and executive officers (14 persons) as a group

   38,057,576      79.9 %

 

*   Less than 1%.

 

(1)   Beneficial ownership by a person assumes the exercise of all share options, warrants and rights held by such person.

 

(2)   Percentage ownership is based on 47,604,640 shares outstanding as of March 28, 2008.

 

(3)   Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco. Halco is wholly owned by Halco Trust, a discretionary trust with a independent trustee. Trencor and certain of Trencor’s subsidiaries are the sole discretionary beneficiaries of Halco Trust. The protectors of the trust are Mr. Neil Jowell, the chairman of both our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor, and Mr. Cecil Jowell and Mr. McQueen, both members of our board of directors and the board of directors of Trencor.

 

(4)   Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Wellington Management Company, LLP with the SEC on February 14, 2008. According to the Schedule 13G, Wellington Management Company, LLP beneficially owns 2,699,967 common shares and has shared voting power with respect to 1,475,200 of such common shares and shared dispositive power with respect to all such common shares.

 

(5)   Includes 29,778,802 shares held by Halco, 113,844 shares held by the James E. Hoelter & Virginia S. Hoelter Trust, 1,086,156 shares held by the JEH-VSH Limited Partnership #1, and 877,746 shares held by the JEH-VSH Limited Partnership #2. The general partners of each of the partnerships are James and Virginia Hoelter. Mr. Hoelter is a director of Trencor. Mr. Hoelter disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.

 

(6)   Includes 596,956 held by EA Finance, a company owned by a trust in which members of Mr. Cecil Jowell’s family are discretionary beneficiaries, and 29,778,802 shares held by Halco. Mr. Cecil Jowell is one of our directors, a director of Halco, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, Mr. Cecil Jowell has a significant ownership interest in Trencor both directly and indirectly, including indirectly through interests in Mobile Industries, which owns approximately 46% of Trencor. Mr. Cecil Jowell is also the chairman of Mobile Industries. Mr. Cecil Jowell disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by EA Finance and Halco.

 

75


Table of Contents
(7)   Includes 596,956 held by EA Finance, a company owned by a trust in which members of Mr. Neil Jowell’s family are discretionary beneficiaries, and 29,778,802 shares held by Halco. Mr. Neil Jowell is one of our directors, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, Mr. Neil Jowell has a significant ownership interest in Trencor both directly and indirectly, including indirectly through interests in Mobile Industries, which owned approximately 46% of Trencor. Mr. Neil Jowell is also a director of Mobile Industries. Mr. Neil Jowell disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by EA Finance and Halco.

 

(8)   All shares are held by IKK Foundation, an affiliate of Mr. Kabbani.

 

(9)   Includes 2,059,416 shares held by the Maccarone Family Partnership L.P., 28,530 shares held by the Maccarone Revocable Trust, 1,100 shares held by the Maccarone Charitable Trust, 1,000 shares held by the John Maccarone IRA Rollover and 350 shares held by the Bryan Maccarone UTMA. Also includes 261,760 restricted share units and 261,760 share options granted under the 2007 Share Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”). Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 per share. All options expire on October 8, 2017.

 

(10)   All shares are held by Halco. Mr. McQueen is one of our directors, a director of Halco, a protector of the Halco Trust and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. McQueen disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.

 

(11)   All shares are held by Halco. Mr. Nurek is one of our directors and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. Nurek disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.

 

(12)   All shares are held by Halco. Mr. van der Merwe is one of our directors and a member of the board of directors of Trencor. Mr. van der Merwe disclaims beneficial ownership, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any, of the shares held by Halco.

 

(13)   Includes 260,000 shares held by Ernest James Furtado and Barbara Ann Pelletreau, Trustees of the Furtado-Pelletreau 2003 Revocable Living Trust UDT dated November 28, 2003, 100 shares held by Ernest James Furtado as custodian for David Furtado UGMA, and 100 shares held by Ernest James Furtado as custodian for Michelle Pelletreau UGMA. Includes 70,000 restricted share units and 70,000 share options granted under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 per share. All options expire on October 8, 2017.

 

(14)   Includes 105,000 restricted share units and 105,000 share options granted under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 per share. All options expire on October 8, 2017.

 

(15)   Includes 105,000 restricted share units and 105,000 share options granted under the 2007 Plan. Share options were awarded at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the grant date of $16.50 per share. All options expire on October 8, 2017.

 

B.   Related Party Transactions

We do not have a corporate policy regarding related party transactions, nor are there any provisions in our memorandum of association or bye-laws regarding related party transactions, other than the provision, as permitted by Bermuda law, that we, or one of our subsidiaries, may enter into a contract in which our directors or officers are directly or indirectly interested if the director or officer discloses his interest to our board of directors at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors or in writing.

Loans to Executive Officers

As permitted by Bermuda law, in the past, we have extended loans to our employees in connection with their acquisition of our common shares in accordance with our various employees’ share schemes. As of December 31, 2007, approximately $432,000 was outstanding on such loans to employees. Since January 1,

 

76


Table of Contents

2005, the largest amount previously outstanding under any loan to an executive officer was $679,600. Since January 1, 2006, we provided loans of $56,200 to each of Mr. Brewer and Mr. Furtado on each of March 13, 2006 and March 13, 2007 in connection with this program. Since January 1, 2006, Mr. Brewer had owed us up to $453,069 (on March 23, 2006). Mr. Brewer paid off his entire remaining loan balance on July 16, 2007. Since January 1, 2006, Mr. Furtado had owed us up to $155,200 (on March 23, 2006). Mr. Furtado paid off his entire remaining loan balance on March 23, 2007. Currently, there are no loans outstanding to our directors or executive officers, and we will not extend loans to our directors or executive officers in the future, in compliance with the requirements of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The interest rate on these loans to executive officers had been calculated annually on or about March 1 of each year at a rate equal to 0.5% per annum above our effective interest rate before tax, which is currently set at 6.28%.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers to give such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of indemnification set forth in our bye-laws, and to provide additional procedural protections which may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our bye-laws. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such directors and officers, as well as their immediate family members, against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance expenses as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Agreements with IKK Group

Textainer Equipment Management Limited has entered into a management agreement with IKK Foundation, related to Textainer Equipment Management Limited’s management of containers owned by IKK Foundation. Director Isam Kabbani is the beneficial owner of IKK Foundation. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, we managed approximately 10,200 TEU (for which we received approximately $229,300 in management fees), 10,700 TEU (for which we received approximately $221,000 in management fees) and 11,000 TEU (for which we received approximately $254,600 in management fees), respectively, for IKK Foundation.

Insurance Services

Through October 2006, director James Owens provided insurance consulting, advisory and brokerage services to us in his capacity as an employee and director of Foreign Business Indemnity Limited (“FBIL”), an entity effectively wholly owned by Mr. Owens’ wife. In October 2006, Heath Lambert Limited purchased a portfolio of insurance broker client accounts from FBIL, which included FBIL’s account with us. Following the sale of accounts to Heath Lambert, FBIL entered into a consultancy agreement with Heath Lambert, which provides that Mr. Owens will supply consultancy services to Heath Lambert with respect to such accounts, including services related to our account. Future payments to FBIL under the terms of its agreements with Heath Lambert could be based in part on fees received by Heath Lambert from us. In addition, FBIL continues to provide direct brokerage services to Trencor with respect to its directors’ and officers’ insurance, which includes coverage for our directors and officers. We have obtained our own separate directors’ and officers’ insurance and are no longer covered by Trencor’s policy. FBIL received approximately $156,000 and $164,000 from us for insurance-related services during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Relationships and Agreements with Entities Related to Trencor Limited

Halco is wholly owned by Halco Trust, a discretionary trust with an independent trustee. Trencor and certain of Trencor’s subsidiaries are the sole discretionary beneficiaries of Halco Trust. The protectors of the trust are Neil I. Jowell, Cecil Jowell, and James McQueen, all of whom are members of our board of directors

 

77


Table of Contents

and the board of directors of Trencor. In addition, two of our directors, Cecil Jowell and James McQueen, are also members of the board of directors of Halco. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, we paid approximately $72,000, $96,000 and $96,000, respectively, to Halco as a management fee for the services of the directors who are representatives of Halco.

We have entered into an agreement with LAPCO, an associate of Halco, related to our management of containers owned by LAPCO. Pursuant to this agreement, LAPCO has the right, but not an obligation, to require us to purchase containers on its behalf, within guidelines specified in the agreement and for as long as the management agreement is in place. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, we received the following fees or commissions from LAPCO: (i) approximately $4,743,000, $4,498,000 and $4,928,000, respectively, in management fees, (ii) approximately $1,258,000, $752,000 and $687,000, respectively, in sales commissions and (iii) approximately $287,000, $268,000 and $303,000, respectively, in acquisition fees. In 2007, 2006 and 2005, fees received under the LAPCO agreement accounted for 9.2%, 11.4% and 11.7%, respectively, of total combined container management and container resale segment revenue and 2.5%, 2.4% and 2.5%, respectively, of total revenue. LAPCO is free to compete against us with respect to its investment in containers and uses our competitors to manage some of its containers.

In 2005 the Company reserved $2.5 million to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. The Company paid $1.3 million pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and the Company agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $750,000, in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $450,000 reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale is subject to certain conditions being satisfied and the Company will reduce its reserve at such time as the conditions have been satisfied and the funds have been received from the buyer of the plant.

Halco acquired 2,100,000 common shares in the initial public offering at the initial public offering price. These shares are subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement that Halco signed with the representatives of the underwriters in connection with the offering. The underwriters did not receive any discount or commission on these shares. The common shares that were purchased by Halco in the offering are not freely tradable in the public market due to Halco’s status as our “affiliate,” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and due to certain contractual restrictions contained in its lock-up agreement with the underwriters. See Item 14. “Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds” for further details on these trading restrictions.

 

C.   Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A.   Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Statements

Our audited consolidated financial statements which comprises our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the consolidated statements of income, of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income and of cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007

 

78


Table of Contents

and the notes to those statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, are included under Item 18, “Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Also, see Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for additional financial information.

Legal Proceedings

See Item 4, “Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings” for information on our legal proceedings which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability.

Dividend Policy

During March 2005, we declared and paid a dividend totaling $17.2 million. During August 2005, we declared a dividend totaling $9.6 million that was paid in September 2005. During March 2006, we declared and paid a dividend totaling $19.1 million. During August 2006, we declared a dividend totaling $8.2 million that was paid in September 2006. During March 2007, we declared and paid a dividend totaling $20.3 million. During May 2007, we declared a dividend totaling $8.1 million that was paid in June 2007. During August 2007, we declared a dividend totaling $8.7 million that was paid in September 2007. During November 2007, we declared a dividend totaling $9.5 million that was paid in December 2007.

Our board of directors has adopted a dividend policy which reflects its judgment that our shareholders would be better served if we distributed to them, as quarterly dividends payable at the discretion of our board of directors, a portion of the cash generated by our business in excess of our expected cash needs, including cash needs for potential acquisitions or other growth opportunities, rather than retaining such excess cash or using such cash for other purposes. On an annual basis we expect to pay dividends with cash flow from operations, but due to seasonal or other temporary fluctuations in cash flow, we may from time to time use temporary short-term borrowings to pay quarterly dividends.

We are not required to pay dividends, and our shareholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights, to receive dividends. The timing and amount of future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on our future operating results and the cash requirements of our business. There are a number of factors that can affect our ability to pay dividends and there is no guarantee that we will pay dividends in any given year. See Item 3, “Key Information—Risk Factors,” for a discussion of these factors. Our board of directors may decide, in its discretion, at any time, to decrease the amount of dividends, otherwise modify or repeal the dividend policy or discontinue entirely the payment of dividends.

In addition, we will not pay dividends in the event we are not allowed to do so under Bermuda law, are in default under (or such payment would cause a default under) our revolving credit facility, or if such payment would cause us to breach any of our covenants. These covenants include certain financial covenants, which would be directly affected by the payment of dividends, such as (i) a minimum net worth level (which level would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid), (ii) a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated tangible net worth (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) and (iii) a minimum ratio of certain income (which amount would decrease by the amount of any dividend paid) to current obligations. Please see Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a description of these covenants. Furthermore, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheet are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flow and our ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends.

 

B.   Significant Changes

There have been no significant changes to our business since December 31, 2007, except as disclosed herein.

 

79


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A.   Offer and Listing Details

Trading Markets and Price History

We completed an initial public offering of our common shares at $16.50 per share on October 15, 2007 and listed our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TGH.” The Company sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 common shares and generated proceeds of approximately $138.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to repay borrowings of $56.0 million incurred in the Capital Transaction described in Item 4, “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company.” The high and low sale prices for our common shares traded on the NYSE for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 was $17.00 and $13.42, respectively.

Transfer Agent

A register of holders of our common shares is maintained by Continental Management Limited in Bermuda and a branch register is maintained in the United States by Computershare Limited. The transfer agent and branch registrar for our common shares is Computershare Limited, P.O. Box 219045, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9045.

 

B.   Plan of distribution

Not applicable.

 

C.   Markets

See Item 9, “Offer and Listing Details—Trading Markets” above.

 

D.   Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

 

E.   Dilution

Not applicable.

 

F.   Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.   Share Capital

Not applicable.

 

B.   Memorandum and Articles of Association

Set forth below is certain information and references to information concerning our share capital, material provisions of applicable Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and our bye-laws. We incorporate by reference our memorandum of association as set forth in Exhibit 3.1 and our bye-laws as set forth in Exhibit 3.2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007. The information below and information incorporated by reference are a summary which does not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our memorandum of association, bye-laws and Bermuda law.

 

80


Table of Contents

General

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number EC18896. We were incorporated on December 3, 1993 under the name Textainer Group Holdings Limited. Our registered office is located at 16 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM HX Bermuda.

 

C.   Material Contracts

Other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, see Item 4, “Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company—Recent Events” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for all material contracts that we have entered into during the two years proceeding the date of this annual report.

 

D.   Exchange Controls

Trencor, a South African company listed on the JSE, has beneficiary interest in a majority of our share capital. Trencor currently has an indirect beneficiary interest in 62.6% of our issued and outstanding shares. South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from South Africa. These restrictions require Trencor to obtain approval from South African exchange control authorities before engaging in transactions that would result in dilution of their share interest in us below certain thresholds, whether through their sale of their own shareholdings or through the approval of our issuance of new shares. The exchange control authorities may decide not to grant such approval if a proposed transaction were to dilute Trencor’s beneficiary interest in us below certain levels. While the South African government has, to some extent, relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it is difficult to predict whether or how it will further relax or abolish exchange control measures in the future. The above requirements could restrict or limit our ability to issue new shares. In addition, Trencor is required to comply with JSE Listings Requirements in connection with its holding or sale of our common shares.

 

E.   Taxation

The following discussion is a summary of the material Bermuda and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. This discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. In particular, this discussion does not address the tax consequences under state, local, and other national (e.g., non-Bermuda and non-U.S.) tax laws. Accordingly, we urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular tax circumstances and the tax consequences under state, local, and other national tax laws. The following discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Bermuda Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of the material Bermuda tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular tax circumstances.

Taxation of the Companies

We and our subsidiaries have obtained an assurance from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 that, if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits on income, or computed on any capital asset, gain, or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then such tax will not until March 28, 2016 be applicable to us or any of our operations, or to any of our shares, debentures, or other obligations, except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda.

 

81


Table of Contents

Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance’s assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 28, 2016. As an exempted company, we are required to pay to the Bermuda government an annual fee presently not to exceed $29,220, based on our assessable capital.

Taxation of Holders

Currently, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by our shareholders in respect of our common shares. The issue, transfer, or redemption of our common shares is not currently subject to stamp duty.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. This summary is based upon the Code, regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department (including proposed and temporary regulations), rulings, current administrative interpretations and official pronouncements of the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Such change could materially and adversely affect the tax consequences described below. No assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.

This summary does not address all aspects of the U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular holder in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as: banks; financial institutions; insurance companies; dealers in stocks, securities, or currencies; traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; tax-exempt organizations; real estate investment trusts; regulated investment companies; qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, and other tax-deferred accounts; expatriates of the U.S.; persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated transaction; persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation for services; persons actually or constructively holding 10% or more of our voting shares; and U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.

This discussion is not a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to an investment in common shares. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding your particular circumstances and the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of owning and disposing of common shares, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, or foreign or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

This summary is directed solely to persons who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which includes property held for investment. For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is any of the following:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the U.S. or someone treated as a U.S. citizen or resident for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

 

   

a trust if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

 

   

a trust in existence on August 20, 1996 that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

82


Table of Contents

The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is not a U.S. Holder. As described in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders” below, the tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder may differ substantially from the tax consequences to a U.S. Holder.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of common shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of common shares that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in common shares.

Taxation of the Companies

Textainer and Non-U.S. Subsidiaries

A non-U.S. corporation deemed to be engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. is subject to U.S. federal income tax on income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business. Such income tax, if imposed, is based on effectively connected income computed in a manner similar to the manner in which the income of a domestic corporation is computed, except that a foreign corporation will be entitled to deductions and credits for a taxable year only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return for that year. In addition, a non-U.S. corporation may be subject to the U.S. federal branch profits tax on the portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits, with certain adjustments, deemed repatriated out of the U.S. Currently, the maximum U.S. federal income tax rates are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the branch profits tax.

A portion of our income is treated as effectively connected with our conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and is accordingly subject to U.S. federal income tax. We file U.S. federal income tax returns. The determination of whether a person is engaged in a U.S. trade or business is based on a highly factual analysis, there is no direct guidance as to which activities constitute being engaged in a U.S. trade or business, and it is unclear how a court would construe the existing indirect authorities. Accordingly, it is possible that the IRS will conclude that a greater of our income is effectively connected income that should be subject to U.S. federal income tax. One of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, Textainer Equipment Management Limited, files protective U.S. federal income tax returns in order to preserve the right to claim deductions and credits if it is ever determined that it is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and earns effectively connected income that is subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Regardless of whether our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes are deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business, we and all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are also subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed via 30% withholding on the gross amount of certain “fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income” derived from sources within the U.S. (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), to the extent such amounts are not effectively connected income. This 30% U.S. withholding tax is subject to reduction by applicable treaties. Distributions by our U.S. subsidiaries to us and our non-U.S. subsidiaries are expected to be subject to this 30% U.S. withholding tax.

U.S. Subsidiaries

Our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on their worldwide income, regardless of its source, subject to reduction by allowable foreign tax credits.

Furthermore, any of our U.S. subsidiaries could be subject to additional U.S. tax on a portion of its income if it is considered to be a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. corporation will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency) own or are deemed to

 

83


Table of Contents

own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value; and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of “personal holding company income.” Personal holding company income includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents. The PHC rules do not apply to non-U.S. corporations.

If any of our U.S. subsidiaries is or becomes a PHC in a given taxable year, such corporation will be subject to an additional 15% tax on its “undistributed personal holding company income,” which includes the company’s taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, the tax rate on “undistributed personal holding company income” is scheduled to increase to the highest marginal rate applicable to the ordinary income of individuals, which is currently 35%.

We believe that none of our U.S. subsidiaries should be considered PHCs. In addition, we intend to cause our U.S. subsidiaries to manage their affairs in a manner that reduces the possibility that they will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership (i.e., particularly as determined by constructive ownership rules), we cannot assure you that none of our U.S. subsidiaries will become PHCs in the future, or that the amount of U.S. federal income tax that would be imposed would be immaterial.

Transfer Pricing

Under U.S. federal income tax laws, transactions among taxpayers that are owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the same interests generally must be at arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries and us to be at arm’s-length terms. However, the IRS may distribute, apportion, or allocate gross income, deductions, credits, or allowances between or among such taxpayers if it determines that such transactions are not at arm’s-length terms and that such distribution, apportionment, or allocation is necessary in order to clearly reflect the income of any of such taxpayers. In such a situation, we may incur increased tax liability, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows.

Taxation of U.S. Holders

The discussion in “—Distributions on Common Shares” and “—Dispositions of Common Shares” below assumes that we will not be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of the rules that apply if we are treated as a PFIC, see the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below.

Distributions on Common Shares

General. Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, if you actually or constructively receive a distribution on common shares, you must include the distribution in gross income as a taxable dividend on the date of your receipt of the distribution, but only to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such amount must be included without reduction for any foreign taxes withheld. Dividends paid by us are not expected to be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations with respect to dividends received from certain domestic corporations. Dividends paid by us may or may not be eligible for preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income, as described below.

To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the common shares, and thereafter as capital gain. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain may be applicable to non-corporate U.S. Holders.

We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will be reported as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

 

84


Table of Contents

Qualified Dividend Income. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders (i.e., individuals, trusts, and estates), for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, dividends that are treated as qualified dividend income (“QDI”) are taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. Among other requirements, dividends will be treated as QDI if either (i) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., or (ii) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which includes an information exchange program and which is determined to be satisfactory by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury. The income tax treaty between the U.S. and Bermuda (the jurisdiction of our incorporation) does not qualify for these purposes. However, it is expected that our common shares are “readily tradable” as a result of being listed on the NYSE, although there can be no assurance that our common shares are “readily tradable” or will continue to be “readily tradable” in the future.

In addition, for dividends to be treated as QDI, we must not be a PFIC (as discussed below) for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year. We do not believe that we were a PFIC for our prior taxable year and we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, we can be treated as a PFIC. Please see the discussion under “Passive Foreign Investment Company” below. Additionally, in order to qualify for QDI treatment, you generally must have held the common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days prior to the ex-dividend date. However, your holding period will be reduced for any period during which the risk of loss is diminished.

Moreover, a dividend will not be treated as QDI to the extent you are under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Since the QDI rules are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of the preferential tax rates for dividends paid on common shares.

In-Kind Distributions. Distributions to you of new common shares or rights to subscribe for new common shares that are received as part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. The adjusted tax basis of the new common shares or rights so received will be determined by allocating your adjusted tax basis in the old common shares between the old common shares and the new common shares or rights received, based on their relative fair market values on the date of distribution. However, in the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for common shares, the adjusted tax basis of the rights will be zero if the fair market value of the rights is less than 15% of the fair market value of the old common shares on the date of distribution and you do not make an election to determine the adjusted tax basis of the rights by allocation as described above. Your holding period for the new common shares or rights should include the holding period for the old common shares on which the distribution was made.

Foreign Tax Credits. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, any foreign taxes paid on or withheld from distributions from us and not refundable to you may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability or, alternatively, may be deducted from your taxable income. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid by you or withheld from you that year.

Distributions will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The foreign tax credit limitation is calculated separately with respect to two specific classes of income. For this purpose, distributions characterized as dividends distributed by us are expected to constitute “passive category income” or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, “general category income.” Special limitations may apply if a dividend is treated as QDI (as defined above).

Special rules may apply to electing individuals whose foreign source income during the taxable year consists entirely of “qualified passive income” and whose creditable foreign taxes paid or accrued during the taxable year do not exceed $300 ($600 in the case of a joint return).

Since the rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in your particular circumstances.

 

85


Table of Contents

Dispositions of Common Shares

Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of common shares equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of (i) the amount realized on the disposition (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received), and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the common shares. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

If you have held the common shares for more than one year at the time of disposition, such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss. Preferential tax rates for long-term capital gain (currently, with a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011) will apply to non-corporate U.S. Holders. If you have held the common shares for one year or less, such capital gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss taxable as ordinary income at your marginal income tax rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any gain or loss recognized is not expected to give rise to foreign source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences if you receive currency other than U.S. dollars upon the disposition of common shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

We will be a PFIC under Section 1297 of the Code if, for a taxable year, either (a) 75% or more of our gross income for such taxable year is passive income (the “income test”) or (b) 50% or more of the average percentage, generally determined by fair market value, of our assets during such taxable year either produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). “Passive income” includes, for example, dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties, certain gains from the sale of stock and securities, and certain gains from commodities transactions.

Certain “look through” rules apply for purposes of the income and asset tests described above. If we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the total value of the outstanding shares of another corporation, we will be treated as if we (a) held directly a proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets, and (b) received directly a proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. In addition, passive income does not include any interest, dividends, rents, or royalties that are received or accrued by us from a “related person” (as defined in Section 954(d)(3) of the Code), to the extent such items are properly allocable to income of such related person that is not passive income.

Under the income and asset tests, whether or not we are a PFIC will be determined annually based upon the composition of our income and the composition and valuation of our assets, all of which are subject to change. In analyzing whether we should be treated as a PFIC, we are relying on our projected revenues and projected capital expenditures, the valuation of our assets, and our election to treat certain of our subsidiaries as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If our actual revenues and capital expenditures do not match our projections, we may be a PFIC. For example, if we do not spend enough of the cash (a passive asset) we raise from any financing transactions we may undertake, the relative percentage of our passive assets will increase. In calculating goodwill (an active asset), we have valued our total assets based on our market capitalization, determined using the market price of our common shares. Such market price may fluctuate. If our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, this will decrease the value of our goodwill and we may be a PFIC. Furthermore, we have made a number of assumptions regarding the amount of value allocable to goodwill. We believe our valuation approach is reasonable. However, it is possible that the IRS will challenge the valuation of our goodwill, which may result in our being a PFIC.

 

86


Table of Contents

We do not believe that we were a PFIC for any period after the IPO date, we do not expect that we should be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and we intend to use reasonable efforts to avoid PFIC status. However, because the PFIC determination is highly fact intensive and made at the end of each taxable year, it is possible that we may be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year or that the IRS may challenge our determination concerning our PFIC status.

Default PFIC Rules under Section 1291 of the Code. If we are a PFIC, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of an investment in common shares will depend on whether such U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) under Section 1295 of the Code (a “QEF Election”) or a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the Code (a “Mark-to-Market Election”). A U.S. Holder owning common shares while we were or are a PFIC that has not made either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election will be referred to in this summary as a “Non-Electing U.S. Holder.”

If you are a Non-Electing U.S. Holder, you will be subject to the default tax rules of Section 1291 of the Code with respect to:

 

   

any “excess distribution” paid on common shares, which means the excess (if any) of the total distributions received by you during the current taxable year over 125% of the average distributions received by you during the three preceding taxable years (or during the portion of your holding period for the common shares prior to the current taxable year, if shorter); and

 

   

any gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition (including a pledge) of common shares.

Under these default tax rules:

 

   

any excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any period prior to the first day of the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income in the current taxable year;

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other years will be treated as ordinary income and taxed at the highest applicable tax rate in effect for that year; and

 

   

the resulting tax liability from any such prior years will be subject to the interest charge applicable to underpayments of tax.

In addition, notwithstanding any election you may make, dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to QDI (as discussed above in “—Distributions on Common Shares”) if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but will instead be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

Special rules for Non-Electing U.S. Holders will apply to determine U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to foreign taxes imposed on distributions on common shares.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares, regardless of whether we actually continue to be a PFIC. You may terminate this deemed PFIC status by electing to recognize gain (which will be taxed under the default tax rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above) as if your common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year for which we were a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC in any year with respect to you, you will be required to file an annual return on IRS Form 8621 regarding distributions received on common shares and any gain realized on the disposition of common shares.

 

87


Table of Contents

QEF Election. If you make a QEF Election, you generally will not be subject to the default rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above. Instead, you will be subject to current U.S. federal income tax on your pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, regardless of whether such amounts are actually distributed to you by us. However, you can make a QEF Election only if we agree to furnish you annually with certain tax information, and we currently do not intend to prepare or provide such information.

Mark-to-Market Election. U.S. Holders may make a Mark-to-Market Election, but only if the common shares are marketable stock. The common shares will be “marketable stock” as long as they remain listed on the NYSE and are regularly traded. Shares are “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which they are traded (other than in de minimis quantities) on at least fifteen days during each calendar quarter. There can be no assurances, however, that our common shares will be treated, or continue to be treated, as regularly traded.

If you make a Mark-to-Market Election, you generally will not be subject to the default rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above. Rather, you will be required to recognize ordinary income for any increase in the fair market value of the common shares for each taxable year that we are a PFIC. You will also be allowed to deduct as an ordinary loss any decrease in the fair market value to the extent of net marked-to-market gain previously included in prior years. Your adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect the amount included or deducted.

The Mark-to-Market Election will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years, unless the common shares cease to be marketable stock or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of, and procedure for making, a Mark-to-Market Election.

Since the PFIC rules are complex, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding them and how they may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in common shares.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements will apply to distributions on common shares or proceeds from the disposition of common shares paid within the U.S. (and, in certain cases, outside the U.S.) to a U.S. Holder unless such U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient, such as a corporation. Furthermore, backup withholding (currently at 28%) may apply to such amounts unless such U.S. Holder (i) is an exempt recipient that, if required, establishes its right to an exemption, or (ii) provides its taxpayer identification number, certifies that it is not currently subject to backup withholding, and complies with other applicable requirements. A U.S. Holder may avoid backup withholding if it furnishes a properly completed IRS Form W-9 and is able to make the required certifications.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Furthermore, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Distributions on Common Shares

Subject to the discussion in “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” below, as a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, on distributions received on common shares, unless the distributions are effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the U.S. and (if an applicable income tax treaty so requires) attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S.

If distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and (if applicable) attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, you will be subject to tax on such distributions in the same manner as a

 

88


Table of Contents

U.S. Holder, as described in “Taxation of U.S. Holders – Distributions on Common Shares” above. In addition, any such distributions received by a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Dispositions of Common Shares

Subject to the discussion in “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” below, as a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, on any gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of common shares, unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the U.S. and (if an applicable income tax treaty so requires) attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S., or (ii) you are an individual and are present in the U.S. for at least 183 days in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met.

If you meet the test in clause (i) above, you generally will be subject to tax on any gain that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, as described in “Taxation of U.S. Holders—Dispositions of Common Shares” above. Effectively connected gain realized by a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you meet the test in clause (ii) above, you generally will be subject to tax at a 30% rate on the amount by which your U.S. source capital gain exceeds your U.S. source capital loss.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments to Non-U.S. Holders of distributions on, or proceeds from the disposition of, common shares are generally exempt from information reporting and backup withholding. However, a Non-U.S. Holder may be required to establish that exemption by providing certification of non-U.S. status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Furthermore, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information in a timely manner.

 

F.   Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

 

G.   Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

 

H.   Documents on Display

Whenever a reference is made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract, agreement or other document, the reference may not be complete and you should refer to the copy of that contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to one of our previous SEC filings. You can read our SEC filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street

 

89


Table of Contents

N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. Copies of reports and other information may also be inspected in the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

I.   Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of changes in value of a financial instrument, derivative or non-derivative, caused by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows. We are exposed to the market risks described below.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk. Although we have significant foreign-based operations, the U.S. dollar is our primary operating currency. Thus, substantially all of our revenue and the majority of our expenses in 2007, 2006 and 2005 were denominated in U.S. dollars. For the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, 38%, 41% and 34%, respectively, of our direct container expenses were paid in 15 different foreign currencies. We do not hedge these container expenses as there are no significant payments made in any one foreign currency and our SDDC contract contains a provision to protect it from fluctuations in exchange rates for payments made in foreign currencies for services rendered under the SDDC contract. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not materially impact our financial results in those periods.

Interest Rate Risk. We have entered into various interest rate cap and swap agreements to mitigate our exposure associated with our variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by us to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the LIBOR. The differentials between the fixed and variable rate payments under these agreements are recognized in realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net in the consolidated statement of income.

As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, none of the derivative instruments we have entered into qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended. The fair value of the derivative instruments is measured at each of these balance sheet dates and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net.

Our interest rate swap agreements have expiration dates between June 2008 and December 2010. The fair liability value of these agreements was $4.3 million as of December 31, 2007 and the fair asset value of these agreements was $4.0 million as of December 31, 2006.

Our interest rate cap agreements have expiration dates between August 2008 and November 2015.

Based on the debt balances and derivative instruments as of December 31, 2007, it is estimated that a 1% increase in interest rates would result in an increase in the fair value of interest rate swaps of $2.1 million and an increase in interest expense of $3.9 million.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Credit Risk

We maintain detailed credit records about our container lessees. Our credit policy sets different maximum exposure limits for our container lessees. Credit criteria may include, but are not limited to, container lessee trade route, country, social and political climate, assessments of net worth, asset ownership, bank and trade credit references, credit bureau reports, including those from Dynamar B.V. or “Dynamar,” and Lloyd’s Marine Intelligence Unit (common credit reporting agencies used in the maritime sector), operational history and

 

90


Table of Contents

financial strength. We monitor our container lessees’ performance and our lease exposures on an ongoing basis, and our credit management processes are aided by the long payment experience we have with most of our container lessees and our broad network of long-standing relationships in the shipping industry that provide current information about our container lessees. In managing this risk, we also make an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based on two key components:

 

   

specific reserves for receivables which are impaired for which management believes full collection is doubtful; and

 

   

reserves for estimated losses inherent in the receivables based upon historical trends.

As of December 31, 2007, approximately 93.2% of accounts receivable for our total fleet and 95.2% of the finance lease receivables were from container lessees and customers outside of the U.S. Customers in the PRC (including Hong Kong) and Taiwan accounted for 17.9% and 14.2%, respectively, of our total fleet container leasing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Customers in no other country accounted for greater than 10.0% of our total fleet container leasing revenue for the same period. Total fleet container leasing revenue differs from our reported container rental revenue in that total fleet container leasing revenue comprises revenue earned from leases on containers in our total fleet, including revenue earned by our investors from leases on containers in our managed fleet, while our reported container revenue only comprises container leasing revenue associated with our owned fleet. We derive revenue with respect to container leasing revenue associated with our managed fleet from management fees based upon the operating performance of the managed containers.

Revenue from our 25 largest container lessees by revenue represented $308.4 million, or 78.4% of our total owned and managed fleet container lease billings for the year ended December 31, 2007, with revenue from our single largest container lessee accounting for $33.0 million, or 8.4% of our owned and managed fleet container leasing revenue during such period.

An allowance for doubtful accounts of $3.2 million has been established against receivables as of December 31, 2007 for our owned fleet. For the year ended December 31, 2007, receivable write-offs, net of recoveries, totaled $0.9 million for our owned fleet.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

91


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

On October 15, 2007, we completed our initial public offering of our common shares at a price of $16.50 per share and listed our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” We sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 of our common shares and generated proceeds of $138.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses. The managing underwriters of our initial public offering were Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and Fortis Securities LLC.

The registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed by us in connection with our initial public offering was declared effective on October 9, 2007. The amount of expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the registered securities totaled $10.5 million, consisting of $7.6 million for underwriting discounts and commissions, and approximately $2.9 million for other expenses. None of the payments were direct or indirect payments to our directors, officers, general partners of our associates, persons owning 10% or more of any class of our shares, or any of our affiliates.

 

ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

A.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Textainer’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 20-F, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed to reasonably assure that this information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

 

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

In accordance with NYSE rules, we have formed an audit committee responsible for advising the board regarding the selection of independent auditors and evaluating our internal controls. Our audit committee need not have three members and the members need not comply with the NYSE’s standards of independence for domestic issuers. Our audit committee has five members, Mr. Messrs., Mr. Shwiel, Mr. Cottingham, Mr. Jowell, Mr. McQueen and Mr. Hoelter. Messrs. Shwiel and Cottingham are voting members of the committee and are independent as that term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The board affirmatively determined that Mr. Shwiel and Mr. Cottingham are audit committee financial experts. The other three members are representatives of Trencor and have no voting rights. Our board of directors have adopted an audit committee charter effective October 9, 2007.

 

92


Table of Contents
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted the Textainer Group Holdings Limited Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”), which covers members of our board of directors and all of our employees (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions).

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses, among other things, the following items:

 

   

Honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

Full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file with, or submit to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by us;

 

   

Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations

 

   

The prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the code; and

 

   

Accountability for adherence to the code.

During fiscal 2007, no waivers or amendments were made to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for any of our directors or executive officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.textainer.com.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Our audit committee pre-approves all services provided by our principal accountants, KPMG LLP. All of the services and fees described below were reviewed and pre-approved by our audit committee. Our audit committee has delegated to the principal financial officer and the chairman of the audit committee certain limited authority to grant pre-approvals. These decisions to pre-approve a service must be presented to the full audit committee at its next scheduled meeting.

The following is a summary of the fees billed to us by the principal accountants for professional services rendered for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

Fee Category

   2007 Fees    2006 Fees

Audit Fees

   $ 710,000    $ 569,000

Audit Related Fees

     866,000      —  

Tax Fees

     50,000      —  

All Other Fees

     —        —  
             

Total Fees

   $ 1,626,000    $ 569,000
             

Audit Fees—Consists of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements and services that are normally provided by the principal accountants in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit Related Fees—Consists of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” Fees of $866,000 billed in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 relate to KPMG LLP’s review of our registration statement in connection with our initial public offering.

Tax Fees—Consists of fees billed for professional services for tax advice. KPMG LLP did not provide tax services to Textainer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

 

93


Table of Contents

All Other Fees—Consists of fees for product and services other than the services reported above. KPMG LLP did not provide any other services to Textainer for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 or 2006.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

 

94


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have responded to Item 18 “Financial Statements.”

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-37 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

     Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-4

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Financial Statement Schedules

  

Schedule I—Parent Company Information

   F-33

Schedule II—Valuation Accounts

   F-36

 

95


Table of Contents
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

1.1    Memorandum of Association of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.(1)
1.2    Bye-laws of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.(2)
2.1    Form of Common Share Certificate.(3)
4.1    Office Lease, dated August 8, 2001, by and between Pivotal 650 California St., LLC, and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited.(4)
4.2*    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and John A. Maccarone.(5)
4.3*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Ernest J. Furtado.(6)
4.4*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Philip K. Brewer.(7)
4.5*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Robert D. Pedersen.(8)
4.6*    2007 Short-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2007.(9)
4.7*    2007 Share Incentive Plan.(10)
4.8*    2008 Bonus Plan.(11)
4.9*    Form of Indemnification Agreement.(12)
4.10    Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005.(13)
4.11    Amendment Number 1 dated as of June 3, 2005 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(14)
4.12    Amendment Number 2 dated as of June 8, 2006 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(15)
4.13    Textainer Marine Containers Limited Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006.(16)
4.14†    Amendment Number 1 dated as of November 21, 2007 to Textainer Marine Containers Limited Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006.
4.15    Textainer Marine Containers Limited Series 2005-1 Supplement dated as of May 26, 2005 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(17)
4.16    Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(18)
4.17    Amendment dated as of September 6, 2007 to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(19)
4.18    Amendment Number 2 dated as of September 27, 2007 to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(20)
4.19†    Amendment Number 3 dated as of October 18, 2007 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.
4.20    Letter Agreement dated November 28, 2006 by and between Trencor Containers (Proprietary) Limited and Textainer Limited and Textainer Equipment Management Limited.(21)
4.21**    Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Assets Pool Company Limited.(22)

 

96


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  4.22    Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2007, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Asset Pool Company Limited.(23)
  4.23**    Container Management Services Agreement (revised), dated as of September 1, 1990, by and between Isam K. Kabbani and Textainer Equipment Management N.V., as amended.(24)
  4.24    Form of Management Services Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and between Green Eagle Investments N.V., and Textainer Equipment Management Limited, for the management of the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited.(25)
  4.25†    Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007, by and among FB Transportation Capital LLC and Textainer Limited.
  8.1†    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
12.1†    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2†    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1†    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2†    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1†    Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

†      Filed herewith.

 

*      Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

**    Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this exhibit, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(1)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(2)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(3)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(4)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(6)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

97


Table of Contents
(8)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(9)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(10)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(11)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(12)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(13)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(14)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(15)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(16)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(17)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(18)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(19)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(20)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(21)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(22)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(23)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(24)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(25)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

98


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

Textainer Group Holdings Limited
/s/    JOHN A. MACCARONE        
John A. Maccarone
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/    ERNEST J. FURTADO        
Ernest J. Furtado

First Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer and Secretary

March 28, 2008

 

99


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-4

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Financial Statement Schedules

  

Schedule I—Parent Company Information

   F-33

Schedule II—Valuation Accounts

   F-36

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Textainer Group Holdings Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the related financial statement schedules. The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1(l) to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted FASB Staff Position AUG AIR-1 (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance. The FSP was retrospectively applied adjusting all financial statements presented.

/s/    KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 28, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2007 and 2006

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

    2007     2006  
Assets    

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 69,447     $ 41,163  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,160 and $2,320 in 2007 and 2006, respectively

    44,688       41,348  

Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases

    9,116       6,182  

Containers held for resale

    3,798       3,964  

Prepaid expenses

    2,527       2,009  

Deferred taxes

    352       3,234  

Due from affiliates, net

    9       15  
               

Total current assets

    129,937       97,915  

Restricted cash

    16,742       21,989  

Containers, net

    856,874       763,612  

Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases

    48,075       36,040  

Fixed assets, net

    1,230       1,340  

Intangible assets, net

    72,646       17,960  

Interest rate swaps

    127       4,172  

Other assets

    2,715       4,239  
               

Total assets

  $ 1,128,346     $ 947,267  
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity    

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 4,612     $ 4,618  

Accrued expenses

    11,115       13,167  

Container contracts payable

    28,397       32,927  

Due to owners, net

    18,019       6,570  

Secured debt facility

    6,585       —    

Bonds payable

    58,000       58,000  
               

Total current liabilities

    126,728       115,282  

Revolving credit facility

    21,500       —    

Secured debt facility

    124,391       53,000  

Bonds payable

    370,938       430,167  

Interest rate swaps

    4,409       180  

Long-term income tax payable

    15,733       7,912  

Deferred taxes

    10,814       13,510  
               

Total liabilities

    674,513       620,051  
               

Minority interest

    49,717       85,922  
               

Shareholders’ equity:

   

Common shares, $0.01 par value. Authorized 140,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 47,604,640 and 38,274,640 shares at 2007 and 2006, respectively

    476       383  

Additional paid-in capital

    163,753       24,093  

Notes receivable from shareholders

    (432 )     (1,180 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    579       380  

Retained earnings

    239,740       217,618  
               

Total shareholders’ equity

    404,116       241,294  
               

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,128,346     $ 947,267  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Revenues:

      

Lease rental income

   $ 192,342     $ 186,093     $ 188,904  

Management fees

     24,125       16,194       15,472  

Trading container sales proceeds

     25,497       14,137       16,046  

Gains on sale of containers, net

     13,544       9,558       10,456  

Incentive management fees and general partner distributions

     —         —         2,874  

Other, net

     284       480       648  
                        

Total revenues

     255,792       226,462       234,400  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Direct container expense

     32,895       29,757       24,314  

Cost of trading containers sold

     20,753       11,480       12,944  

Depreciation expense

     48,757       54,330       60,792  

Amortization expense

     3,677       1,023       —    

General and administrative expense

     18,063       15,870       16,357  

Short-term incentive compensation expense

     4,094       4,694       5,140  

Long-term incentive compensation expense

     932       285       210  

Bad debt expense, net

     1,133       664       91  
                        

Total operating expenses

     130,304       118,103       119,848  
                        

Income from operations

     125,488       108,359       114,552  
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (37,094 )     (33,083 )     (27,491 )

Interest income

     3,422       2,286       1,086  

Realized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps and caps, net

     3,204       2,848       (4,153 )

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, net

     (8,274 )     (574 )     8,688  

Gain on lost military containers, net

     4,639       —         —    

Other, net

     56       243       (2,648 )
                        

Net other expense

     (34,047 )     (28,280 )     (24,518 )
                        

Income before income tax and minority interest

     91,441       80,079       90,034  
                        

Income tax expense

     (6,847 )     (4,299 )     (4,662 )

Minority interest expense

     (16,926 )     (19,499 )     (22,393 )
                        

Net income

   $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979  
                        

Net income per share:

      

Basic

   $ 1.66     $ 1.47     $ 1.65  

Diluted

   $ 1.66     $ 1.46     $ 1.63  

Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):

      

Basic

     40,800       38,186       38,142  

Diluted

     40,841       38,488       38,598  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Common shares     Additional
paid-in

capital
    Notes
receivable
from

shareholders
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive

income (loss)
    Retained
earnings
    Total
shareholders’

equity
 
    Shares     Amount            

Balances, December 31, 2004

  38,116,558     $ 381     $ 21,760     $ (1,488 )   $ 263     $ 153,821     $ 174,737  

Dividends to shareholders ($0.70 per common share)

  —         —         —         —         —         (26,762 )     (26,762 )

Exercise of share options

  250,000       3       1,029       (566 )     —         —         466  

Share option plan obligation

  —         —         1,391       —         —         —         1,391  

Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders

  —         —         —         755       —         —         755  

Repurchase and retirement of common shares

  (310,042 )     (3 )     (474 )     —         —         (1,305 )     (1,782 )

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

  —         —         —         —         —         62,979       62,979  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         (233 )     —         (233 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

                62,746  
                                                     

Balances, December 31, 2005

  38,056,516       381       23,706       (1,299 )     30       188,733       211,551  
                                                     

Dividends to shareholders ($0.71 per common share)

  —         —         —         —         —         (27,311 )     (27,311 )

Exercise of share options

  230,000       2       593       (539 )     —         —         56  

Share option plan obligation

  —         —         (479 )     —         —         —         (479 )

Long-term incentive compensation expense

  —         —         285       —         —         —         285  

Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders

  —         —         —         658       —         —         658  

Repurchase and retirement of common shares

  (11,876 )     —         (12 )     —         —         (85 )     (97 )

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

  —         —         —         —         —         56,281       56,281  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         350       —         350  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                56,631  
                                                     

Balances, December 31, 2006

  38,274,640       383       24,093       (1,180 )     380       217,618       241,294  
                                                     

Cumulative effect from FIN 48 implementation

  —         —         —         —         —         1,035       1,035  

Sale of common shares—initial public offering

  9,000,000       90       140,782       —         —         —         140,872  

Initial public offering expenses

  —         —         (2,905 )     —         —         —         (2,905 )

Dividends to shareholders ($1.14 per common share)

  —         —         —         —         —         (46,581 )     (46,581 )

Exercise of share options

  330,000       3       872       (875 )     —         —         —    

Long-term incentive compensation expense

  —         —         911       —         —         —         911  

Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders

  —         —         —         1,623       —         —         1,623  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

  —         —         —         —         —         67,668       67,668  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         199       —         199  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                67,867  
                                                     

Balances, December 31, 2007

  47,604,640     $ 476     $ 163,753     $ (432 )   $ 579     $ 239,740     $ 404,116  
                                                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

    2007     2006     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979  
                       

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation expense

    48,757       54,330       60,792  

Provision for containers held for resale

    2       (1 )     26  

Bad debt expense, net

    1,133       664       91  

Unrealized losses (gains) on interest rate swaps, net

    8,274       574       (8,688 )

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    1,395       1,405       3,323  

Amortization of intangible assets

    3,677       1,023       —    

Gains on sale of containers and lost military containers, net

    (18,183 )     (9,558 )     (10,456 )

Share-based compensation expense

    911       285       1,391  

Minority interest expense

    16,926       19,499       22,393  

Decrease (increase) in:

     

Accounts receivable, net

    (4,473 )     215       3,836  

Containers held for resale

    702       334       (3,523 )

Prepaid expenses

    (411 )     1,293       5,539  

Due from affiliates, net

    6       36       372  

Other assets

    (383 )     (1,280 )     (5,546 )

(Decrease) increase in:

     

Accounts payable

    (6 )     (3,153 )     3,218  

Accrued expenses

    (1,357 )     (8,020 )     (754 )

Due to owners, net

    11,449       559       (5,701 )

Long-term income tax payable

    7,821       7,912       —    

Deferred taxes, net

    526       1,030       313  
                       

Total adjustments

    76,766       67,147       66,626  
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    144,434       123,428       129,605  
                       

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Decrease in investments in affiliates

    —         —         446  

Purchase of additional shares of Textainer Marine Containers Ltd

    (71,131 )     —         —    

Purchase of containers and fixed assets

    (207,171 )     (104,818 )     (158,193 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (56,000 )     (18,983 )     —    

Proceeds from sale of containers and fixed assets

    70,200       34,142       30,796  

Receipt of principal payments on direct finance and sales-type leases

    7,594       6,456       5,333  
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (256,508 )     (83,203 )     (121,618 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

    49,500       —         —    

Principal payments on revolving credit facility

    (28,000 )     —         —    

Proceeds from secured debt facility

    236,000       74,000       301,000  

Principal payments on secured debt facility

    (157,300 )     (21,000 )     (596,969 )

Proceeds from bonds payable

    —         —         580,000  

Principal payments on bonds payable

    (58,000 )     (58,000 )     (241,333 )

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    5,247       (8,610 )     (3,078 )

Debt issuance costs

    (297 )     (1,339 )     (6,174 )

Initial public offering costs

    (2,905 )     —         —    

Issuance of common shares

    140,872       56       466  

Repayments of notes receivable from shareholders

    1,623       658       755  

Retirement of common shares

    —         (97 )     (1,782 )

Dividends paid

    (46,581 )     (27,311 )     (26,762 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    140,159       (41,643 )     6,123  
                       

Effect of exchange rate changes

    199       350       (233 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    28,284       (1,068 )     13,877  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

    41,163       42,231       28,354  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

  $ 69,447     $ 41,163     $ 42,231  
                       

(Continued)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

     2007     2006    2005  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid during the year for:

       

Interest

   $ 32,478     $ 28,812    $ 28,518  

Income taxes

   $ 850     $ 981    $ 830  

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing activities:

       

(Decrease) increase in accrued container purchases

   $ (4,530 )   $ 30,373    $ (70,902 )

Containers placed in direct finance and sales-type leases

   $ 23,488     $ 15,667    $ 32,602  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(1)   Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a)   Nature of Operations

Textainer Group Holdings Limited (“TGH”) is incorporated in Bermuda. TGH is the holding company of a group of corporations, Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries (the Company), involved in the purchase, management, leasing and resale of a fleet of marine cargo containers. The Company manages and provides administrative support to the affiliated and unaffiliated owners (the “Owners”) of the containers and structures and manages container leasing investment programs. The Company was the general partner of six limited partnerships (“the Partnerships”) that were Owners. The Partnerships were terminated on August 22, 2005.

On September 4, 2007, the Company’s shareholders approved a one-for-one share split, effected by way of a share dividend or bonus issue, for shareholders of record as of August 8, 2007. The share split was effected by way of a bonus issue on October 8, 2007. All shares and per share data in the consolidated financial statements, have been adjusted to reflect the share split, effected by way of a bonus issue.

The Company conducts its business activities in four main areas: container ownership, container management, container resale and military management. These activities are described below (also see Note 10 “Segment Information”).

The Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares at $16.50 per share on October 15, 2007 and listed its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TGH.” The Company sold 9,000,000 common shares and generated proceeds of $138 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other offering expenses. The Company used a portion of the proceeds to repay borrowings of $56 million incurred in the Capital Transaction described in Note 1(e).

Container Ownership

The Company’s containers consist primarily of standard dry freight containers, but also include special-purpose containers. These containers are financed through reinvested earnings, a secured debt facility provided by banks, and bonds payable to investors. Expenses related to lease rental income include direct container expenses, depreciation expense and interest expense.

Container Management

The Company manages, on a worldwide basis, a fleet of containers for and on behalf of the Owners.

All rental operations are conducted worldwide in the name of the Company who, as agent for the Owners, acquires and sells containers, enters into leasing agreements and depot service agreements, bills and collects lease rentals from the lessees, disburses funds to depots for container handling, and remits net amounts, less management fees and commissions, to the Owners. Revenues, customer accounts receivable, operating expenses, and vendor payables arising from direct container operations of the managed portion of the Owner’s fleet have been excluded from the Company’s financial statements.

Management fees are typically a percentage of net operating income of each Owner’s fleet and consist of fees earned by the Company for services related to management of the containers, and net acquisition fees earned on the acquisition of containers. Expenses related to the provision of management services include general and administrative expense, short-term and long-term incentive compensation expense and amortization expense.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Container Resale

The Company buys and subsequently resells used containers (trading containers) from third parties. Container sales revenue represents the proceeds on the sale of containers purchased for resale. Cost of containers sold represents only the cost of equipment purchased for resale that were sold as well as the related selling costs. The Company earns sales commissions related to the sale of the containers that it manages.

Military Management

In June 2003, the Company entered into a management agreement to provide a management information system and source containers and related equipment for the U.S. military. In the event that containers are not available within the managed fleet, the Company will fulfill its obligations to this customer by subleasing containers and equipment from shipping lines and other leasing companies. The contract is renewable annually. Management fees earned from this contract for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $1,731, $1,680 and $1,632, respectively.

 

  (b)   Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include TGH and all its subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The majority of the container equipment included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is owned by Textainer Marine Containers Limited (“TMCL”) which is 86.74% and 72.63% owned by the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

  (c)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

  (d)   Investments in Partnerships

Investments in the Partnerships were recognized using the cost method of accounting. General partner distributions from the Partnerships were recorded as income in the month in which the distributions were made by the Partnerships.

On April 18, 2005, the Partnerships sold substantially all of their assets. On August 18, 2005, the Company received the last of two final general partner distributions which represented a return of investment capital and income, and the Partnerships were subsequently terminated.

 

  (e)   Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, consisting primarily of exclusive rights to manage container fleets, are amortized over the expected life of the contracts based on forecasted income to the Company. The contract terms range from 11 to 13 years. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment by applying the recognition and measurement provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144)”. Under SFAS 144, an impairment loss shall be recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible assets is not recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

  (f)   Lease Rental Income

Leasing income arises principally from the renting of containers owned by the Company to various international shipping lines. Revenue is recorded when earned according to the terms of the container rental contracts. These contracts are typically for terms of five years or less and are generally classified as operating leases.

Under long-term lease agreements, containers are usually leased from the Company for periods of three to five years. Such leases are generally cancelable with a penalty at the end of each 12-month period. Under master lease agreements, the lessee is not committed to leasing a minimum number of containers from the Company during the lease term and may generally return the containers to the Company at any time, subject to certain restrictions in the lease agreement. Under long-term lease and master lease agreements, revenue is earned and recognized evenly over the period that the equipment is on lease. Under direct finance and sales-type leases, the containers are usually leased from the Company for the remainder of the container’s useful life with a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term. Revenue is earned and recognized on direct finance and sales-type leases over the lease terms so as to produce a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Container leases do not include step-rent provisions or lease concessions, nor do they depend on indices or rates.

The following is a schedule, by year, of future minimum lease payments receivable under the long-term leases as of December 31, 2007:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2008

   $ 73,774

2009

     54,275

2010

     34,859

2011

     23,868

2012 and thereafter

     9,116
      

Total future minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 195,892
      

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its lessees to make required payments. These allowances are based on management’s current assessment of the financial condition of the Company’s lessees and their ability to make their required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s lessees were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

 

  (g)   Direct Container Expense

Direct container expense represents the operating costs arising from the containers owned by the Company and includes storage, handling, maintenance, Damage Protection Plan (“DPP”), agent and insurance expense.

 

  (h)   Containers Held for Resale

The Company, through one or more of its subsidiaries, buys trading containers for resale, which are valued at the lower of cost or market value. The cost of trading containers sold is specifically identified.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

  (i)   Foreign Currencies

A functional currency is determined for each of the entities within the Company based on the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency are remeasured into its functional currency at the balance sheet date with a gain or loss recognized in current year net income. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses that arise from exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a foreign currency are recognized in net income as incurred. Foreign currency exchange gains (losses), reported in Other, net in the Consolidated Statement of Income were $183, ($189), and $132 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. For consolidation purposes, the financial statements are then translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rate for the assets and liabilities and a weighted average exchange rate for the revenues and expenses recorded during the year with any translation adjustment shown as an element of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

  (j)   Containers and Fixed Assets

Capitalized container costs include the container cost payable to the manufacturer (Invoice) and the associated transportation costs incurred in moving the containers from the manufacturer to the containers’ first destined port (“Initial Repo”). Containers purchased new are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 12 years to an estimated dollar residual value. Containers purchased used are depreciated based upon their remaining useful lives at the date of acquisition to an estimated dollar residual value. The Company evaluates the estimated residual values and remaining estimated useful lives on an ongoing basis. During the last few years, the Company experienced a significant increase in resale prices, as a result of both higher utilization decreasing the number of containers available for sale and the increased cost of new containers. Based on this extended period of higher realized residual values and an expectation that new equipment prices will remain near current levels the Company increased the estimated future residual values during 2006. This increase in residual values caused a decrease in depreciation expense of $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and assuming no change in equipment cost balances the change would result in a decrease in depreciation expense of $16.8 million per year. Depreciation expense may fluctuate in future periods based on fluctuations in these estimates. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded an impairment of $566, $183 and $496, which is included in depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income, to write down the value of 2,552, 989 and 2,594 containers identified for sale, respectively, to their estimated fair value. The fair value was estimated based on recent gross sales proceeds. When containers are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized.

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to seven years.

The Company reviews its containers and fixed assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company compares the carrying value of the containers to expected future undiscounted cash flows for the purpose of assessing the recoverability of the recorded amounts. If the carrying value exceeds expected future undiscounted cash flows, the assets are reduced to fair value. In addition, containers identified as being available for sale are valued at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less costs to sell.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

The Company has evaluated the recoverability of the recorded amount of container rental equipment at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and determined that a reduction in the carrying values of containers held for continued use was not required, but a write-down in the value of certain containers identified for sale was required.

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the carrying value of 371 and 864 containers identified for sale included impairment charges of $91 and $166, respectively. The carrying value of these containers identified for sale amounted to $313 and $719 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is included in Containers, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded the following net gain on sales of containers:

 

     2007    2006    2005
     Units    Amount    Units    Amount    Units    Amount

Gain on sales of previously written down containers, net

   3,004    $ 1,415    1,359    $ 1,594    1,604    $ 1,453

Gain on sales of containers not written down, net

   34,491      12,129    26,206      7,964    21,930      9,003
                                   

Gain on sales of containers, net

   37,495    $ 13,544    27,565    $ 9,558    23,534    $ 10,456
                                   

If other containers are subsequently identified as available for sale, the Company may incur additional write-downs or may incur losses on the sale of these containers if they are sold. The Company will continue to evaluate the recoverability of recorded amounts of containers and cautions that a write-down of certain containers held for continued use and/or an increase in its depreciation rate may be required in future periods for some or all containers.

 

  (k)   Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded when the realization of a deferred tax asset is unlikely.

As of January 1, 2007, the company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48). Under FIN 48, the company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in the recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Prior to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.

The Company continues to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

  (l)   Damage Protection Plan Repair Cost Reserve

Our leases require the lessee to pay for any damage to the container beyond normal wear and tear at the end of the lease term. The Company offers a Damage Protection Plan (“DPP”) to certain lessees of its containers. Under the terms of the DPP, the Company charges lessees an additional amount primarily on a daily basis and the lessees are no longer obligated for certain future repair costs for containers subject to the DPP. It is the Company’s policy to recognize these revenues as earned on a daily basis over the related term of its lease. The Company has not recognized revenue and related expense for customers who are billed at the end of the lease term under the DPP or for other lessees who do not participate in the DPP. Based on past history, there is uncertainty as to collectibility of these amounts from lessees who are billed at the end of the lease term because the amounts due under the DPP are typically re-negotiated at the end of the lease term or the lease term is extended.

On September 8, 2006, the FASB posted the Staff Position AUG AIR-1 (“FSP AUG AIR-1”), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance Activities. FSP AUG AIR-1 amends certain provisions in the AICPA Industry Audit Guide, Audits of Airlines, and Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting. FSP AUG AIR-1 prohibits the use of the accrue-in-advance method of accounting for planned major maintenance activities in annual and interim financial statements. This guidance was effective for the first fiscal period beginning after December 15, 2006, and was to be applied retrospectively for all financial statements presented, unless impracticable to do so.

For containers not subject to a DPP and for containers where DPP is billed upon drop off, we previously accrued for repairs once we had made the decision to repair the container, which is made in advance of us incurring the repair obligations, however, these accruals have typically been insignificant. For containers covered by per diem DPP, we previously provided a reserve sufficient to cover the Company’s estimated future container repair costs at the end of the container’s lease term.

The Company adopted FSP AUG AIR-1 effective January 1, 2007. Accordingly, we have retroactively adjusted all financial statements presented to reflect the direct expense method of accounting for maintenance, a method permitted under this Staff Position. The effect of adopting this standard on our previously reported financial statements are as follows:

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2006     2005  

Increase (decrease) in:

   

Consolidated statements of income:

   

Direct container expense

  $ (406 )   $ (1,903 )

Total operating expense

  $ (406 )   $ (1,903 )

Income from operations

  $ 406     $ 1,903  

Income before income tax and minority interest

  $ 406     $ 1,903  

Minority interest expense

  $ 445     $ 753  

Net income

  $ (39 )   $ 1,150  

Basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ (0.00 )   $ 0.03  

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

     December 31,
2006
    January 1,
2005
 
    

Increase (decrease) in:

    

Consolidated balance sheet:

    

Damage protection plan repair cost reserve

   $ (8,648 )   $ (6,338 )

Total current liabilities

   $ (8,648 )   $ (6,338 )

Total liabilities

   $ (8,648 )   $ (6,338 )

Minority interest

   $ 3,081     $ 1,882  

Retained earnings

   $ 5,567     $ 4,456  

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,567     $ 4,456  

 

  (m)   Concentrations

Although substantially all of the Company’s income from operations is derived from assets employed in foreign countries, virtually all of this income is denominated in U.S. dollars. The Company does pay some of its expenses in various foreign currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $12,491 or 38%, $12,377 or 41% and $8,977 or 34%, respectively, of the Company’s direct container expenses were paid in 15 different foreign currencies. The Company does not hedge these container expenses as there are no significant payments made in any one foreign currency and the Company’s contract with the U.S. military contains a provision to protect it from fluctuations in exchange rates for payments made in foreign currencies.

The Company’s customers are international shipping lines, which transport goods on international trade routes. Once the containers are on hire with a lessee, the Company does not track their location. The domicile of the lessee is not indicative of where the lessee is transporting the containers. The Company’s business risk in its foreign concentrations lies with the creditworthiness of the lessees rather than the geographic location of the containers or the domicile of the lessees. Revenue from one lessee amounted to $20,959, $20,100 and $20,027 or 11% of the Company’s lease rental income for the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. No single lessee accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

 

  (n)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company calculates the fair value of financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different from the book value of those financial instruments. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates the related book value of such instruments.

 

  (o)   Derivative Instruments

The Company has entered into various interest rate cap and swap agreements to mitigate its exposure associated with its variable rate debt. The swap agreements involve payments by the Company to counterparties at fixed rates in return for receipts based upon variable rates indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The differentials between the fixed and variable rate payments under these agreements are recognized in realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net in the consolidated statement of income.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

As of the balance sheet dates, none of the derivative instruments the Company has entered into qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended (“SFAS 133”). The fair value of the derivative instruments is measured at each balance sheet date and the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income as unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net.

 

  (p)   Share Options and Restricted Share Units

In accordance with SFAS No. 123R Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), the Company estimates the fair value of all employee share options awarded under its 2007 Share Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) on the grant date using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the modified prospective application transition method. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company accounted for share-based payment awards to employees using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”), as permitted by SFAS No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”).

The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) option-pricing model as a method for determining the estimated fair value for employee share option awards. Compensation expense for employee stock awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The adoption of SFAS 123R also requires certain changes to the accounting for income taxes, the method used in determining diluted weighted average shares outstanding, the application of a pre-vesting forfeiture rate against both pre- and post-adoption grants, and additional disclosure related to the cash flow effects resulting from share-based compensation.

Share-based compensation expense of $911 was recorded as a part of long-term incentive compensation for the year ended December 31, 2007 for share options and restricted share units awarded to employees under the 2007 Plan. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been revised for, and do not include, compensation expense calculated under SFAS 123R.

 

  (q)   Comprehensive Income (Loss)

In accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (“SFAS 130”), the Company reports changes in equity from all sources. The effect of SFAS 130 is limited to the form and content of the Company’s disclosures of its foreign currency translation adjustment as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

 

  (r)   Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s management evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to the container rental equipment, accounts receivable, and accruals.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

  (s)   Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications of 2006 and 2005 amounts have been made in order to conform with the 2007 financial statement presentation.

 

  (t)   Net income per share

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if all outstanding share options were exercised or converted into common shares. For the year ended December 31, 2007, 1,044,734 share options and 1,044,734 restricted share units were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method, in accordance with the FASB’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 Earnings Per Share. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, all share options to acquire common shares were dilutive. A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic EPS with that of diluted EPS is presented as follows:

 

Share amounts in thousands    2007    2006    2005

Numerator

        

Net income—basic and diluted EPS

   $ 67,668    $ 56,281    $ 62,979

Denominator

        

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

     40,800      38,186      38,142

Dilutive share options

     41      302      456
                    

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

   $ 40,841    $ 38,488    $ 38,598
                    

Earnings per common share

        

Basic

   $ 1.66    $ 1.47    $ 1.65

Diluted

   $ 1.66    $ 1.46    $ 1.63

 

  (u)   Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. SFAS 157 clarifies that the exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the market in which the reporting entity would transact for the asset or liability, that is, the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, the definition focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

received to assume the liability (an entry price). With the exception of a one year deferral for the implementation of SFAS 157 for other nonfinancial assets and liabilities, SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those years with earlier application encouraged. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). Under this pronouncement, companies may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reporting earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. However, SFAS 159 specifically includes financial assets and financial liabilities recognized under leases (as defined in SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases), as among those items not eligible for the fair value measurement option except contingent obligations for cancelled leases and guarantees of third-party lease obligations. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 159 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R replaced SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”). SFAS 141R retains the fundamental requirements in SFAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting (which SFAS 141 called the purchase method) be used for all business combinations and for an acquirer to be identified for each business combination. SFAS 141R also establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase and c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R will apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the Company’s fiscal year beginning after March 1, 2009. While we have not yet evaluated SFAS 141R for the impact, if any, that its adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements, we will be required to expense costs related to any acquisitions after December 31, 2009.

 

(2)   Step Acquisition

On November 1, 2007, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Textainer Limited (“TL”) purchased 3,000 additional Class A shares of TMCL for cash consideration of $71,131. TL’s total ownership interest in class A common shares before and after the step acquisition was 50% and 75%, respectively. The Company has consolidated TMCL since the inception of the entity in 2001. The Company accounted for this transaction as a step acquisition, allocating the purchase price based on the fair value of the assets and

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

liabilities acquired in proportion to the percentage of shares acquired. As a result of this purchase, TL and Fortis now hold voting interests in TMCL of 75% and 25%, respectively. In addition, voting matters related to commencing bankruptcy proceedings and amending related board and shareholder meeting requirements require the approval of a separate Class C common shareholder, which does not have any economic ownership interest in TMCL. The step acquisition was recorded as follows:

 

     2007

Purchase method adjustment to carrying values:

  

Minority interest acquired

   $ 53,131

Tangible assets—containers

     13,594

Intangible assets—lease contracts

     2,362

Discount on Secured Debt Facility

     751

Discount on 2005-1 Bonds

     1,293
      
   $ 71,131
      

The Company anticipates the reduction in minority interest will result in lower minority interest expense in future periods. The Company does not believe the purchase price adjustments recorded will have a material impact on the results of operations of future periods.

 

(3)   Transactions with Affiliates and Owners

Amounts due from affiliates, net generally result from cash advances and the payment of affiliated companies’ administrative expenses by the Company on behalf of such affiliates. Balances are generally paid within 30 days.

Management fees, including acquisition fees and sales commissions for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     2007    2006    2005

Fees from affiliated Owner

   $ 6,351    $ 5,628    $ 5,985

Fees from unaffiliated Owners

     16,043      8,886      7,855
                    

Fees from Owners

     22,394      14,514      13,840

Other fees

     1,731      1,680      1,632
                    

Total management fees

   $ 24,125    $ 16,194    $ 15,472
                    

Incentive management fees and general partner distributions were earned in connection with management of the Partnerships. These amounts for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $0, $0 and $2,874, respectively. On August 18, 2005, the Company received the last of two final general partner distributions which represented a return of investment capital and income.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Due to Owners, net represents lease rentals collected on behalf of and payable to Owners, net of direct expenses and management fees receivable. Due to Owners, net at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     2007    2006

Affiliated Owner

   $ 3,695    $ 765

Unaffiliated Owners

     14,324      5,805
             

Total due to Owners, net

   $ 18,019    $ 6,570
             

 

(4)   Direct Financing and Sales-type Leases

The Company leases containers under direct financing and sales-type leases. The Company had 28,820 and 19,746 containers under direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The components of the net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 

     2007     2006  

Future minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 72,234     $ 54,253  

Less unearned income

     (15,043 )     (12,031 )
                

Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases

   $ 57,191     $ 42,222  
                

Amounts due within one year

   $ 9,116     $ 6,182  

Amounts due beyond one year

     48,075       36,040  
                

Net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases

   $ 57,191     $ 42,222  
                

The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments receivable under these direct financing and sales-type leases as of December 31, 2007:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2008

   $ 13,266

2009

     12,462

2010

     10,537

2011

     8,313

2012

     27,656
      

Total future minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 72,234
      

Lease rental income includes income earned from direct financing and sales-type leases in the amount of $4,092, $3,587 and $3,158 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.

 

(5)   Containers and Fixed Assets

Containers, net at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     2007     2006  

Containers

   $ 1,179,719     $ 1,078,916  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (322,845 )     (315,304 )
                

Containers, net

   $ 856,874     $ 763,612  
                

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

All owned containers are pledged as collateral for debt as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.

Fixed assets, net at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     2007     2006  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 5,871     $ 5,865  

Office furniture and equipment

     1,804       1,848  

Automobiles

     203       191  

Leasehold improvements

     1,147       1,112  
                
     9,025       9,016  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (7,795 )     (7,676 )
                

Fixed assets, net

   $ 1,230     $ 1,340  
                

 

(6)   Intangible Assets

On July 1, 2006, the Company purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 315,000 twenty foot equivalent unit (“TEU”) container fleet of Gateway Management Services Limited for $19 million (the “Gateway Transaction”). The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 11-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $2,141 and $1,023, respectively.

On July 23, 2007, the Company purchased the exclusive rights to manage the approximately 500,000 TEU container fleet of Capital Lease Limited, Hong Kong (“Capital”) from Green Eagle Investments N.V., an investment vehicle of DVB Bank America N.V. (the “Capital Transaction”), which had concurrently purchased all of the outstanding shares of Capital for $56 million. The Company began managing the Capital fleet on September 1, 2007. The purchase price will be fully amortized over the expected 13-year life of the contract on a pro-rata basis to the expected management fees. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $1,489.

The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 

Balance as of December 31, 2005

   $ —    

Addition arising from the Gateway Transaction

     18,983  

Amortization expense

     (1,023 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2006

     17,960  
        

Addition arising from the Capital Transaction

     56,000  

Step acquisition adjustment related to lease contracts(1)

     2,363  

Amortization expense

     (3,677 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 72,646  
        

 

(1)   Represents a step acquisition adjustment related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustment was recorded to increase the balance of lease contracts to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the lease contracts on the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 “Step Acquisition” for further discussion.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

The following is a schedule, by year, of future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2007:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2008

   $ 7,895

2009

     8,389

2010

     7,724

2011

     7,983

2012 and thereafter

     40,655
      

Total future amortization of intangible assets

   $ 72,646
      

 

(7)   Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of the following:

 

     2007    2006

Interest payable

   $ 1,411    $ 1,423

Accrued compensation

     5,060      4,966

Direct container expense

     2,446      2,500

Income taxes payable

     88      3,133

Other

     2,110      1,145
             

Total accrued expenses

   $ 11,115    $ 13,167
             

 

(8)   Income Taxes

The Company is not subject to taxation in its country of incorporation; however, the Company is subject to taxation in certain other jurisdictions due to the nature of the Company’s operations. The Company estimates its tax liability based upon its understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which it operates. Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 consisted of the following:

 

     2007    2006    2005

Current

        

Bermuda

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Foreign

     6,661      3,269      4,349
                    
     6,661      3,269      4,349
                    

Deferred

        

Bermuda

     —        —        —  

Foreign

     186      1,030      313
                    
     186      1,030      313
                    
   $ 6,847    $ 4,299    $ 4,662
                    

 

F-21


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

The components of income before income taxes and minority interest were as follows:

 

     2007    2006    2005

Bermuda sources

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Foreign sources

     91,441      80,079      90,034
                    
   $ 91,441    $ 80,079    $ 90,034
                    

A reconciliation of the differences between the Bermuda statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate as provided in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Bermuda tax rate

   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Foreign tax rate

   7.49 %   5.37 %   5.18 %
                  
   7.49 %   5.37 %   5.18 %
                  

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented below:

 

     2007    2006

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss

   $ 3,488    $ 1,439

Other

     2,462      1,795
             

Deferred tax assets

     5,950      3,234
             

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Containers, net

     14,908      12,209

Other

     1,504      1,301
             

Deferred tax liabilities

     16,412      13,510
             

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 10,462    $ 10,276
             

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company’s management considers whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company’s management considers the projected future taxable income for making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company’s management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences noted above.

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards of $10,258 that will begin to expire from 2017 through 2023 if not utilized.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not reflect the income taxes that would be payable to foreign taxing jurisdictions if the earnings of a group of corporations operating in those jurisdictions were to be transferred out of such jurisdictions, because such earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in those countries. At December 31, 2007, cumulative earnings of approximately $44,982 would be subject to income taxes of approximately $12,272 if such earnings of foreign corporations were transferred out of such jurisdictions in the form of dividends.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

The Company’s foreign tax returns, including the United States, State of California, Malaysia, Singapore, and United Kingdom, are subject to examination by the various tax authorities. With few exceptions these foreign tax returns are no longer subject to examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2002.

The Company’s United States tax returns for the 2004 and 2005 tax years have been examined by the Internal Revenue Service and to date no matters have arisen to alter the Company’s accounting for income taxes.

As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $1,035 decrease in the liability for uncertain tax positions, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. At January 1, 2007, the Company has accrued tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $7,338, in addition to interest of $498 and penalties of $76.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefit amounts for 2007 are as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 7,338  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     5,683  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     3,670  

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

     (1,770 )

Expiration of the statute of limitations

     (156 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 14,765  
        

If the unrecognized tax benefits of $14,765 at December 31, 2007 were recognized, tax benefits in the amount of $14,518 would reduce our annual effective tax rate. The Company believes the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2007 will decrease by $414 in the next twelve months due to expiration of the statute of limitations, of which $414 would reduce our annual effective tax rate.

Interest and penalty expense (benefit) recorded during 2007 amounted to $430 and ($35), respectively. Total accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2007 was $927 and $41, respectively, and were included in non-current income taxes payable.

 

(9)   Revolving Credit Facility, Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility, and Derivative Instruments

The following represents the Company’s debt obligations as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

Revolving Credit Facility, Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility

  2007   2006

Revolving Credit Facility, weighted average interest at 6.42% at December 31, 2007

  $ 21,500   $ —  

2005-1 Bonds, interest at 5.28% and 5.60%, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively

    428,938     488,167

Secured Debt Facility, weighted average interest at 5.35% and 5.67%, at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006,

    130,976     53,000
           

Total debt obligations

  $ 581,414   $ 541,167
           

Amount due in one year

  $ 64,585   $ 58,000

Amounts due beyond one year

  $ 516,829   $ 483,167
           

 

F-23


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has a credit agreement, as amended on January 31, 2007 (the “Credit Agreement”), with a group of banks (the “Bank Group”) to provide a revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) in the amount of $75 million. The Credit Agreement also provides a $25 million letter of Credit Facility included within the $75 million commitment. The Credit Facility provides for payments of interest only during its term beginning on its inception date through January 31, 2009 (the “Conversion Date”), with a provision for the Credit Facility to convert to a two- year fully amortizing note payable after the Conversion Date. Principal amortization will be on a quarterly basis, beginning on the last day of the first calendar quarter of the Conversion Date. Given the existing Conversion Date of January 31, 2009, principal amortization would begin on March 31, 2009. Interest on the outstanding amount due under this Credit Facility at December 31, 2007 can be based either on the U.S. prime rate or LIBOR plus a blended rate between 1.0% and 1.5%. Total outstanding principal under the Credit Facility was $21,500 and $0 as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The Company had no outstanding letter of credit as of December 31, 2007 and one outstanding $3,812 letter of credit as of December 31, 2006.

The Credit Facility is secured by the Company’s containers and under the terms of the Credit Facility the total outstanding principal of the Company’s debt may not exceed the lesser of the commitment amount or a formula based on the Company’s net book value of containers and outstanding debt. The Credit Facility Maximum was $75 million and $45 million as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

TGH acts as a guarantor of this Credit Facility. The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants regarding limitations on certain obligations, investments, and leverage. In addition, the Credit Facility contains certain restrictive covenants on TGH net worth, leverage, debt service, and interest coverage. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants at December 31, 2007. There is a commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the Credit Facility, which is payable in arrears. In addition, there is an agent’s fee of 0.125% on the commitment amount, which is payable quarterly in advance.

Bonds Payable and Secured Debt Facility

In 2005, the Company issued $580 million in variable rate amortizing bonds (the “2005-1 Bonds”) to institutional investors. The $580 million in 2005-1 Bonds represent fully amortizing notes payable on a straight-line basis over a scheduled payment term of 10 years, but not to exceed the maximum payment term of 15 years. Under a 10-year amortization schedule, $58 million in 2005-1 Bond principal will amortize per year. Under the terms of the 2005-1 Bonds, both principal and interest incurred are payable monthly. The Company is not permitted to make voluntary prepayments of all, or a portion of, the principal balance of the 2005-1 Bonds prior to the payment date occurring in June 2008. Ultimate payment of the 2005-1 Bond principal has been insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation and the cost, 0.275% on the outstanding principal balance, of this insurance coverage is recognized as incurred on a monthly basis. The interest rate for the outstanding principal balance of the 2005-1 Bonds equals one-month LIBOR plus 0.25%. The target final payment date and legal final payment date are May 15, 2015 and May 15, 2020, respectively.

The Company’s primary ongoing container financing requirements are funded by the Secured Debt Facility. The Secured Debt Facility provided a total commitment in the amount of $300 million as of December 31, 2007. The Secured Debt Facility provides for payments of interest only during the period from its inception until its Conversion Date as defined within the Securitization Agreement, with a provision for the Secured Debt Facility to then convert to a 10-year, but not to exceed the maximum term of 15-year, fully amortizing note payable on the Conversion Date. Under the Secured Debt Facility terms of the

 

F-24


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Securitization Agreement, as amended on June 8, 2006, the Conversion Date is defined as June 6, 2008. Given a Conversion Date of June 6, 2008, the first principal payment would be on July 15, 2008. Interest on the outstanding amount due under this Secured Debt Facility, both prior and subsequent to the Conversion Date, equals LIBOR plus 0.32%. There is a commitment fee of 0.10% on the unused portion of the Secured Debt Facility, which is payable in arrears. Effective on June 8, 2006, ultimate payment of the Secured Debt Facility principal has been insured by Ambac Assurance Corporation. The cost, 0.255% on the outstanding principal balance plus 0.085% on the unused portion of the Secured Debt Facility, of this insurance coverage is recognized as incurred on a monthly basis.

Under the terms of the 2005-1 Bonds and Secured Debt Facility, the total outstanding principal of these two programs may not exceed an amount (the “Asset Base”) which is calculated by a formula based on TMCL’s book value of equipment, restricted cash and direct finance and sales-type leases. The total obligations under the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility are collateralized by a pledge of the securitization entity’s assets. TMCL’s total assets amounted to $948,587 as of December 31, 2007. The 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility also contain restrictive covenants regarding the average age of the securitization entity’s container fleet, certain earnings ratios, ability to incur other obligations and to distribute earnings, TGH’s container management subsidiary net income and debt levels, and overall Asset Base minimums, in which the securitization entity and TGH’s container management subsidiary were in compliance at December 31, 2007.

The following is a schedule by year, of future scheduled repayments, as of December 31, 2007:

 

      Revolving
Credit Facility
   2005-1 Bonds(1)    Secured Debt
Facility(1)

Year ending December 31:

        

2008

   $ —      $ 58,000    $ 6,585

2009

     5,375      58,000      13,170

2010

     5,375      58,000      13,170

2011

     10,750      58,000      13,170

2012 and thereafter

     —        198,167      85,605
                    
   $ 21,500    $ 430,167    $ 131,700
                    
 
  (1)   Future scheduled payments for the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility exclude step acquisition adjustments of $1,229 and $724, respectively, related to TL’s purchase of 3,000 additional shares of TMCL. The adjustments were recorded to reduce the balance of both the 2005-1 Bonds and the Secured Debt Facility to an amount that equaled the fair market value of the debt on the date of the acquisition. See Note 2 “Step Acquisition” for further discussion.

The future repayments schedule for the Revolving Credit Facility and Secured Debt Facility is based on the facilities not being extended on the Conversion Date and then converting into a 2-year fully amortizing note payable and 10-year fully amortizing note payable, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

Derivative Instruments

The Company has entered into several interest rate cap and swap agreements with several banks to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates associated with its bonds payable and Secured Debt Facility. The following is a summary of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2007:

 

Derivative instruments

   Notional amount

Interest rate cap contracts with several banks which cap one-month LIBOR rates fixed between 5.63% and 8.33% per annum, nonamortizing notional amounts, with termination dates through November 2015

   $ 100,000

Interest rate swap contracts with several banks, with one-month LIBOR rates fixed between 3.37% and 5.32% per annum, amortizing notional amounts, with termination dates through December 2010

     351,640
      

Total notional amount as of December 31, 2007

   $ 451,640
      

During February 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap contract with a bank, with a one-month LIBOR rate fixed at 3.368% per annum, in amortizing notional amount with initial notional amount of $25,000 and a term from February 15, 2008 through February 15, 2013.

During March 2008, the Company entered into an interest rate swap contract with a bank, with a one-month LIBOR rate fixed at 3.370% per annum, in amortizing notional amount with initial notional amount of $28,000 and a term from March 17, 2008 through March 15, 2013.

The Company’s interest rate swap agreements had a fair liability value of $4,282 and a fair asset value of $3,992 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The change in fair value was recorded in the consolidated statement of income as part of unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net.

The Company’s interest rate cap and swap agreements have expiration dates between June 2008 and November 2015.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(10)   Segment Information

As described in Note 1(a) “Nature of Operations”, the Company operates in four reportable segments: container ownership, container management, container resale and military management. The following tables show segment information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, reconciled to the Company’s income before taxes as shown in its consolidated statements of income:

 

2007

  Container
Ownership
  Container
Management
    Container
Resale
  Military
Management
  Other     Eliminations     Totals

Lease rental income

  $ 188,139   $ —       $ —     $ 4,203   $ —       $ —       $ 192,342

Management fees

    —       38,469       8,022     1,731     —         (24,097 )     24,125

Trading container sales proceeds

    —       —         25,497     —       —         —         25,497

Gains on sale of containers, net

    13,550     (6 )     —       —       —         —         13,544

Other revenue, net

    —       17       —       —       267       —         284
                                               

Total revenue

  $ 201,689   $ 38,480     $ 33,519   $ 5,934   $ 267     $ (24,097 )   $ 255,792
                                               

Depreciation expense

  $ 49,304   $ 585     $ —     $ 76   $ —       $ (1,208 )   $ 48,757
                                               

Interest expense

  $ 37,094   $ —       $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —       $ 37,094
                                               

Segment income before taxes

  $ 48,209   $ 17,302     $ 10,294   $ 2,161   $ (536 )   $ (2,915 )   $ 74,515
                                               

Total assets

  $ 1,023,449   $ 133,450     $ 6,676   $ 848   $ 2,452     $ (38,529 )   $ 1,128,346
                                               

Purchases of long-lived assets

  $ 206,613   $ 56,558     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —       $ 263,171
                                               

2006

                                 

Lease rental income

  $ 181,481   $ —       $ —     $ 4,612   $ —       $ —       $ 186,093

Management fees

    —       29,161       4,946     1,680     —         (19,593 )     16,194

Trading container sales proceeds

    —       —         14,137     —       —         —         14,137

Gains on sale of containers, net

    9,560     (2 )     —       —       —         —         9,558

Other revenue, net

    —       71       —       —       409       —         480
                                               

Total revenue

  $ 191,041   $ 29,230     $ 19,083   $ 6,292   $ 409     $ (19,593 )   $ 226,462
                                               

Depreciation expense

  $ 54,574   $ 611     $ —     $ 88   $ —       $ (943 )   $ 54,330
                                               

Interest expense

  $ 33,083   $ —       $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —       $ 33,083
                                               

Segment income before taxes

  $ 42,949   $ 11,523     $ 5,458   $ 1,172   $ 119     $ (641 )   $ 60,580
                                               

Total assets

  $ 962,462   $ 50,410     $ 5,299   $ 1,276   $ 2,076     $ (74,256 )   $ 947,267
                                               

Purchases of long-lived assets

  $ 104,508   $ 19,293     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —       $ 123,801
                                               

 

F-27


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

2005

  Container
Ownership
  Container
Management
    Container
Resale
  Military
Management
  Other   Eliminations     Totals

Lease rental income

  $ 183,737   $ —       $ —     $ 5,167   $ —     $ —       $ 188,904

Management fees

    —       29,497       4,284     1,632     —       (19,941 )     15,472

Trading container sales proceeds

    —       —         16,046     —       —       —         16,046

Incentive management fees and general partner distributions

    2,006     305       —       —       563     —         2,874

Gains on sale of containers, net

    10,458     (2 )     —       —       —       —         10,456

Other revenue, net

    —       102       —       —       546     —         648
                                             

Total revenue

  $ 196,201   $ 29,902     $ 20,330   $ 6,799   $ 1,109   $ (19,941 )   $ 234,400
                                             

Depreciation expense

  $ 60,701   $ 837     $ —     $ 99   $ —     $ (845 )   $ 60,792
                                             

Interest expense

  $ 27,491   $     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ 27,491
                                             

Segment income before taxes

  $ 47,397   $ 13,761     $ 5,447   $ 738   $ 92   $ 206     $ 67,641
                                             

Total assets

  $ 867,472   $ 29,646     $ 8,082   $ 1,331   $ 1,926   $ (37,692 )   $ 870,765
                                             

Purchases of long-lived assets

  $ 157,677   $ 516     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ 158,193
                                             

Amounts reported in the “Other” column represent activity unrelated to the active reportable business segments. Amounts reported in the “Eliminations” column represent inter-segment management fees between the Container Management and Container Ownership segments.

Geographic Segment Information

The Company’s container lessees use containers for their global trade utilizing many worldwide trade routes. The Company earns its revenue from international carriers when the containers are in use and carrying cargo around the world. Substantially all of the Company’s leasing related revenue are denominated in U.S. dollars. As all of the Company’s containers are used internationally, where no one container is domiciled in one particular place for a prolonged period of time, all of the Company’s long-lived assets are considered to be international with no single country of use.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

(11)   Commitments and Contingencies

 

  (a)   Leases

The Company has entered into several operating leases for office space. Rent expense amounted to $1,445, $1,396 and $1,330 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Future minimum lease payment obligations under the Company’s noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2007 were as follows:

 

     Operating
leasing

Year ending December 31:

  

2008

   $ 1,521

2009

     1,623

2010

     1,348

2011

     1,331

2012 and thereafter

     240
      

Total

   $ 6,063
      

 

  (b)   Restricted Cash

The Company had $0 and $4,436 in restricted interest-bearing cash accounts as additional collateral for outstanding borrowings under the Company’s Credit Facility as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Restricted interest-bearing cash accounts were established by the Company as additional collateral for outstanding borrowings under the Company’s Secured Debt Facility and 2005-1 Bonds. The total balance of these restricted cash accounts was $16,742 and $17,553 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

  (c)   Trading Container Purchase Commitment

The Company entered into an agreement in October 2007 with a shipping line to purchase up to $17,178 of containers to be resold. The agreement expires at the earlier of March 2009 or when all the equipment has been delivered and at December 31, 2007 $8,887 of containers remain to be purchased.

 

  (d)   Container Commitments

At December 31, 2007, the Company had placed orders with manufacturers for containers to be delivered subsequent to December 31, 2007 in the total amount of $23,179.

 

  (e)   Legal Proceedings

In 2005 the Company reserved $2.5 million to resolve a dispute with a container manufacturer. The Company paid $1.3 million pursuant to a court order. On November 28, 2006, the Company and its parent company, Trencor Limited, entered into a letter agreement related to a settlement with this container manufacturer and the sale of a South African container manufacturing plant. This container manufacturer owed money to Trencor and had claims against the Company. Pursuant to this letter agreement, the container manufacturer agreed to return the plant to Trencor in lieu of its liabilities and

 

F-29


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

the Company agreed to cover Trencor’s losses upon the sale of the plant, up to a limit of $750, in settlement of the container manufacturer’s claims against them. A $450 reduction in the reserve was released to income in the fourth quarter of 2006. On August 23, 2007, Trencor entered into a sale agreement with a third party to sell the plant for an amount that would not result in any loss being recorded. This sale is subject to certain conditions being satisfied and the Company will reduce its reserve at such time as the conditions have been satisfied and the funds have been received from the buyer of the plant.

 

  (f)   Legal Proceedings on the Sale of the Partnerships’ Assets

On April 18, 2005, the Partnerships sold substantially all of their assets to RFH, Ltd. (“RFH”). As part of this sale transaction, RFH engaged the Company, one of the general partners, to manage the containers RFH bought.

Five lawsuits were filed between March 2005 and June 2007 in state and federal court, initiated by certain limited partners. The state cases have been consolidated into one action. The limited partners in the state and federal actions allege that the Company breached its fiduciary duty by selling the assets for less than their fair value and by retaining management rights over the assets following the sale. In the federal case, plaintiffs also allege that the Company violated federal securities laws because proxy statements issued in connection with the sale of assets were allegedly materially false or misleading. The lawsuits seek to recover damages for the limited partners based on the allegedly inadequate purchase price paid for the assets. On January 10, 2007, the federal case was dismissed, with prejudice, and has since been timely appealed. In the state case, merits discovery has been completed and expert discovery currently is underway. While it is not possible to predict or determine the outcome of these lawsuits, the Company believes that these lawsuits are without merit. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the lawsuits.

 

(12)   Share Option and Restricted Share Unit Plans

Through six share option plans, the 1994 Plan, the 1996 Plan, the 1997 Plan, the 1998 Plan, the 2001 Plan, and the 2007 Plan, the Company has granted share options to certain employees to purchase its common shares. On September 4, 2007, the Company’s shareholders approved the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of share options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights to employees.

The share option plan details are as follows:

 

     Options
authorized
   Options
granted
   Exercise
price

1994 Plan

   1,080,000    1,080,000    $ 1.32

1996 Plan

   100,000    100,000    $ 2.01

1997 Plan

   1,040,000    1,040,000    $ 2.17

1998 Plan

   80,000    80,000    $ 2.42

2001 Plan

   800,000    750,000    $ 2.81

2007 Plan

   3,808,371    1,052,618    $ 16.50
            
   6,908,371    4,102,618   
            

 

F-30


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

The Company also granted 1,063,202 restricted share units to certain employees through its 2007 Plan.

Options are granted at exercise prices equal to fair market value of the shares on the grant date. Each employee’s options vest in increments of 25% per year beginning approximately one year after an option’s grant date. Unless terminated pursuant to certain provisions within the share option plans, including discontinuance of employment with the Company, all unexercised options expire on October 2017.

Beginning approximately one year after a restricted share unit’s grant date, each employee’s restricted share units vest in increments of 15% per year for the first two years, 20% for the third year and 25% for the fourth and fifth year.

The following is a summary of activity in the Company’s share option plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Share options
(common share equivalents)
    Weighted average
     Exercise
price
   Expiration
year
     Unvested     Vested     Total       

Balances, December 31, 2004

   300,000     510,000     810,000     $ 2.62    2010

Options exercised during the year

   —       (250,000 )   (250,000 )   $ 2.61    2010

Options vested on December 31, 2005

   (150,000 )   150,000     —       $ 2.81    2011
                           

Balances, December 31, 2005

   150,000     410,000     560,000     $ 2.63    2010

Options exercised during the year

   —       (230,000 )   (230,000 )   $ 2.59    2010

Options vested on December 31, 2006

   (150,000 )   150,000     —       $ 2.81    2011
                           

Balances, December 31, 2006

   —       330,000     330,000     $ 2.66    2010

Options granted during the year

   1,052,618     —       1,052,618     $ 16.50    2017

Options exercised during the year

   —       (330,000 )   (330,000 )   $ 2.66    2010

Options forfeited during the year

   (7,884 )   —       (7,884 )   $ 16.50    2017
                           

Balances, December 31, 2007

   1,044,734     —       1,044,734     $ 16.50    2017
                           

The estimated weighted average grant date fair value of share options granted during 2007 was $3.62 per share and the weighted average grant date fair value of restricted share units granted during 2007 was $16.50 per share. As of December 31, 2007, $17.0 million of total compensation cost related to non-vested share option and restricted share unit awards not yet recognized is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.0 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of all options outstanding, which represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing common share price of $14.53 per share as of December 31, 2007 was $0 because all options were out-of-the-money. The aggregate intrinsic value is the amount that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Continued

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in U.S. dollars in thousands)

 

All options granted under the 1996 Plan, 1997 Plan and 1998 Plan vested prior to 2004. The fair value of each option granted under the 2001 Plan and each option under the 2007 Plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     2001 Plan     2007 Plan  

Risk-free interest rates

   4.7 %   4.5 %

Expected terms (in years)

   6.0     6.4  

Expected common share price volatilies

   35.0 %   31.3 %

Expected dividends

   10.7 %   4.9 %

The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option life. The expected common share price volatility for the 2001 plan is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common share value as evaluated by an external company. The expected common share price volatility for the 2007 Plan is based on the historical volatility of publicly traded companies within the Company’s industry. The dividend yield reflects the yield on the date of grant. The fair values of the share options granted under the 2001 Plan were not significant.

The Company’s board of directors had approved guidelines as described in the 2001 Plan to allow all share option plan participants to exercise their share options and defer payment of the exercise price through execution of a participant’s promissory note (the Notes). The Notes, which are payable to the Company, are secured by a pledge of all option shares being purchased. The value of the Notes shall equal the portion of the unpaid exercised price. Interest is accrued as a current asset at 6.28% per annum, which is 0.5% above the Company’s current effective interest rate before tax as of December 31, 2007. Interest is payable annually no later than the end of April of the subsequent year. Interest receivable as of December 31, 2007 is $57. The principal amount of the Notes is due upon the earlier of (1) sale of the shares to a buyer other than the Company, (2) termination of employment, or (3) the one year anniversary of the date of the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, total notes receivable of $432 and $1,180, respectively, were recorded as a contra-equity item in the Company’s shareholders’ equity.

 

(13)   Dividend

On February 20, 2008, the Company’s board of directors approved and declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.21 per share on the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares, payable on March 10, 2008 to shareholders of record as of March 3, 2008.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2007 and 2006

(Parent Company Information—See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

     2007     2006  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 728     $ 815  

Prepaid expenses

     498       81  
                

Total current assets

     1,226       896  

Investments in subsidiaries

     417,133       295,650  
                

Total assets

   $ 418,359     $ 296,546  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Due to affiliates, net

   $ 13,235     $ 55,149  

Accrued expenses

     1,008       103  
                

Total current liabilities

     14,243       55,252  
                

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock

     476       383  

Additional paid-in capital

     163,753       24,093  

Notes receivable from stockholders

     (432 )     (1,180 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     579       380  

Retained earnings

     239,740       217,618  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     404,116       241,294  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 418,359     $ 296,546  
                

 

F-33


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(Parent Company Information—See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Operating expenses:

      

General and administrative expense

   $ 861     $ 348     $ 363  
                        

Total operating expenses

     861       348       363  
                        

Loss from operations

     (861 )     (348 )     (363 )
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

     68,494       56,501       63,192  

Interest income

     142       106       150  

Other income (expense)

     (107 )     22       —    
                        

Net other income

     68,529       56,629       63,342  
                        

Net income

   $ 67,668     $ 56,281     $ 62,979  
                        

 

F-34


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE I—CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(Parent Company Information—See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

     $67,668       $56,281       $62,979  
                        

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in income of subsidiaries

     (68,494 )     (56,501 )     (63,192 )

Decrease (increase) in:

      

Prepaid expenses

     (417 )     7       17  

Increase (decrease) in:

      

Accrued expenses

     905       (383 )     (464 )
                        

Total adjustments

     (68,006 )     (56,877 )     (63,639 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (338 )     (596 )     (660 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Increase in investments in subsidiaries, net

     (73,454 )     (19,252 )     (11,412 )

Distributions received from subsidiaries

     21,500       10,800       21,500  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (51,954 )     (8,452 )     10,088  
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Issuance of common stock

     140,872       56       466  

Initial public offering costs

     (2,905 )     —         —    

Repayments of notes receivable from stockholders

     1,623       658       755  

Retirement of common stock

     —         (97 )     (1,782 )

Dividends paid

     (46,581 )     (27,311 )     (26,762 )

Due to affiliates, net

     (41,003 )     36,107       17,695  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     52,006       9,413       (9,628 )
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (286 )     365       (200 )

Effect of exchange rate changes

     199       350       (233 )
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

     815       100       533  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

   $ 728     $ 815     $ 100  
                        

 

F-35


Table of Contents

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Valuation Accounts

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

(All currency expressed in United States dollars in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions
Charged to
Expense
   Additions/
(Deductions)
    Balance at
End of
Period

December 31, 2005

          

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 4,338    $ 91    $ (2,230 )   $ 2,199

December 31, 2006

          

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,199    $ 664    $ (543 )   $ 2,320

December 31, 2007

          

Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 2,320    $ 1,133    $ (293 )   $ 3,160

 

F-36


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

1.1    Memorandum of Association of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.(1)
1.2    Bye-laws of Textainer Group Holdings Limited.(2)
2.1    Form of Common Share Certificate.(3)
4.1    Office Lease, dated August 8, 2001, by and between Pivotal 650 California St., LLC, and Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited.(4)
4.2*    Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2007 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and John A. Maccarone.(5)
4.3*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Ernest J. Furtado.(6)
4.4*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Philip K. Brewer.(7)
4.5*    Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited and Robert D. Pedersen.(8)
4.6*    2007 Short-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2007.(9)
4.7*    2007 Share Incentive Plan.(10)
4.8*    2008 Bonus Plan.(11)
4.9*    Form of Indemnification Agreement.(12)
4.10    Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005.(13)
4.11    Amendment Number 1 dated as of June 3, 2005 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(14)
4.12    Amendment Number 2 dated as of June 8, 2006 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(15)
4.13    Textainer Marine Containers Limited Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006.(16)
4.14†    Amendment Number 1 dated as of November 21, 2007 to Textainer Marine Containers Limited Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006.
4.15    Textainer Marine Containers Limited Series 2005-1 Supplement dated as of May 26, 2005 to Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of May 26, 2005.(17)
4.16    Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(18)
4.17    Amendment dated as of September 6, 2007 to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(19)
4.18    Amendment Number 2 dated as of September 27, 2007 to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.(20)
4.19†    Amendment Number 3 dated as of October 18, 2007 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2007.
4.20    Letter Agreement dated November 28, 2006 by and between Trencor Containers (Proprietary) Limited and Textainer Limited and Textainer Equipment Management Limited.(21)
4.21**    Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2002, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Assets Pool Company Limited.(22)


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  4.22    Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Equipment Management Services Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2007, by and between Textainer Equipment Management Limited and Leased Asset Pool Company Limited.(23)
  4.23**    Container Management Services Agreement (revised), dated as of September 1, 1990, by and between Isam K. Kabbani and Textainer Equipment Management N.V., as amended.(24)
  4.24    Form of Management Services Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and between Green Eagle Investments N.V., and Textainer Equipment Management Limited, for the management of the container fleet of Capital Lease Limited.(25)
  4.25†    Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007, by and among FB Transportation Capital LLC and Textainer Limited.
  8.1†    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
12.1†    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2†    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1†    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2†    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1†    Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

†      Filed herewith.

 

*      Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

**    Confidential treatment requested for certain portions of this exhibit, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(1)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(2)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(3)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(4)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(6)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(8)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.


Table of Contents
(9)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(10)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(11)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(12)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(13)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(14)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(15)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(16)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(17)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(18)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(19)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(20)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on October 5, 2007.

 

(21)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(22)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(23)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(24)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.

 

(25)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-146304) filed with the SEC on September 26, 2007.
Am. No. 1 to Textainer Marine Containers Ltd 2nd Amended & Restated Supplement

Exhibit 4.14

AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER 1, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”) to the SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2000-1 Supplement”), each by and between TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have previously entered into the Series 2000-1 Supplement;

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Series 2000-1 Supplement in order to amend certain provisions contained therein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Series 2000-1 Supplement.

SECTION 2. Full Force and Effect. Other than as specifically modified hereby, the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

SECTION 3. Amendments to the Series 2000-1 Supplement. Pursuant to Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, effective on the date hereof, following the execution and delivery hereof, the following provision of the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall be amended as follows:

(a) Section 502(c) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by inserting the following text at the end of clause (B) thereof:

“, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date”

(b) The lead-in language in Article VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by deleting the words “as of the Restatement Effective Date” therein.

(c) Section 612(iii) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


“(iii) The bye-laws of the Issuer provide that the Issuer shall have four directors (three directors appointed by Textainer Limited, and one director appointed by FB Transportation Capital LLC unless increased to five under certain circumstances described in the bye-laws, including, but not limited to, those discussed below. In the event of a resolution to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer, the bye-laws of the Issuer further provide that the number of directors is automatically increased to five and an independent director from the Director Services Provider is elected by a majority of the directors. Such independent director shall participate solely in the vote on the voluntary Insolvency Proceedings and shall cease to be a director immediately following such vote. No action can be taken to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer unless such action shall have been approved or authorized by (x) a resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer for which at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all directors (including the independent director) of the Issuer have voted in favor and (y) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class A Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) and Class B Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer and (z) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class C Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer then issued and outstanding.”

SECTION 4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Issuer hereby confirms that (i) the requirements set forth in Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement have been satisfied with respect to the amendment set forth herein, and (ii) each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Articles IV and VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement are true and correct as of the date first written above with the same effect as though each had been made as of such date, except to the extent that any of such representations, warranties and covenants expressly relate to earlier dates.

SECTION 5. Effectiveness.

(a) This Amendment shall become effective as of the opening of business on November 21, 2007. Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(c) After the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, and (ii) each reference in the Series 2000-1 Supplement to “this Supplement” and “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall mean and be a reference to the Series 2000-1 Supplement as amended or modified hereby.

SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together one and the same agreement. A facsimile counterpart shall be effective as an original.

 

-2-


SECTION 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES; PROVIDED, THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Amendment, any rights or obligations hereunder, or the performance of such rights and obligations.

SECTION 9. No Novation. Notwithstanding that the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by this Amendment as of the date hereof, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to cause a novation or discharge of any existing Indebtedness of the Issuer under the original Series 2000-1 Supplement or the security interest in the Collateral created thereby. All Series 2000-1 Notes that have been issued on or prior to the effective date of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect and the Issuer hereby ratifies the Indebtedness evidenced thereby.

SECTION 10. Entire Agreement. This Amendment (together with the other Series 2000-1 Related Documents) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee
By:  

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:   Kristen L. Puttin
Title:   Assistant Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amendment and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,
as Requisite Global Majority
By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page

Am. No. 3 to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

Exhibit 4.19

AMENDMENT NUMBER 3 TO THE THIRD

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NUMBER 3, dated as of October 18, 2007 (this “Amendment”) to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), each entered into by and among TEXTAINER LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, as borrower (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Borrower”), TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, as guarantor (together with its successors and permitted assigns, “TGH”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“B of A”), FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. (as assignee of Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V.) (“Fortis”), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Wells”) (each of B of A, Fortis and Wells, a “Bank” and collectively, the “Banks”), and B of A, as agent on behalf of the Banks (not in its individual capacity, but solely as agent, the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as given to them in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower, TGH, the Banks and the Agent have entered into the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the Banks have agreed to extend and make available to the Borrower certain advances of money;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, subject to the representations and warranties of the Borrower and TGH set forth below, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, the parties hereto are willing to so amend the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendments to Credit Agreement. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Amendment, the terms of the Credit Agreement shall be amended as of October 18, 2007 as follows:

(a) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the defined term “Textainer Share Purchase” therein in alphabetical order as follows:

“Textainer Share Purchase” means the purchase of three thousand (3,000) of the issued and outstanding Class A shares of TMCL by the Borrower from FB Transportation Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to that certain Share Purchase Agreement to be executed between the Borrower and FB Transportation Capital LLC and the amendment and/or restatement of the bye-laws of TMCL and the Members Agreement.”


(b) Section 6.15(b) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Investments (i) by Borrower in TMCL, (ii) by TGH in the Borrower, and (iii) by TGH in TEM from the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate;”

(c) Section 6.20 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“6.20 Amendment of TMCL Indenture or Members Agreement. Not modify or alter any definition or other provision of either the TMCL Indenture or the Members Agreement in such a manner as would result in an increase in the aggregate amount set forth in subparagraph (b)(y) the definition of Borrowing Base; provided, however, that, so long as the Textainer Share Purchase occurs on or before March 31, 2008, this Section 6.20 shall not prohibit any such amendment which may result in an increase of any amount set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base which results directly from the increase, pursuant to the Textainer Share Purchase, in the Borrower’s aggregate percentage ownership of the Class A shares of TMCL from 50% to 75%.”

SECTION 2. Limitations on Amendment.

(a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 4 hereof, the amendments set forth in Section 1 of this Amendment shall become effective as of October 18, 2007 and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (i) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (ii) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which the Banks or the Agent may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

(b) This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein waived or amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties. In order to induce the Banks and the Agent to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, and TGH, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Bank and the Agent as follows:

(a) The Borrower and TGH each have the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment;

(b) The execution and delivery by each of the Borrower and TGH of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and TGH;

 

2


(c) The execution and delivery by each of the Borrower and TGH of this Amendment do not and will not contravene: (i) any law or regulation binding on or affecting the Borrower or TGH, (ii) the memorandum of association, bye-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or TGH, (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on the Borrower and/or TGH or (iv) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower and/or TGH;

(d) The execution and delivery by each of the Borrower and TGH of this Amendment do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on the Borrower and/or TGH, except as already has been obtained or made; and

(e) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and TGH, and is the binding obligation of each of the Borrower and TGH, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

SECTION 4. Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the condition precedent that the Agent shall have received all of the following, each duly executed and dated as of the date of this Amendment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks, and each in sufficient number of signed counterparts to provide one for each Bank:

(a) this Amendment by the Borrower, TGH, each of the Banks and the Agent;

(b) the Acknowledgment of Amendment and Reaffirmation of Consent and Agreement attached to this Amendment; and

(c) the Acknowledgment of Amendment and Reaffirmation of Guaranty and Pledge Agreement attached to this Amendment.

Upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment set forth in this Section 4, the amendments set forth in this Amendment shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

SECTION 5. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF; PROVIDED THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY, AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. Consent to Jurisdiction. Borrower and TGH hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Amendment, any rights or obligations hereunder, or the performance of such rights and obligations.

 

3


SECTION 7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts (including by facsimile), with the same effect as if the signatures to each such counterpart were upon a single instrument. All counterparts shall be deemed an original of this Amendment.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BORROWER:

  TEXTAINER LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ ERNEST J. FURTADO

    Printed Name:   ERNEST J. FURTADO
    Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
      AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 

GUARANTOR:

  TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ ERNEST J. FURTADO

    Printed Name:   ERNEST J. FURTADO
    Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
      AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Amd. No. 3 to

Third A&R

Credit Agreement


 

BANKS:

  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
    By:  

/s/ David P. Meehan

    Printed Name:   David P. Meehan
    Title:   Vice President
    FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.
    By:  

[Signature illegible]

    Printed Name:  
    Title:  
    By:  

[Signature illegible]

    Printed Name:  
    Title:  
    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
    By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Gloger

    Printed Name:   Thomas M. Gloger
    Title:   Vice President
 

AGENT:

  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Agent
    By:  

/s/ Matthew Correia

    Printed Name:   Matthew Correia
    Title:   Vice President

Amd. No. 3 to

Third A&R

Credit Agreement


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENT

AND REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Section 1. Textainer Group Holdings Limited, a Bermuda company (“TGH”) hereby acknowledges and confirms that it has reviewed and approved the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

Section 2. TGH hereby consents to this Amendment and agrees that its guaranty of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, as amended, pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Guaranty and Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2007, executed by TGH for the benefit of the Banks and the Agent (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the “Guaranty and Pledge Agreement”), shall continue in full force and effect, shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or otherwise affected by the execution of this Amendment or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith.

 

TEXTAINER GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ ERNEST J. FURTADO

Printed Name:   ERNEST J. FURTADO
Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
  AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENT AND REAFFIRMATION OF

CONSENT AGREEMENT

Section 1. Textainer Equipment Management Limited, a Bermuda company and successor in interest to Textainer Equipment Management N.V. (“TEM”) hereby acknowledges and confirms that it has reviewed and approved the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

Section 2. TEM hereby consents to this Amendment and agrees that its acknowledgment of and consent to the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, as amended, pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Consent and Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2007, executed by TEM (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the “Consent and Agreement”) shall continue in full force and effect, shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or otherwise affected by the execution of this Amendment or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith.

 

TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Christopher C. Morris

Printed Name:   Christopher C. Morris
Title:  

For and on behalf of

Continental Management Limited

Assistant Secretary

Share Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 4.25

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement{ XE “Agreement}”), dated November 21, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), is entered into by and among FB Transportation Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Seller{ XE “Seller }”), and Textainer Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Purchaser”).

Preliminary Statements

WHEREAS, the Seller is the owner of 6,000 of the issued and outstanding class A shares (the “Class A Shares”) of Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company{ XE “Company}”), that is engaged in the business of owning and leasing of marine containers;

WHEREAS, the Seller, the Purchaser and the Company are parties to a members agreement, dated as of November 29, 2001 (the “Members Agreement{ XE “Members Agreement}”), which governs certain aspects of the relationship between the shareholders of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Seller desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Seller, three thousand (3,000) Class A Shares in the Company (the “Purchased Shares{ XE “Purchased Shares}”) currently owned by the Seller. This Agreement is entered into by the parties to set forth the terms and conditions upon which the Purchaser will purchase the Purchased Shares from the Seller.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts set forth above and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

Agreement

ARTICLE 1

Defined Terms; Purchase and Sale of Purchased Shares

1.1 Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to the below:

1.1.1 Losses. Any and all liabilities, obligations, duties, claims, actions, causes of action, assessments, losses (including diminution in value), costs, damages, deficiencies, taxes, fines, or expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties, reasonable attorney fees, and all amounts paid in investigation, defense, or settlement of any of the foregoing.

1.1.2 Rating Agency Condition. “Rating Agency Condition” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005 (as further amended as of June 3, 2005 and June 8, 2006), by and between Textainer Marine Containers Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee.


An index of the terms defined in this Agreement appears as Exhibit I hereto.

1.2 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Shares. On the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall purchase from the Seller, and the Seller shall sell to the Purchaser, the Purchased Shares. The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares shall occur on the Purchase Date. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Purchase Date” shall mean the earlier of the date on which all conditions to the closing of the transactions outlined in this Agreement have been satisfied or waived and (ii) November 30, 2007.

1.3 Purchase Price; Payment and Adjustment of Purchase Price.

1.3.1 In consideration of the sale of the Purchased Shares by the Seller to the Purchaser hereunder, the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller on the Purchase Date, cash, in immediately available funds, in an amount equal to the Purchase Price. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Purchase Price” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (i) Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000) and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (x) twenty-five percent (25%) and (y) the total shareholders equity of the Class A Shares, as determined in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, at the close of business on October 31, 2007, plus simple interest on the sum of (i) plus (ii) from October 31, 2007 until the Purchase Date at the London Interbank Offering Rate plus two percent (LIBOR + 2%) per annum; provided, however, that if the Purchase Date shall not occur before November 30, 2007, the total shareholders equity shall be calculated at the close of business on November 30, 2007, the Purchase Date shall be November 30,2007, and no interest shall be payable on the Purchase Price.

1.3.2 On the Purchase Date, the Seller shall cause the Company to prepare and deliver to the Purchaser an estimated closing statement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Estimated Closing Statement”), together with all other documentation necessary to support the components set forth therein. As promptly as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days following the Purchase Date, the Seller shall cause the Company to prepare and deliver to the Purchaser a statement (the “Final Closing Statement”) indicating the actual amounts for the items included in the Estimated Closing Statement, with such amounts being calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation of such amounts on the Estimated Closing Statement. The Final Closing Statement delivered by the Company to the Purchaser shall be deemed to be, and shall be, final, binding and conclusive, absent manifest error, on the parties hereto.

1.3.3 Within ten (10) Business Days following the delivery of the Final Closing Statement pursuant to this Section 1.3, the adjustment payments, if any, payable pursuant to Section 1.3.4 shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be.

1.3.4 The Purchaser shall make an adjustment payment to the Seller in an amount equal to the amount if any, that the Purchase Price on the Final Closing Statement is greater than the Purchase Price on the Estimated Closing Statement, or the Seller shall make an adjustment payment to the Purchaser in an amount equal to the amount if any, that the Purchase Price on the Final Closing Statement is less than the Purchase Price on the Estimated Closing Statement.

 

2


1.4 Title. On the Purchase Date, the Seller shall sell, assign, transfer and convey to the Purchaser the Purchased Shares, including all rights of the Seller with respect to such Purchased Shares, free and clear of all security interests, liens, claims, encumbrances, or rights therein of any third party (collectively, the “Liens{ XE “Liens}”).

1.5 Closing. The purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares will be consummated on the Purchase Date at such location as the Purchaser and the Seller may mutually agree.

ARTICLE 2

Representations and Warranties of the Seller

The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the Closing Date and the Purchase Date as follows:

2.1 Existence, Power and Authority. Seller is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.2 Wholly Owned Subsidiary. Seller is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Fortis Bank S.A./N.V., a foreign bank within the meaning of the International Banking Act.

2.3 Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by Seller hereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite action and proceedings of Seller, and in accordance with applicable provisions of its organizational documents and applicable law. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller, and this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws from time to time in effect which affect creditors’ rights generally.

2.4 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller and the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated herein do not and will not (i) violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of its operating agreement or other applicable charter documents, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any indenture or other agreement to which Seller is a party or by which Seller or its properties are bound, (iii) violate any judgment, order, injunction, decree or award of any court, administrative agency or governmental body against, or binding upon, Seller or its properties, or (iv) constitute a violation by Seller of any law or regulation applicable to it or its properties, except in any case where such violation would not have a material adverse affect on the financial condition of Seller or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

2.5 Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not require (i) any

 

3


approval or notice to or consent of any person, or any holder of any indebtedness or obligation of Seller or any other party to any agreement binding on the Seller, or (ii) any notice to or filing or recording with, or any consent or approval of, any governmental body, except for approvals, consents, notices, filings and recordings that will have been obtained or given or made prior to the Closing Date or the Purchase Date (as applicable).

2.6 Legal Proceedings. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to Seller’s knowledge, threatened, against Seller or the Purchased Shares before any court, arbitrator, administrative or governmental body that, if adversely determined, would hinder or prevent Seller’s ability to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or affect the right, title or interest of Seller in the Purchased Shares, and, to Seller’s knowledge, there is no basis for any such suits or proceedings.

2.7 Title. Seller is the lawful and rightful sole owner of the Purchased Shares as of the Closing Date and has good right and title to sell the same to Purchaser as of the Purchase Date. On the Purchase Date (prior to conveyance of the Purchased Shares to Purchaser), Seller will hold title to the Purchased Shares, free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests, or other encumbrances. All of Seller’s rights, title or interests in the Purchased Shares to be conveyed to Purchaser on the Purchase Date pursuant hereto have not been previously assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Seller.

2.8 Brokers and Finders. No person or entity is entitled to a finder’s fee or any type of brokerage commission in relation to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a result of any agreement or understanding with Seller.

2.9 Subsidiary. The Seller is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Fortis Bank S.A./N.V.

2.10 Exclusive Warranties. The provisions of this Article 2 state the sole and exclusive warranties made by Seller to Purchaser with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and are in lieu of any and all other warranties, express or implied (except for the implied warranty of good faith and fair dealing).

ARTICLE 3

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Seller on the Closing Date and the Purchase Date as follows:

3.1 Existence, Power and Authority. Purchaser is a company with limited liability duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda, and has all requisite organizational authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.2 Authorization. The execution and delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement, and the performance by Purchaser hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite organizational action and proceedings of Purchaser and in accordance with applicable

 

4


provisions of its organizational documents and applicable law. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws from time to time in effect which affect creditors’ rights generally.

3.3 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Purchaser and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not (i) violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any provision of Purchaser’s memorandum of association or other charter documents, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any indenture or other agreement to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or its properties are bound, (iii) violate any judgment, order, injunction, decree or award of any court, administrative agency or governmental body against, or binding upon, Purchaser or its properties, or (iv) constitute a violation by Purchaser of any law or regulation applicable to Purchaser or its properties, except in any case where such violation would not have a material adverse affect on the financial condition of Purchaser or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

3.4 Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not require (i) the approval or consent of or notice to any person, or any holder of any indebtedness or obligation of Purchaser or any other party to any agreement binding on the Purchaser, or (ii) any notice to or filing or recording with, or any consent or approval of, any governmental body, except for approvals, consents, notices, filings and recordings that will have been obtained or given or made prior to the Closing Date or the Purchase Date (as applicable).

3.5 Legal Proceedings. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened, against Purchaser before any court, arbitrator or administrative or governmental body that, if adversely determined, would hinder or prevent Purchaser’s ability to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and, to Purchaser’s knowledge, there is no basis for any such suits or proceedings.

3.6 Brokers and Finders. No person or entity is entitled to a finder’s fee or any type of brokerage commission in relation to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a result of any agreement or understanding with Purchaser.

3.7 Exclusive Warranties. The provisions of this Article 3 state the sole and exclusive warranties made by Purchaser to Seller with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and are in lieu of any and all other warranties, express or implied (except for the implied warranty of good faith and fair dealing).

ARTICLE 4

Covenants of the Parties

4.1 Closing. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of conditions set forth herein as they relate to such party on or prior to the Purchase Date.

 

5


4.2 Information; Further Assurances. Purchaser and Seller each covenants to the other that (i) if any event should occur, either within or without the knowledge or control of Purchaser or Seller, that would prevent fulfillment of the conditions to the obligations of any party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Purchaser and Seller shall use its or their good faith efforts to cure the same as expeditiously as possible, and (ii) such party will execute and deliver such instruments and take such other action as the other party may reasonably require in order to carry out this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.3 Sales Tax. It is the expectation of the parties that the transfer of the Purchased Shares contemplated by this Agreement shall be exempt from state and local sales, use, transfer or similar taxes. If, however, any such sales, use, transfer or similar tax is imposed by any state or local authority on the transfer of the Purchased Shares as contemplated herein, other than taxes based on income of Seller, Purchaser shall bear and be responsible for the payment of the amount of such tax (including any related interest or penalties). Upon receipt of notice of any such tax or imposition, the party receiving the notice shall promptly provide a copy to the other party. Either party may, at its own cost and expense, commence and participate in a contest of the validity, applicability or amount of any such tax or other imposition.

4.4 Non-Solicitation. From the Closing Date to the earlier to occur of (i) the Purchase Date and (ii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, the Seller shall not solicit, initiate, or knowingly encourage the submission of any alternative proposal for the purchase of the Purchased Shares.

ARTICLE 5

Conditions to Purchase

5.1 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser. The obligations of Purchaser to purchase the Purchased Shares and otherwise to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to satisfaction, as of the Purchase Date, of the following conditions (except to the extent any of the following conditions shall have been expressly waived in writing by Purchaser):

(a) The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Purchase Date with the same force and effect as though made on and as of the Purchase Date, other than representations and warranties limited to a specific date,

(b) Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Purchase Date.

(c) All permits, approvals, authorizations and consents of the Bermuda Monetary Authority and all other third parties necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained.

 

6


(d) No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or by any United States federal or state governmental or regulatory body which restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect, nor shall any request for any such injunction be pending.

(e) Textainer Equipment Management Ltd., a company with limited liability continued into Bermuda (“TEML”), shall have executed a letter agreement in the form of Exhibit B pursuant to which TEML agrees to offer to the Company and to permit the Company to offer to each of Seller and the Purchaser in their capacities as owners of Class A Shares of the Company, certain investment opportunities described therein for a period commencing on the Purchase Date and expiring on the date specified therein (the “Offer Letter”)

(f) Each of the Purchaser, the Seller and the Company shall have entered into an Amended and Restated Members Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

(g) Resolutions of both the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the Company shall have approved the amended bye-laws of the Company substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto.

(h) The Purchaser shall have received a share certificate representing the Purchased Shares and an executed instrument of transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E conveying to the Purchaser the Purchased Shares being sold hereunder as more particularly specified in such instrument of transfer, effective as of the Purchase Date.

(i) The Purchaser shall have received the resignation of Merijn Zondag as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, effective as of the Purchase Date.

(j) The Company shall have entered into the Second Amended And Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

(k) The Company shall have entered into Amendment Number 2 to Contribution and Sale Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

(1) The Company shall have received a consent executed by Ambac Assurance Corporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

(m) The Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied.

5.2 Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller. The obligations of Seller to sell the Purchased Shares and otherwise to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, as of the Purchase Date, of the following conditions (except to the extent any of the following conditions shall have been expressly waived in writing by Seller):

(a) The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Purchase Date as if made on the Purchase Date.

 

7


(b) Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with the covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it hereunder on or prior to the Purchase Date (including, without limitation, the payment of the Purchase Price).

(c) All other permits, approvals, authorizations and consents of the Bermuda Monetary Authority and other third parties necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained.

(d) No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or by any United States federal or state governmental or regulatory body which restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect, nor shall any request for any such injunction be pending.

(e) TEML shall have executed the Offer Letter.

(f) The Amended and Restated Members Agreement shall have been executed by the Purchaser and the Seller.

(g) The Company shall have entered into the Second Amended And Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

(h) The Company shall have entered into Amendment Number 2 to Contribution and Sale Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

(i) The Company shall have received a consent executed by Ambac Assurance Corporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

(j) The Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied.

5.3 Termination Before Purchase Date. If Purchase Date shall not have previously occurred, this Agreement may be terminated:

(a) Upon ten (10) days prior written notice given by either party to the other party, if the Purchase Date has not occurred by November 30, 2007.

(b) By Purchaser, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in Section 5.4) by Seller or upon failure of a condition precedent (not otherwise expressly waived by Purchaser in writing) to Purchaser’s obligation to close as set forth in Section 5.1.

 

8


(c) By Seller, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Purchaser or upon failure of a condition precedent to Seller’s obligation to close as set forth in Section 5.2.

5.4 Default and Remedies.

(a) Event of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events (an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a material default of this Agreement by a party (“defaulting party”):

(i) The failure by the defaulting party to consummate the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement in violation of the provisions of this Agreement; or

(ii) The failure by the defaulting party to perform any other of its obligations under this Agreement, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after delivery of written notice of demand therefor from the other party; provided, however, that if more than ten (10) days are reasonably required to cure such failure, then the defaulting party shall not be deemed to be in default thereof if the defaulting party, in good faith, has commenced such cure within said ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion and completes such cure prior to Closing.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Seller, Purchaser shall be entitled, as its exclusive remedy, to enforcement of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance requiring the Seller to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; Seller hereby waives, in any action for specific performance, the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law or in equity and agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled to obtain specific performance without being required to prove actual damages. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Purchaser, Seller shall be entitled to all of its remedies at law and in equity, including, without limitation, its actual damages and reimbursement of all of Seller’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s, accounting and solicitation fees and costs) incurred in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

Indemnification

6.1 Indemnity by Seller. Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any other rights and remedies available to Purchaser at law or in equity, Seller covenants and agrees to protect, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company and the Purchaser and to promptly reimburse each of such parties for, all Losses arising out of, in connection with or relating to any breach of any covenant, representation, or warranty of Seller under this Agreement or the other documents to which Seller is a party delivered in connection with this Agreement.

6.2 Indemnity by Purchaser. Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement or any other rights and remedies available to Seller at law or in equity, Purchaser

 

9


covenants and agrees to protect, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller from, and to promptly reimburse Seller for, Losses arising out of, or in connection with, or relating to any breach of any covenant, representation or warranty of Purchaser under this Agreement or other documents to which Purchaser is a party delivered in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

General Provisions

7.1 Further Assurances. Each of Seller and Purchaser agrees to execute, acknowledge, deliver, file and record, or cause to be executed, acknowledged, delivered, filed and recorded, such further documents or other papers, and to do all such things and acts, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.2 Expenses. Except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, each party shall bear such party’s respective costs and expenses (including all legal and accounting expenses) relating to this Agreement, the negotiations leading up to this Agreement, and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.3 Notices. All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by overnight delivery service, by registered or certified mail, first class, postage prepaid, or by telecopy or similar written means of communication, to the receiving party at the address shown below or such other address of which the receiving party has given notice hereunder. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given and received if: (a) sent by registered or certified mail, as of the close of the third (3rd) business day following the date so mailed; (b) if personally delivered, on the date delivered; (c) on the date sent if sent by telecopy on a business day; and (d) on the next business day after the date sent in all other cases. Addresses for notices are as follows:

 

Purchaser:

  Textainer Ltd.
  c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Ltd.
  650 California Street, 16th floor
  San Francisco, CA 94108
  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
  Facsimile: (415) 434-0599

Seller:

  FB Transportation Capital LLC
  c/o Fortis Capital Corporation
  153 East 53rd Street, 27th Floor
  New York, NY 10022
  Attention: General Counsel
  Facsimile: (212) 340-6179

 

10


With a copy to:

 
 

Fortis Capital Corp.

11001 West 120th Avenue, Suite 400

Broomfield, CO 80021

Attention: Managing Director

Facsimile: (303) 410-4571

7.4 Waivers and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, superseded, modified, supplemented or terminated, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver on the part of any party of any such right, power or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, shall preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

7.5 Assignment, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs and administrators, and permitted assigns. No party shall assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties.

7.6 Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any of its Exhibits, or the breach thereof (including, without limitation, a claim for which injunctive or other equitable relief is sought or the determination of the scope or applicability of this Agreement to arbitrate) shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York, by one (1) arbitrator (unless the parties mutually agree to accept multiple arbitrators) in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The cost of any such arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties involved unless the arbitrator(s) deem such division of costs to be inequitable, in which event the arbitrator(s) may allocate the costs of arbitration among the parties thereto as they deem just and equitable under the circumstances.

7.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto, and no party hereto shall be bound by any communications between them on the subject matter hereof unless such communications are in writing and bear a date contemporaneous with or subsequent to the date hereof. Any prior written agreements or letters of intent among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof shall, upon the execution of this Agreement, be null and void.

7.8 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provisions in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto hereby waive any provision of law now or hereafter in effect which renders any provision hereof unenforceable in any respect.

 

11


7.9 Headings. The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.

7.10 Construction. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed against any party on the ground that such party or such party’s counsel drafted the provision.

7.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

7.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of Seller and Purchaser and shall create no rights of any nature in any person or entity not a party hereto.

7.13 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAWS BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW, THAT WOULD RESULT IN APPLICATION OF LAWS OTHER THAN NEW YORK, AND THE RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

SELLER:
FB TRANSPORTATION CAPITAL LLC

By

 

/s/ Adam DiMartino

  Adam DiMartino, authorized signatory:
 

By:

 

[Signature illegible]

Its:

  CEO
PURCHASER:
TEXTAINER LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

  Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President

Share Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ESTIMATED CLOSING STATEMENT

 

Total Shareholders Equity of Class A Shares on October 31, 2007

   $ 212,524,000

Twenty Five Percent of Such Total Shareholders Equity

   $ 53,131,000
   $ 18,000,000

Purchase price before interest

   $ 71,131,000
      

Interest on purchase price at LIBOR (4.78%) + 2% from October 31, 2007

   $ 277,469
      

Total due

   $ 71,408,469
      

 

B-1


EXHIBIT B

OFFER LETTER

 

2


TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED

As of October 31, 2007

Textainer Limited

c/o Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Ltd.

650 California Street, 16th floor

San Francisco, CA 94108

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (415) 434-0599

FB Transportation Capital LLC

c/o Fortis Capital Corporation

153 East 53rd Street, 27th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (212) 340-6179

Dear Sirs:

1. In General.

This letter is written in connection with Section 2.2 of the Amended and Restated Members Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2007 (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, “Amended and Restated Members Agreement”), by and among Textainer Marine Containers Limited (the “Company”), Textainer Limited (“TL”) and FB Transportation Capital LLC (“FBT”, and together with TL, the “Class A Members”). All capitalized terms herein which are not specifically defined shall have the same definitions as set forth for such terms in the Amended and Restated Members Agreement.

2. Offer to Purchase.

(a) The undersigned, Textainer Equipment Management Ltd., the Manager under the Amended and Restated Members Agreement, hereby acknowledges that (i) it has been provided and read the terms of Section 2.2 of the Amended and Restated Members Agreement, and that (ii) it shall, beginning on the date of this letter and ending on the earlier of the Commitment Expiration Date or the date of termination under Section 2.2(d)(iv) of the Amended and Restated Members Agreement (the “Purchase Opportunity Period”), offer to the Company, for purchase through Textainer or its nominee, purchase opportunities (the “Purchase Opportunities”) for New


Containers representing fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of New Container purchases to be made by the Manager for its own account or for the account of its Affiliates or other Persons (in the case of each such transaction, the “Purchase Opportunity Containers”) during the Purchase Opportunity Period (in each case, the “Investment Opportunity”). All opportunities relating to purchases of New Containers by the Manager in any period following the meeting of the Manager’s Equipment Investment Committee (or equivalent committee) at which purchases of New Containers by the Manager were last considered shall be aggregated into a single Investment Opportunity for these purposes as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Company. The Manager may, with the consent of both Class A Members, increase the number of containers with respect to which a Purchase Opportunity is presented to include any or all of any Surplus Containers for such period.

(b) The obligation of the Manager to offer Investment Opportunities to the Company shall be subject to suspension or termination in the event that the Amended and Restated Members Agreement provides that such suspension or termination shall occur.

(c) The Company may accept or reject any Investment Opportunity as it may determine in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Members Agreement.

3. Governing Law. This agreement and any claim, counterclaim, or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement (a “Claim”) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted, or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and each party hereto consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a party from bringing an action for enforcement against certain assets of another party located in another jurisdiction once a final judgment has been received from the aforementioned courts. Each party hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service, and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this agreement is brought by any third party against any indemnified party hereunder. Each party hereto waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort, or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this agreement.

4. Miscellaneous. This agreement, together with Section 2.2 of the Amended and Restated Members Agreement, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all prior agreements and understanding, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties hereto shall not amend or otherwise modify any provisions of this agreement (including any provision of Section 2.2 of the Amended and Restated

 

2


Members Agreement incorporated herein), or grant any waiver or consent thereunder, unless such agreement, modification, waiver or consent is in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. Nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer or does confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors or assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement. The invalidity or enforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Headings. The paragraph headings in this agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not part of this agreement.

6. Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. For purposes of this agreement, facsimile signatures will be considered originals.

Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate of this agreement.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

3


Very truly yours,

TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT LTD.

 

By:

 

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

  Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President
Accepted and Agreed to:
TEXTAINER LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

  Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President
FB TRANSPORTATION CAPITAL LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam DiMartino

Name:  

Adam DiMartino

Title:  

Authorized Signatory

By:  

 

Name:  

[Signature illegible]

Title:  

CEO

 

4


EXHIBIT C

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMBERS AGREEMENT

 

C-1


Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMBERS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMBERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made among Textainer Marine Containers Limited, an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability (the “Issuer” or the “Company”), FB Transportation Capital LLC (“FBT”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and Textainer Limited, an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability (“Textainer”), effective as of the Restatement Effective Date as hereinafter defined.

RECITALS

A. Textainer and FBT are each currently the owners of 6,000 Class A Shares (as defined below) issued by the Company and Textainer is the owner of one (1) Class B Share issued by the Company. One Class C share has been issued by the Company.

B. Simultaneously on the Restatement Effective Date, FBT is selling to Textainer, and Textainer is purchasing from FBT, 3,000 Class A Shares pursuant to that certain Share Purchase Agreement between such parties dated as of November 21, 2007.

C. As of the date hereof the parties hereto desire to amend the terms and conditions of the Members Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2001, by and between Textainer and FBT, as successor to MeesPierson Transport & Logistics B.V. as assignee of F.B. Aviation and Intermodal Finance Holding B.V. (as amended, modified and supplemented through the date hereof, the “Prior Agreement”) to reflect this transfer of the Class A Shares, to make certain conforming changes to reflect that transfer and for ease of reference to restate the Agreement in its entirety.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; SHARE SUBSCRIPTION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings:

Acquisition Date. Any date on which the Company acquires one or more Containers subject to Article II hereof.

Acquisition Fee. This term is defined in Clause 5.2(a) of the Management Agreement.


Additional Contribution Amount. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Adjusted Capital Account. With respect to any Member as of the end of each fiscal year of the Company, such Member’s Capital Account (i) reduced by any anticipated allocations, adjustments and distributions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4)-(6), and (ii) increased by the amount of any deficit in such Member’s Capital Account that such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of the Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5) or under Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Treasury Regulations as of the end of such fiscal year.

Affiliate. With respect to a specified Person, any of the following: (i) any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person; (ii) any other Person that is an executive officer of, partner in, or serves in a similar capacity to, the specified Person or of which the specified Person is an executive officer or partner or with respect to which the specified Person serves in a similar capacity; or (iii) any other Person owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Aggregate Commitment. With respect to each Class A Member, the amount set forth on Exhibit B hereto opposite the name of such Class A Member. The amount of any Class A Member’s Aggregate Commitment shall be determined without regard to any distributions made by the Company to such Class A Member (except for the distributions made to Textainer under Section 2.01 of the Contribution and Sale Agreement, which distributions shall not reduce Textainer’s Aggregate Commitment).

Agreed Value. This term is defined in Section 1.01 of the Contribution and Sale Agreement.

Aggregate Outstanding Obligations. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture.

Allocation Procedure. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Authorized Persons. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(c).

 

2


Available Distribution Amount. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture.

Available Cash. The total amount of the cash reserves and short-term investments of the Company as of the relevant date of determination, to the extent that the use of such amount for the purchase of the relevant Containers on the Acquisition Date would not result in (a) an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default or any Other Related Debt Event or (b) any violation of applicable law, and further subject to the establishment of reasonable reserves for anticipated cash disbursements that will have to be made by the Company before additional cash receipts from third parties will provide the funds therefor. For these purposes, (i) the amount of the Available Cash for use in purchasing Class A Containers hereunder shall further not exceed (x) the percentage of such amount attributable to the Class A Container fleet determined as of the Acquisition Date and immediately prior to such purchase, plus (y) any additional amounts advanced or deemed advanced for such purpose by the Company (if any); and (ii) the amount of the Available Cash for use in purchasing Class B Containers hereunder shall not exceed (x) the percentage of such amount attributable to the Class B Container fleet determined as of the Acquisition Date and immediately prior to such purchase, plus (y) any additional amounts advanced or deemed advanced for such purpose by the Company (if any).

Bankruptcy Proceeding or Action. A voluntary or involuntary Proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, winding up, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law for the relief of debtors now or hereafter in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, or the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or the like, for the Company or any substantial part of its property, or the making of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission of the Company in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, including but not limited to any Insolvency Proceeding as defined in the Indenture.

Book Net Income and Book Net Losses. For each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss, as the case may be, for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss and deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(l) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss); provided however that for purposes of computing such taxable income or loss, (i) such taxable income or loss shall be adjusted by any and all adjustments required to be made in order to maintain Capital Account balances in compliance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b) and (ii) any and all items of gross income or gain and/or partnership and/or partner “nonrecourse deductions” specially allocated to any Member pursuant to Section 4.3 shall not be taken into account in calculating such taxable income or loss.

 

3


Business Day. Any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, USA or Hamilton, Bermuda are authorized or required by law to be closed.

Bye-Laws. The Bye-Laws of the Company, as the same may be amended or restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Capital Account. A separate capital account maintained for each Member throughout the existence of the Company, to which the following provisions apply:

(a) Each Member’s Capital Account shall be credited with: (i) the amount of money contributed by such Member to the capital of the Company; (ii) the fair market value of any Property (other than money) contributed by such Member to the capital of the Company; and (iii) such Member’s share of Book Net Income allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 4.2.

(b) Each Member’s Capital Account shall be debited with: (i) the amount of money distributed to such Member by the Company other than amounts which are in repayment of debt obligations of the Company to such Member; (ii) the fair market value of Property (other than money) distributed to such Member by the Company; and (iii) such Member’s share of Book Net Losses that are allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 4.2.

(c) All such contributions, allocations and distributions shall be credited or charged, as the case may be, to the appropriate Capital Accounts of the respective Members to whom they apply, as of the time such contributions, allocations or distributions are made.

(d) Each Member’s Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b).

Capital Contribution. Any contribution of Property made by, or on behalf of, a Member to the capital of the Company.

Casualty Loss. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1 of the Management Agreement.

Class A Container. Any Container other than a Class B Container.

Class B Container. Any Container listed in Exhibit C hereof; any Container purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 2.3; any Container otherwise acquired by the Company from funds attributable to additional Capital Contributions made by the Class B Member to the Company at any time; or with debt proceeds allocable to collateral consisting of Class B Containers.

 

4


Class A Member. A Person who holds Class A Shares of record, in such capacity.

Class B Member. The Person who holds the Class B Share or Shares of record, in such capacity.

Class A Shares. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-Law 50 of the Bye-Laws.

Class B Shares. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-Law 50 of the Bye-Laws.

Code. The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as heretofore and hereafter amended from time to time (and/or any corresponding provision of any superseding United States internal revenue law).

Collection Period. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1 of the Management Agreement.

Commitment Expiration Date. October 31, 2010 or such later date as may be agreed by all of the Class A Members in their respective sole discretion, subject to the earlier termination of the Purchase Opportunity Period under Section 2.2(d).

Companies Act. The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda as amended or superseded from time to time.

Company. Textainer Marine Containers Limited, an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, and any successor entity.

Container. Any dry cargo, refrigerated, open top, flat rack, domestic storage, tank, high cube or other type of marine or intermodal container.

Contribution and Sale Agreement. The Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006, among the Company, Textainer and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., as amended by Amendment Number One thereto dated as of July 31, 2006, and as further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Contribution Date. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Dollars. This term and the sign “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

Early Amortization Event. The occurrence of any of the events or conditions set forth in Article XII of the Indenture (or any event or condition which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute such occurrence), unless irrevocably waived or consented to in writing by the Requisite Global Majority (as defined in the Indenture).

 

5


Eligible Container. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture.

Equipment Parameters. Parameters for Containers to be purchased as set forth in Exhibit A, as modified by the Authorized Persons in accordance with Section 7.4(c) of this Agreement or by the vote of Directors that would be required for a Super-Majority Matter under the Bye-Laws.

Event of Default. The occurrence of any of the events or conditions set forth in Section 801 of the Indenture (or any event or condition which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute such occurrence), unless irrevocably waived or consented to in writing in accordance with Section 813 of the Indenture.

Fiscal Quarter. The three month period ending on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

Fortis Acquisition Fee. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 5.2(b) of the Management Agreement.

FBT. FB Transportation Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor entity.

Further Shares. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.

Governmental Authority. (a) Any national, state or other sovereign government, and any federal, regional, state, provincial, local, city government or other political subdivision, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal, or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented.

Indenture. The Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, between Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as amended by Amendment Number 1 thereto dated as of June 3, 2005, and Amendment Number 2 thereto dated as of June 8, 2006, and as further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Indenture Trustee. The Person fulfilling the role of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, which on the date hereof is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Investment Opportunity. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

6


Managed Container. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1 of the Management Agreement.

Management Agreement. The Second Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between the Manager and the Company, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of June 8, 2006, and as further amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Manager Default. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 11.1 of the Management Agreement.

Manager. The Person performing the duties of the Manager under the Management Agreement; initially, Textainer Equipment Management Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda.

Member. When used with reference to a Member under this Agreement, means any of the Class A Members or the Class B Member as the case may be; when used in the plural, means the Class A Members and the Class B Member, collectively.

Net Cash Flow. Net Cash Flow shall mean, with respect to any Collection Period, the amount of cash (if any) available for distribution to the Issuer pursuant to the provisions of the subparts (c)(I), (c)(II) and (c)(III) of Section 302 of the Indenture in excess of the sum of (i) all cash disbursements (inclusive of any guaranteed payments within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code paid to any Member, but exclusive of distributions to the Members in their capacities as such) of the Issuer prior to that date, and (ii) a reserve, established in the reasonable discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors or, if authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Authorized Persons, for anticipated cash disbursements that will have to be made by the Issuer before additional cash receipts from third parties will provide the funds therefor.

New Containers. New Containers to be purchased by the Manager from the manufacturer for the direct or indirect account of the Company, Textainer, any Affiliate or any third party, and any assets related to such Containers, but excluding any new Containers purchased by the Manager as a replacement or substitution Container for a Managed Container subject to a Casualty Loss.

Net Income. The net income of the Company as determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, as allocated between the Class A Containers and Class B Containers as provided in Section 3.2 and Exhibit D.

Offer Letter. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

7


Other Related Debt Event. The occurrence of any other event or condition (or any event or condition which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute such occurrence) which would constitute a material breach or violation or acceleration event of any Related Debt Document, unless irrevocably waived or consented to in writing by the relevant lender or its duly appointed agent or representative.

Payment Date. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture.

Person. An individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, a joint venture, an unincorporated association, a joint-stock company, a trust, or other entity of any kind, or any Governmental Authority.

Proceeding. Any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), prosecution, contest, hearing, inquiry, inquest, audit, examination or investigation that is, has been or may in the future be commenced, brought, conducted or heard at law or in equity or before any court or other tribunal or Governmental Authority, or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

Property. Any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including money, and any legal or equitable interest in such property, but excluding services and promises to perform services in the future.

Purchase Opportunities. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Purchase Opportunity Containers. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Purchase Opportunity Period. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Related Debt Documents. Any loan or other documents executed by the Company at any time pursuant to which the Company will borrow money in order to finance all or a portion of the purchase of Containers, as such documents may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms. For avoidance of doubt, the term “Related Debt Document” includes but is not limited to Related Documents as defined in the Indenture or any Series 2005-1 Related Document or any Series 2000-1 Related Document as such terms are defined in the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006, entered into pursuant to the Indenture, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms.

 

8


Replacement Manager. The term shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 1 of the Management Agreement.

Restatement Effective Date. The date of the Closing as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.

Securities Act. The Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shares. An ownership interest in the Company which will be evidenced by a share certificate. There are three classes of Shares in the Company: Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares.

Sharing Ratio. With respect to each Class A Member, as of any date, the ratio of the number of issued and outstanding Class A Shares held by such Member to the number of outstanding Class A Shares held by all of the Class A Members.

Share Purchase Agreement. The Share Purchase Agreement dated as of [October 31, 2007] pursuant to which FBT is selling to Textainer, and Textainer is purchasing from FBT, 3,000 Class A Shares, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Supplement. The term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.01 of the Contribution and Sale Agreement.

Tax Matters Member. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

Textainer. Textainer Limited, an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability, and any successor entity.

Total Contribution Amount. This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Treasury Regulation. Any proposed, temporary, and/or final federal income tax regulation promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury as heretofore and hereafter amended form time to time.

Unrecovered Contribution Account. The amount of money and/or the agreed upon fair market value of any other Property contributed by any Member to the capital of the Company pursuant to any of the provisions of Article II (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to pursuant to Section 752 of the Code), decreased by the amount of money and/or the agreed upon fair market value of any other Property distributed to such Member by the Company (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(i)(A).

 

9


ARTICLE II

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 2.1. Capital Contributions for Shares.

(a) The Company issued (i) 6,000 Class A Shares to MeesPierson Transport & Logistics B.V in consideration of the payment to the Company of Six Million One Hundred Seventy One Thousand Six Hundred Fifty Dollars ($6,171,650), which shares were subsequently transferred to FBT, and (ii) 6,000 Class A Shares to Textainer in consideration of certain contributions made to the capital of the Company by Textainer pursuant to the terms of the Contribution and Sale Agreement.

(b) The Company has previously issued one (1) Class B Share to Textainer in consideration of certain contributions made to the capital of the Company by Textainer pursuant to the terms of the Contribution and Sale Agreement.

(c) In addition to the initial capital contributions set forth in Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.1(b), prior to the Restatement Effective Date, each of the Class A Members and the Class B Member has made from time to time additional capital contributions to, and has received distributions from, the Company. All such additional capital contributions were “contributed surplus” within the meaning of Section 54(2) of the Companies Act.

SECTION 2.2. Capital Contributions for Purchase of Eligible Containers.

(a) Pursuant to that certain offer letter from Manager to the Company dated effective as of the Restatement Effective Date (“Offer Letter”), the Manager has agreed to offer from time to time to the Company, for purchase through Textainer or its designee, for the period commencing on the Restatement Effective Date and ending on earlier of the Commitment Expiration Date or the date of termination under Section 2.2(d)(iv) (the “Purchase Opportunity Period”), purchase opportunities (the “Purchase Opportunities”) for New Containers representing fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of New Container purchases to be made by the Manager for its own account or for the account of its Affiliates or other Persons (in the case of each such transaction, the “Purchase Opportunity Containers”) during the Purchase Opportunity Period (in each case, the “Investment Opportunity”). All opportunities relating to purchases of New Containers by the Manager in any period following the meeting of the Manager’s Equipment Investment Committee (or equivalent committee) at which purchases of new Containers by the Manager were last considered shall be aggregated into a single Investment Opportunity for these purposes as determined in the reasonable judgment of

 

10


the Company. Those Containers which are not Purchase Opportunity Containers hereunder are sometimes referred to herein as the “Surplus Containers” and the Class A Members shall have no rights of contribution or purchase under this Section 2.2 with respect to such Containers; provided, however, that the Manager may, with the consent of both Class A Members, increase the number of containers with respect to which a Purchase Opportunity is presented to include any or all of any Surplus Containers for such period

(b) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.2(c) and subject to the withdrawal and termination provisions set forth in Section 2.2(d), on or before the third (3rd) Business Day prior to the date on which the Manager shall specify to the Company that funds shall be required to fund the Investment Opportunity, each Class A Member shall, on a several basis, make an additional Capital Contribution to the Company for such Investment Opportunity in an amount equal to the product of:

(i) (x) such Class A Member’s Sharing Ratio, and

(ii) (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) the aggregate Agreed Values of the Purchase Opportunity Containers to be acquired by the Company in such Investment Opportunity, plus (B) total Acquisition Fees and Fortis Acquisition Fees payable with respect to the acquisition of such Containers, plus (C) the Agreed Values of any Surplus Containers that the Class A Members shall have agreed be included in the Purchase Opportunity pursuant to (a) above and any additional Acquisition Fees and Fortis Acquisition Fees payable with respect to the acquisition of such Containers less (D) the principal amount of any debt incurred by the Company in order to fund the acquisition of such Containers, less (E) the amount of any Available Cash allocable to such Class A Member to be used by such Class A Member to fund the acquisition of such Containers (with such sum for each Investment Opportunity being referred to as the “Total Contribution Amount” and with the product of (x) and (y) for each Class A Member being referred to as its “Additional Contribution Amount”),

for the purpose of funding in whole or in part the acquisition by the Company of the Purchase Opportunity Containers comprising such Investment Opportunity; provided however that (i) in no event shall the aggregate Additional Contribution Amounts of any Class A Member for all Investment Opportunities hereunder exceed the total amount of such Class A Member’s Aggregate Commitment set forth on Exhibit B hereto; (ii) the Additional Contribution Amount for such Investment Opportunity shall be a minimum of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) or the balance of the then unused

 

11


amount of the Aggregate Commitment of such Class A Member, whichever is less, and (iii) such additional Capital Contributions shall not be used for the purchase of Class B Containers or assets related to Class B Containers.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Class A Member shall have the right or obligation to make its additional Capital Contribution with respect to an Investment Opportunity:

(i) If the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.1 have not been satisfied or waived with respect to such Capital Contribution;

(ii) If either the Commitment Expiration Date shall have occurred or the Purchase Opportunity Period shall be earlier terminated under Section 2.2(d)(iv);

(iii) To the extent such additional Capital Contribution would be in an amount in excess of the Class A Member’s Additional Contribution Amount for such Investment Opportunity; or

(iv) If any other Class A Member fails to contribute all or any portion of its Additional Contribution Amount for such Investment Opportunity by the required Contribution Date or if the Additional Contribution Amount for such other Class A Member exceeds its Aggregated Commitment.

(d) Additional Capital Contributions of each Class A Member under this Section 2.2 shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section and in Section 2.4(a), and no Class A Member’s additional Capital Contribution shall become the property of the Company or be added to such Class A Member’s Unrecovered Contribution Account unless and until each other Class A Member shall have contributed its respective Additional Contribution Amount. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Bye-Laws, in the event that any Class A Member shall fail to contribute all or any portion of its Additional Contribution Amount for any Investment Opportunity as and when required hereunder (the “Breaching Class A Member”), then the following terms shall be applicable:

(i) The other Class A Members shall withdraw or otherwise be immediately repaid the additional Capital Contribution made by such other Class A Members for the subject Investment Opportunity and shall have no further right or obligation as Class A Members to make any Capital Contributions to fund the purchase of the Purchase Opportunity Containers comprising such Investment Opportunity;

(ii) The other Class A Members shall have no other rights or remedies at law and/or in equity with respect to such failure of the Breaching Class A Member to make the required contribution for the subject Investment Opportunity;

 

12


(iii) The Company also shall have no rights or remedies at law and/or in equity for such failure of the Breaching Class A Member to contribute its Additional Contribution Amount for the subject Investment Opportunity; and

(iv) In the further event that FBT shall be the Breaching Class A Member for an Investment Opportunity more than once in any twelve (12) month period, then in addition to the foregoing (x) the Purchase Opportunity Period and (y) any and all rights of each and all of the Class A Members to contribute additional Capital Contributions to fund the purchase of Purchase Opportunity Containers hereunder shall immediately and irrevocably terminate for all purposes hereunder.

(e) All additional Containers purchased by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be part of the “Class A Containers”.

SECTION 2.3. Capital Contributions for Acquisition of Class B Containers.

(a) (i) In the event that FBT does not contribute the Total Contribution Amount for any Investment Opportunity by the required Contribution Date, the Class B Member shall have the option (but shall not be obligated) to make an additional Capital Contribution to the Company to fund the purchase of all or part of the Purchase Opportunity Containers, and assets related to such Containers, for such Investment Opportunity, and (ii) in all events with respect to the Surplus Containers to the extent the right to fund the purchase of such Surplus Containers then shall not have been allocated by the Manager to any third person pursuant to any separate legally binding “capex” or similar contract, also to fund the purchase of all or part of the Surplus Containers, and assets related to such Containers, in each case as determined in the sole discretion of the Class B Member and pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b) (each a “Class B Investment Opportunity”), provided that such purchase would not result in an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default or any Other Related Debt Event. The right of the Class B Member to make additional Capital Contributions for the purchase of Containers by the Company shall not be affected by the expiration or earlier termination of the Purchase Opportunity Period under Section 2.2.

(b) All additional Containers purchased by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be part of the “Class B Containers”.

(c) The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3 further shall not limit the right of the Class B Member to make additional Capital Contributions or other payments or advances at any time or from time to time in order to fund the acquisition of Containers by the Company or its Affiliates under any circumstances, and the Class

 

13


B Member shall be free to make such Capital Contributions or other payments or advances whether under or separate from this Agreement; provided however that for the avoidance of doubt the foregoing clause is not intended to affect the rights of the Class A Members to participate in the Investment Opportunities as provided by and subject to the terms and limitations of Section 2.2 hereof.

SECTION 2.4. Procedures for Additional Capital Contributions.

(a) The Company shall promptly notify each of the Class A Members in writing of each Investment Opportunity hereunder (“Class A Contribution Notice”). Each notice shall be irrevocable and shall in each case refer to this Agreement and specify all of the following: (i) the number and Agreed Values of the proposed Purchase Opportunity Containers; (ii) the Total Contribution Amount for such Investment Opportunity, (iii) the amount and details concerning the computation of the Additional Contribution Amount for each Class A Member in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2(b)(ii)(y) hereof, and (iv) the Contribution Date for such Investment Opportunity. The payment of the required Additional Contribution Amount for the Investment Opportunity shall be made to the Company by each Class A Member no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date that the Manager shall have specified that funds shall be required to fund the Investment Opportunity by wire transfer in Dollars of immediately available funds by not later than 12:00 noon New York City time of such last Business Day (the “Contribution Date”).

(b) The Company also shall promptly notify the Class B Member in writing of each Class B Investment Opportunity hereunder (“Class B Contribution Notice”). The notice in each case shall refer to this Agreement and specify all of the following: (i) the number of the proposed Containers to be funded by Class B additional Capital Contribution, (ii) the Total Contribution Amount for such Class B Investment Opportunity, and (iii) the Acquisition Date for such Containers. The Class B Member may elect to participate in such Class B Investment Opportunity in whole or in part. To the extent the Class B Member elects to participate, the Class B Member shall pay its elected additional Capital Contribution amount to the Company by wire transfer in Dollars of immediately available funds, on or prior to the Acquisition Date for such Containers or on such later date as may be agreed by the Company and such Class B Member.

SECTION 2.5. Records. The books and records of the Company concerning the Capital Contributions of each Member and distributions to each Member shall be definitive and controlling. Each Member may record in its internal books and records the date and amount of each increase in its cash Capital Contributions and the amount of each distribution in respect of its Shares; provided however that any such record shall not be controlling or binding on the Company or the other Members and conversely any failure to make any recordation on such books and records or any error in such internal books and records shall not adversely affect each Member’s rights under or in connection with this Agreement or its Shares or otherwise.

 

14


SECTION 2.6. Other Capital Contributions. Any Member may also make additional Capital Contributions to the Company for the purpose of preventing or curing any default under any of the Related Debt Documents. In the event such a Capital Contribution is made by a Class A Member the Company shall promptly offer to the other Class A Member the opportunity to make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount proportionate to the respective Sharing Ratios of the various Class A Members.

SECTION 2.7. Status of Additional Capital Contributions. All additional Capital Contributions made by the Class A Members or the Class B Member to the Company pursuant to this Article II shall be “contributed surplus” within the meaning of Section 54(2) of the Companies Act and shall increase the Unrecovered Contribution Account of such Member.

ARTICLE III

CERTAIN AGREEMENTS AND OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 3.1. Structuring Fee. In consideration of certain structuring services provided by Textainer to the Company, the Company shall pay Textainer a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Book Net Income of the Company attributable to the Class A Containers (as allocated in Section 3.2 below) (“Structuring Fee”), with such Structuring Fee due and payable within thirty (30) days after receipt of such amounts by the Company. For financial and income tax reporting purposes, the foregoing fee shall be treated as an expense of the Company and as a guaranteed payment to Textainer within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code. To the extent any portion of such fee has not been paid in full prior to the liquidation of the Company, such unpaid portion of such fee shall constitute a debt of the Company payable upon such liquidation. For these purposes the term “liquidation” shall not include any deemed liquidation of the Company (if any) based on any partnership “check the box” or comparable election made solely for tax purposes.

SECTION 3.2. Allocation Between Container Pools. The assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses (including without limitation expenses incurred by Manager for which the Company is liable or for which Manager may be entitled to indemnification by the Company under the Related Debt Documents), Net Cash Flow, Book Net Income and Book Net Losses of the Company shall be allocated between the Class A Containers and the Class B Containers by Manager in accordance with Exhibit D as modified with the written approval of both Authorized Persons (the “Allocation Procedure”).

 

15


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

SECTION 4.1. Cash Distributions.

(a) Net Cash Flow shall be determined separately for the Class A Containers and the Class B Containers, in accordance with the Allocation Procedure.

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Net Cash Flow shall be paid or otherwise distributed by the Company to the Members by way of dividends or other distributions in accordance with Section 54 and any other relevant sections of the Companies Act. Subject at all times to (1) the foregoing restrictions, (2) any other restrictions and/or limitations existing under applicable law, and (3) the establishment of reasonable reserves for the payment of liabilities and other amounts at such times and in such amounts as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, and except as further set forth in Section 4.1(c) below, the Net Cash Flow for each Collection Period shall be distributed to the Members on the related Payment Date as follows:

(i) Any and all Net Cash Flow that is attributable to the Class A Containers shall be distributed to the Class A Members in the following order of priority: (A) first, to the Class A Members in proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive balance standing in each such Class A Member’s Unrecovered Contribution Account, if any, and (B) thereafter, to the Class A Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.

(ii) Any and all Net Cash Flow that is attributable to the Class B Containers shall be distributed one hundred percent (100%) to the Class B Member.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(b) above, upon the liquidation of the Company, all Net Cash Flow of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive balance standing in each such Member’s Capital Account (after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments for the taxable year of such liquidation). For these purposes the term “liquidation” shall not include any deemed liquidation of the Company based on any partnership “check the box” or comparable election made solely for tax purposes.

(d) All amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the applicable law with respect to any payment, distribution, or allocation to the Members shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Members pursuant to this Section 4.1 for all purposes under this Agreement. The Company is authorized to withhold from distribution, or with respect to allocations, to the Members and to pay over to any federal, state, local or other Government Authority any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any other applicable law, and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld.

 

16


SECTION 4.2. Allocations of Book Net Income and Book Net Losses.

(a) Book Net Income and Book Net Losses of the Company shall be determined separately for the Class A Containers, on the one hand, and the Class B Containers, on the other hand in accordance with the Allocation Procedure.

(b) Book Net Income of the Company that is attributable to the Class A Containers for each fiscal year (or part thereof) shall be allocated at the end of such fiscal year (or part thereof) in the following priority:

(i) First, to the Class A Members to the extent of, in proportion to and in the reverse order of any Book Net Losses of the Company allocated to each Class A Member in accordance with Section 4.2(c) hereof; and

(ii) Thereafter, to the Class A Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.

(c) Book Net Losses of the Company that are attributable to the Class A Containers for each fiscal year (or part thereof) shall be allocated at the end of such fiscal year (or part thereof) in the following priority:

(i) First, to the Class A Members to the extent of, in proportion to and in the reverse order of any Book Net Income of the Company allocated to each Class A Member in accordance with Section 4.2(b)(ii); and

(ii) Thereafter, to the Class A Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios.

(d) Book Net Income and Book Net Losses of the Company that are attributable to the Class B Containers for each fiscal year (or part thereof) shall be allocated at the end of such fiscal year (or part thereof) one hundred percent (100%) to the Class B Member.

SECTION 4.3. Special Allocations.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, no allocation of Book Net Losses shall be made to any Member to the extent such an allocation would cause a, or increase the, deficit balance standing in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account and any such Book Net Losses shall instead be allocated to the Members based upon their respective “interests” in the Company as determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b).

 

17


(b) Items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to the Members in accordance with the qualified income offset provisions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article IV, (i) any and all “partnership nonrecourse deductions” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(l)) of the Company for any fiscal year or other period (A) that are attributable to the Class A Containers shall be allocated to the Class A Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios and (B) that are attributable to the Class B Containers shall be allocated one hundred percent (100%) to the Class B Member; (ii) any and all “partner nonrecourse deductions” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(2)) attributable to any “partner nonrecourse debt” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated to the Member that bears the “economic risk of loss” (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2) for such “partner nonrecourse debt” in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(l); (iii) each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in accordance with the partnership minimum gain chargeback requirements set forth in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(g); and (iv) each Member with a share of the minimum gain attributable to any “partner nonrecourse debt” shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in accordance with the partner minimum chargeback requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(i)(5). For purposes of determining the Members’ respective shares of Company nonrecourse liabilities pursuant to Section 752 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (i) a Member’s interest in Company profits shall be deemed to include the allocable share of minimum gain (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)), Code Section 704(c) gain and any Book Net Incomes allocable to such Member pursuant to this Article IV, and (ii) such Company profits shall be deemed allocable to the Members in the following order of priority: (a) first, to the Members to the extent of, and in proportion to, their respective allocable shares of minimum gain, (b) second, to the Members to the extent of, and in proportion to, their respective shares of Code Section 704(c) gain, (c) third, to the Members to the extent of, and in proportion to, their respective negative Capital Account balances, if any; and (d) thereafter, (A) if such profits are attributable to the Class A Containers, to the Class A Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios, and (B) if such profits are attributable to the Class B Containers, one hundred percent (100%) to the Class B Member.

(d) Allocations to Members whose interests vary during a year by reason of transfer, redemption, admission, capital contributions, or otherwise, shall be made as determined by the Tax Matters Member, with the consent of the other Members (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) in accordance with permissible methods under Section 706 of the Code.

 

18


(e) If any Company property is subject to Code Section 704(c) or is reflected in the Capital Accounts of the Members and on the books of the Company at a value that differs from the adjusted tax basis of such property, then the tax items with respect to such property will, in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(4)(i), be shared among the Members in a manner that takes account of the variation between the adjusted tax basis of the applicable property and its value in the same manner as variations between the adjusted tax basis and fair market value of property contributed to the Company are taken into account in determining the Members’ share of tax items under Section 704(c) of the Code. The Tax Matters Member, with the consent of other Members (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) is authorized to choose any reasonable method permitted by the Treasury Regulations pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code, including the “remedial allocation” method, the “curative” method and the “traditional” method.

SECTION 4.4. Curative Allocations. The effect of the limitation on the amount of Book Net Losses and the qualified income offset provision set forth in Sections 4.3(a) and (b) above shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations of Book Net Income and Book Net Losses pursuant to this Article IV, so that the net amount of any items so allocated and the Book Net Income, Book Net Losses and all other items allocated to each Member pursuant to this Article IV shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member pursuant to the provisions of this Article IV if such special allocations had not occurred.

SECTION 4.5. Tax Matters Member. Textainer is hereby designated as the Tax Matters Member of the Company (“Tax Matters Member”) for all purposes hereof, to serve so long as such entity is a Member of the Company. The Tax Matters Member shall be deemed to be the “tax matters partner” as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code. Except to the extent specifically provided in the Code or the Treasury Regulations (or the laws of other relevant taxing jurisdictions) to the contrary, the Tax Matters Member in its sole and absolute discretion (with the consent of the other Members, which shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall have exclusive authority to act for or on behalf of the Company with regard to tax matters, including but not limited to the authority to make (or decline to make) any available tax elections.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 5.1. The Company. As of the Restatement Effective Date and as of each date on which a Capital Contribution is made to the Company pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 (unless specifically stated to relate to an earlier date), the Company represents and warrants to each Member that:

(a) The Company is a company duly organized and validly existing in compliance under the laws of Bermuda, with full corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as presently conducted in all material respects and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

19


(b) The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company by all necessary corporate action.

(c) As of the Restatement Effective Date, this Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the other parties hereto, constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforceability to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(d) No Event of Default or Early Amortization Event or Related Debt Event exists;

(e) Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Members set forth in Section 5.2 and the payment of additional Capital Contributions to the Company in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the issuances of the Shares to the Members are transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(f) To the best actual knowledge of the Company, no information supplied by or on behalf of the Company to any Member in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g) The proceeds of each additional Capital Contribution under Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 will be used for the following purposes: (i) to pay the Agreed Value of purchased Containers and assets related to such Containers, and any related Acquisition Fees and Fortis Acquisition Fees, and (ii) for general Company purposes; and

(h) Each of the representations and warranties, of the Company set forth in the Related Debt Documents is true and correct in all material respects as and when given (unless specifically stated to relate to an earlier date) and each of the Members is entitled to rely on such representations and warranties with the same effect as if each such representation and warranty was set forth herein as of the same date thereof.

 

20


SECTION 5.2. Members. (i) As of the date of the issuance of the Class B Share to Textainer, Textainer warrants and represents to the Company and the other parties and (ii) as of the date of the issuance of the Class A Shares in the case of the relevant Class A Member, and (iii) as of the date of each additional Capital Contribution made to the Company by such Member under any provision of this Agreement, each Member, on a several basis, warrants and represents to the Company and the other parties hereto that:

(a) The Member is a company or other entity duly organized and validly existing in compliance under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, with full corporate or other power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as presently conducted in all material respects and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) The Member has the corporate or other power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Member by all necessary corporate or other action.

(c) As of the Restatement Effective Date, this Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the other parties hereto, constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Member enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforceability to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(d) Such Member has acquired its Shares solely for its own account, for investment purposes only, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof as defined by the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; and such Member does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer, pledge or grant a participation in the Shares issued or to be issued to such Member to such person or to any third Person;

(e) No form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) has been or will be used by such Member or any of its representatives in connection with the offer and sale of any of the Shares (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act to such Member);

(f) Such Member is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act (excerpts of the definition of “accredited investor” are attached hereto as Exhibit E);

 

21


(g) Such Member is aware that the Shares are highly speculative and that there can be no assurance as to what return, if any, there may be;

(h) Such Member is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition; has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire its Shares or make the relevant additional Capital Contribution; and has received an opportunity to ask questions relating to the Company’s business, legal and financial affairs and to obtain all additional information which such Member or its personal representative or professional adviser requested;

(i) Such Member understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law by reason of specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions may depend upon, among other matters, the bona fide nature of the Member’s investment intent as expressed herein and the accuracy of the Member’s representations set forth herein; such Member further understands that the Shares must be held indefinitely unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under any applicable securities law or are exempt from such registration and such qualification is available;

(j) Such Member has either (i) a preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or its directors or officers or (ii) by reason of such Member’s business or financial experience, the capacity to protect such Member’s own interest in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement;

(k) No Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker or finder for such Member in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no Person is entitled to any fee or commission or similar payment in respect thereof; and

(1) Such Member is able to bear the economic risk of its investment.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS

SECTION 6.1. Conditions to Class A Member Additional Capital Contribution. No Class A Member shall be required to make an additional Capital Contribution under Section 2.2 hereof unless on the date of such Capital Contribution, before and after giving effect thereto and [to the use of such funds to acquire Purchase Opportunity Containers and other permissible uses], the following statements shall be true as of the required Contribution Date:

(a) All of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in the Related Debt Documents have been fulfilled in all material respects;

 

22


(b) The representations and warranties of the Company herein are true and accurate in all material respects as of the required Contribution Date with the same effect as though made on that date (unless specifically stated to relate to an earlier date);

(c) No Event of Default or Early Amortization Event or Other Related Debt Event has occurred and is continuing; and

(d) Each of the Containers to be acquired with the proceeds of such Capital Contribution shall meet each of the Equipment Parameters.

The giving of any Class A or Class B Contribution Notice pursuant to Section 2.4 by the Company shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that the foregoing statements as herein limited are true.

ARTICLE VII

GOVERNANCE

SECTION 7.1. Member Inspection of Books. The Company shall keep complete and correct books and records of Member proceedings; board and committee meetings; and the names and addresses of all members, including the number and class of shares held by each member and the dates when they became owners thereof (collectively called the “books and records”). All Members shall have the right to inspect the books and records of the Company upon providing the Company or its designated agent with five (5) days written notice, subject to applicable law.

SECTION 7.2. Injunctive Relief; Specific Performance. Each of the Members acknowledges that its interest in the Agreement is unique to such Member, that its Shares cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and that the other Members and the Company will be irreparably damaged in the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any Member, which damages will not be measurable or compensable in money damages unless this Agreement shall be specifically enforced. In addition to any other remedy to which the other Members or the Company may be entitled, the other Members or the Company shall be entitled to a preliminary and permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or threat of irreparable injury, and/or a decree for specific performance, without any bond or other security being required in connection therewith, in accordance with the provisions hereof, provided however that for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not be applicable to any failure of a Class A Member to make an additional Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 2.2.

SECTION 7.3. Right of First Offer. If the Company proposes to offer any additional Class A Shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Class A Shares to any Person (“Further Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each of the existing Class A Members in accordance with the following:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice to each existing Class A Member stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Further Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares, and (iv) the identity of the proposed purchaser of such Shares (“Offer Notice”).

 

23


(b) Within twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of the Offer Notice, each existing Class A Member may, by written notification to the Company, elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such Further Shares which equals the Sharing Ratio of such Member in effect on the date of the Offer Notice. To the extent such Class A Member does not elect to purchase such Further Shares, such Shares thereupon may be issued to the Person or Persons identified as the proposed purchaser of such Shares within sixty (60) days of the date of the Offer Notice. Any Offer Shares not issued to such Persons within such period or proposed to be issued to Persons not identified in the Offer Notice must be reoffered to the existing Class A Members prior to any subsequent proposed issuance, in accordance with the foregoing procedures.

The Company further shall not issue any additional Class B Shares or any Class C Shares to any Person without the unanimous prior consent of all of the Company and all of the Class A Members and the Class B Member in their respective sole discretion.

SECTION 7.4. Directors of the Company.

(a) Each Member covenants that during the term of this Agreement such Member will vote, or cause any Member they control to vote, for the election and reelection as directors of the Company, the respective designees of Textainer and FBT as herein provided, as long as each of them is a Member or is directly or indirectly in control of a Member, and as otherwise provided by the Bye-Laws to the extent not contrary to the provisions of this Section 7.4. All powers and discretion given to Textainer and FBT under this Section 7.4(a) shall devolve upon and be exercisable by their respective permitted assigns, successors and duly appointed agents or representatives.

(b) The Company shall have a total of four (4) authorized Directors. Textainer shall be entitled to designate three (3) Directors of the Company and FBT shall be entitled to designate one (1) Director of the Company. Textainer and FBT each confirm that Philip Brewer, John Maccarone, Ernest J. Furtado, and Milton Anderson have been properly elected as Directors of the Company until such person’s successor is elected or until such person’s earlier resignation or removal or death. Any vacancy created by such resignation or removal or death shall be filled by the designation of the relevant Member in the same manner.

 

24


(c) The Directors designated by Textainer may designate one person and the Directors designated by FBT may designate one person (each an “Authorized Person”) for purposes of authorizing the following actions in which case the Company shall be authorized to take such actions if both persons so designated approve such action in writing in their respective sole discretion:

 

  (i) The purchase of one or more Class A Containers which do not comply with all of the Equipment Parameters;

 

  (ii) The sale of one or more Class A Containers in a manner or in an amount that falls outside the normal parameters permitted under the Management Agreement;

 

  (iii) A change in the Allocation Procedure; or

 

  (iv) Any other action authorized to be taken with the approval of both Authorized Persons under this Agreement.

By authorizing the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Directors designated by Textainer hereby designate Philip K. Brewer as an Authorized Person and the Directors designated by FBT hereby designate Milton Anderson as an Authorized Person. Any Authorized Persons may be removed upon notice from the relevant Directors or due to their earlier resignation or death, and any successor Authorized Persons shall be designated by the relevant Directors in the same manner. Any such actions may also be approved by the mutual consent of the Class A Members acting through any person authorized to act on their behalf.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 8.1. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall extend until terminated by operation of law or by mutual agreement of each of the Company and the Class A Members and the Class B Member in their respective sole discretion. In the event of the termination of this Agreement, all of the representations and warranties of the parties, all provisions which by their express terms do not terminate, and any and all claims, actions or causes of action in existence prior to or as of the date of termination, each shall survive and not terminate.

SECTION 8.2. Express Consent of Members. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Member to the

 

25


other parties hereto hereby constitutes the express agreement and consent of such Member to be bound to contribute to the capital of or otherwise pay money to the Company, whether under the terms of this Agreement or under the Bye-Laws of the Company, within the meaning of Section 17 of the Companies Act.

SECTION 8.3. Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws. The parties agree that the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws shall not be amended in any manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement while this Agreement remains in effect. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement shall conflict with any provision of the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws, the parties agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 8.4. Amendments. The parties hereto shall not amend or otherwise modify any provision of this Agreement, or grant any waiver or consent thereunder, unless such amendment, modification, waiver or consent is in writing and signed by the each of the parties hereto.

SECTION 8.5. Recapitalizations. In the event that from time to time during the term of this Agreement, there is a recapitalization or other reorganization or adjustment or substitution with respect to the shares of the Company, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which any Member is entitled by reason of its ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement and be included in the meaning of the term “Shares” for all purposes of this Agreement, with the same force and effect as the initial Shares subject to this Agreement.

SECTION 8.6. No Waiver; Remedies. Any waiver, consent or approval given by any party hereto (including any extension of time required for performance) shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and no waiver by a party of any breach or default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default. No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, or any abandonment or discontinuation of steps to enforce the right, power or privilege, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no notice to or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law, subject to the limitations of Section 2.2(d).

 

26


SECTION 8.7. Restrictions on Transfers; Assignment; Successors and Assigns.

(a) No Class A Member or Class B Member shall sell, make any short sale of, loan, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, grant any option or rights for the purchase of, or otherwise assign or transfer or dispose of (each referred to as “Transfer”) any of its Shares or assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement except in accordance with this Section 8.7; provided however that for the sake of good order, the Company and the Members agree that the concurrent and contemplated sale of the Class A Shares by FBT to Textainer pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement is a permissible Transfer and each of the Company and the Members hereby waive any objection thereto.

(b) No Member shall Transfer any of its Shares to any Person if such Transfer (i) would not be in full compliance with the Securities Act and the securities laws of the applicable states of the United States and any other applicable jurisdiction, or (ii) would not be in compliance in all material respects with all other applicable laws, or (iii) would result in an Early Amortization Event or an Event of Default or any Other Related Debt Event or a breach or violation of any court order or judgment or award or other agreement by which the Company or such Member is bound, or (iv) would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or any of its other Members other than the transferor Member, or (v) would cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under the provisions of Code Section 7704(b).

(c) Subject to the foregoing restrictions and further subject to the Bye-Laws to the extent not in conflict with this Section, any Member may Transfer any of its Shares to an Affiliate or to another then existing Member, provided that the transferor or such transferee bears all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by the Company, Manager or any other Member in connection with such Transfer and provided further that such transferee expressly accepts and assumes all of the then current terms and conditions of this Agreement, and further makes such additional representations and warranties and covenants as the Company or its counsel may reasonably request for tax or securities law purposes, pursuant to a duly executed written document in form and substance acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors.

(d) In addition, Textainer may pledge as collateral its Shares pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement (TMCL), dated November 29, 2001, between Textainer and Bank of America N.A. as agent on behalf of Fleet National Bank, Wells Fargo Bank N.A. and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., as the same may be amended or superseded or otherwise modified from time to time (“Pledge”), and such Shares may be Transferred pursuant to the terms of such Pledge.

 

27


(e) Except as provided in Section 8.7(a), Section 8.7(c) or Section 8.7(d), no Member shall Transfer its Shares to any Person without the prior approval of such Transfer as a Super-Majority Matter (as defined in the Company’s Bye-Laws) in accordance with the Company’s Bye-Laws. In such event the transferor or such transferee shall bear all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by the Company, Manager or any other Member in connection with such Transfer and such transferee shall expressly accept and assume all of the then current terms and conditions of this Agreement, and further make such additional representations and warranties and covenants as the Company or its counsel may reasonably request for tax or securities law purposes, pursuant to a duly executed written document in form and substance acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company shall take any and all measures that may be legally appropriate to cause any Transfer of any kind not in strict compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Section 8.7 to be rescinded.

(f) The Company further shall not, without the approval of such Transfer as a Super-Majority Matter (as defined in the Company’s Bye-Laws) in accordance with the Company’s Bye-Laws, (i) permit any transfer on its register of members of any Shares which shall have been Transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or the Bye-Laws or any Related Debt Document; or (ii) recognize as the owner of such Shares, or accord the right to vote as an owner or pay distributions or dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares shall have been Transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.7, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and each Member and their respective Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns.

(h) If the Company shall issue any certificate or other instrument evidencing Shares owned by any party hereto, then the Company shall cause the certificate or instrument, for as long as this Agreement is effective, to bear a legend substantially as follows:

“The transfer of any part of the Company’s Shares represented by this certificate is restricted by the terms of a certain Amended and Restated Members Agreement, as the same may be amended or superseded or otherwise modified from time to time, a copy of which may be inspected at the Company’s registered office.”

SECTION 8.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits, appendices and schedules attached hereto, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject

 

28


matter hereof, superseding all prior or other contemporaneous agreements or statements and other writings with respect thereto; provided however that this Agreement is not intended to supersede or affect the Memorandum of Association and the Bye-Laws of the Company, the Management Agreement, the Contribution and Sale Agreement or any Related Debt Document, each of which shall subsist and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms, subject to Section 8.3 in the case of any conflict between this Agreement and either the Memorandum of Association or the Bye-Laws of the Company. The express terms of this Agreement further control and supersede any course of performance or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms or conditions hereof.

SECTION 8.9. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier or mailed by certified or registered US Mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or transmitted by facsimile transmission and confirmed by a similar mailed writing to any party, in each case at the address and facsimile number for that party set forth (a) on the signature page to this Agreement or (b) to another address or facsimile number as that party may designate in writing for such purposes. Notice shall be effective upon receipt for all methods of notice other than the US Mail, and five (5) calendar days after the sending of notice by registered or certified US mail hereunder.

SECTION 8.10. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing expressed herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person (other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.11. Severability of Provisions. Any covenant, provision, agreement or term of this Agreement that is prohibited or is held to be void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of the prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement. In such event the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner.

SECTION 8.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include facsimile) and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 8.13. Governing Law. This Agreement and all matters arising or relating to this Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

29


SECTION 8.14. Jurisdiction and Venue. Any legal suit, action or other Proceeding against any party arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any transaction contemplated hereby, may be instituted in any federal or state court in the City of New York, State of New York, USA and each party hereby waives any objection which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of such venue for any such suit, action or Proceeding, and, solely for the purposes of enforcing this Agreement and resolving such disputes and controversies, each party hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or Proceeding.

SECTION 8.15. No Bankruptcy Proceeding or Action. Without limiting any separate restrictions or covenants in any Related Debt Document and in addition thereto, each of the Members covenants and agrees that it will not at any time, until one (1) year and one (1) day after all of the Aggregate Outstanding Obligations shall have been paid in full, institute against the Company or join any other Person in instituting against the Company any Bankruptcy Proceeding or Action. The foregoing shall not limit the right of any Member to file creditor claims in any such Proceeding if such Proceeding is instituted by any third party without the participation or involvement of such Member. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.16. Fiduciary Duties. Subject to applicable law, including but not limited to Sections 97 and 98 of the Companies Act, (i) no Member in such capacity shall have any obligations (fiduciary or otherwise) with respect to the Company or to the other Members insofar as making other investment opportunities available to the Company or to the other Members other than as specifically provided in this Agreement; (ii) each Member in such capacity may engage in whatever activities such Member may choose, whether the same are competitive with the Company or otherwise, without having or incurring any obligation to offer any interest in such activities to the Company or to the other Members; and (iii) except as set forth in the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.16, neither this Agreement nor any activities undertaken pursuant hereto shall prevent any Member in such capacity from engaging in such activities, and the fiduciary duties of the Members as such to each other and to the Company shall be limited solely to those arising from the purposes of the Company.

SECTION 8.17. Nature of this Agreement. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture among the Members or any of the Members and the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not be applicable to any partnership “check the box” comparable election made solely for tax purposes. No Member nor the Company shall have any authority to bind any other Member or the Company, as the case may be, in any manner except for any authority of

 

30


the Company to bind any or all of the Members as expressly provided for hereunder. The obligations of the Members are several and no Member is responsible for any of the obligations of any other Member.

SECTION 8.18. Reimbursements. Each Member shall be reimbursed by the Company from the first available funds for all legal fees and costs incurred by such Member in connection with the drafting, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Bye-Laws, the Indenture, the Management Agreement, the Supplements, the Contribution and Sale Agreement and related agreements and documents.

SECTION 8.19. Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated and superseded in its entirety by this Agreement as of the Restatement Effective Date, provided however that this Agreement is not intended to and shall not discharge or release any known or unknown claims or actions or causes of action of any party under the Prior Agreement in existence prior to or as of the date hereof.

SECTION 8.20. Interpretation. All titles and headings are used herein for convenience only and shall not be given any legal effect or used in interpreting or construing any of the terms of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all section references shall be to sections of this Agreement. Whenever in this Agreement the context requires, references to the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and the plural the singular and the masculine shall be deemed to include the feminine and the neuter and the feminine the masculine and the neuter and the neuter the masculine and the feminine. All computations hereunder shall be in Dollars. The language of this Agreement has been approved by the respective legal counsel for each of the parties. The language of the Agreement shall be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and no provisions of this Agreement or any exhibit or document related thereto shall be construed or interpreted for or against any party for any purpose because such party or its legal counsel drafted such provision or document.

SECTION 8.21. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, AS AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY HERETO, ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN RESPECT OF ANY CIVIL ACTION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING ANY COUNTERCLAIM, ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OPERATIVE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING IN RESPECT OF THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR THEREOF.

SECTION 8.22. Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver to the other parties such other documentation and to take or cause to be taken such other actions, as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

  TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

Date Signed:

  By:  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

    Philip K. Brewer, President

 

  Address:   Textainer Marine Containers Limited
    c/o Century House, 16 Par-la-Ville Road,
    Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda
  Attention:   Secretary
  Telephone:   (441) 292-2487
  Facsimile:   (441) 295-4164
  with copy to:  
  Address:   Textainer Equipment Management
    (U.S.) Limited
    650 California Street, 16th Floor
    San Francisco, CA 94108
  Attention:   Executive Vice President - Asset
  Management  
  Telephone:   (415) 434-0551
  Facsimile:   (415) 434-0559

[Additional signatures to follow]


 

TEXTAINER LIMITED

Date Signed: November 21, 2007

  By:  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

    Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President

 

  Address:   Textainer Limited
    c/o Century House, 16 Par-la-Ville Road,
    Hamilton HM HX, Bermuda
  Attention:   Secretary
  Telephone:   (441) 292-2487
  Facsimile:   (441) 295-4164
  with a copy to:  
  Address:   Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited,
    650 California Street, 16th floor
    San Francisco, CA 94108
  Attention:   Senior Vice President - Asset
  Management  
  Telephone:   (415) 434-0551
  Facsimile:   (415) 435-0559

[Additional signatures to follow]


    FB TRANSPORTATION CAPITAL LLC
Dated Signed: November 21, 2007   By:  

/s/ Adam DiMartino

  Name:   Adam DiMartino
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
  By:  

[Signature illegible]

  Name:  

 

  Title:   CEO

 

  Address:   FB Transportation Capital LLC
    c/o Fortis Capital Corporation
    153 East 53rd Street, 27th Floor
    New York, NY 10022
  Attention:   General Counsel
  Facsimile:   (212) 340-6179

* * *

The undersigned accepts its designation as the Tax Matters Member of the Company and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement with respect thereto, as amended from time to time.

Date Signed:

 

  TEXTAINER LIMITED
  By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

    Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President


EXHIBIT A

to Members Agreement

CLASS A CONTAINER PARAMETERS

The terms “Net Book Value” and “Aggregate Net Book Value” shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

1. After giving effect to the addition of the Containers to be acquired by the Company on an Acquisition Date, the average Net Book Value of all Containers of the same type then owned by the Company shall not exceed the amount set forth opposite such type in the table set forth below under the column entitled “Maximum Average Purchase Price”:

 

Type of Container

   Maximum Average
Purchase Price

20’ dry cargo

   $ 1,900

40’ dry cargo

   $ 3,050

40’ high cube dry cargo

   $ 3,200

20’ open top

   $ 3,350

40’ open top

   $ 5,500

 

2. After giving effect to the addition of the Containers to be acquired by the Company on an Acquisition Date, the maximum concentration of the same type of containers owned by the Company (determined based on Net Book Values of the Containers) shall not exceed the percentage set forth opposite such type in the table set forth below under the column entitled “Maximum Concentration Percentage.”

 

Type of Container

   Maximum
Concentration
Percentage
 

20’ dry cargo

   60 %

40’ dry cargo

   50 %

40’ dry high cube cargo

   80 %

Others

   10 %

 

3. The sum of the Net Book Values of all of the Company’s Containers on lease to any single lessee as of any date of determination shall not exceed the following limitations:

(A) for each of the lessees set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, an amount equal to the greater of (i) $15 million or (ii) twenty five percent (25%) of the Aggregate Net Book Value; or

 

EXHIBIT A

to Members

Agreement

-1-


(B) for any lessee not covered by clause (A), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $8 million or (ii) five percent (5%) of the Aggregate Net Book Value.

 

4. Such acquisition of Containers shall be in compliance with the Interest Rate Hedging Policy set forth as Exhibit F to the Indenture.

 

5. The Manager’s calculation of the expected internal rates of return on any New Container purchases on the date such New Container purchase was made shall equal or exceed the following return thresholds (the “Return Targets”):

(A) if the pool of Containers will be initially subject to a Term Lease, an amount equal to the Term WACC; or

(B) if the pool of Containers will be initially subject to a Master Lease, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Spot WACC plus (ii) two percent (2%).

For the purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “WACC” shall mean the weighted average cost of capital of the Company calculated utilizing a minimum return on equity of twelve percent (12%) and a debt to equity ratio of not less than 2.5:1.

(ii) “Term WACC” shall be calculated utilizing as the Company’s cost of debt an interest rate per annum equal to that of a swap against one month LIBOR having a maturity date corresponding to the weighted average expiration dates of the corresponding Term Leases of the pool of Containers plus the credit spread paid by the Company.

(iii) “Spot WACC” shall be calculated utilizing as the Company’s cost of debt an interest rate per annum equal to one month LIBOR in effect on the date on which such pool of Containers was acquired, plus the credit spread paid by the Company.

If the Manager shall propose to make any change in the Return Targets or the method of calculating them, it shall advise FBT of the proposed changes in writing and the applicable provisions of this Exhibit A shall be deemed amended to conform to the proposed changes unless FBT shall, on or before the 30th day after the giving of such

 

EXHIBIT A

to Members

Agreement

-2-


notice, decline by written notice to accept proposed revisions. If FBT shall decline to accept the revisions, then for a period of six months from FBT’s notice the Manager shall have no obligation to offer the opportunity to purchase New Containers to the Class A Members pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement and FBT shall have no further right to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company to fund the purchase of New Containers or to otherwise participate in such purchases during that period. At the conclusion of the six month period, FBT may, by written notice to the Manager, elect to accept the Return Targets and method of calculating them then in effect, in which case the provisions of Section 2.2 shall thereafter be in effect.

 

EXHIBIT A

to Members

Agreement

-3-


Schedule 1 to EXHIBIT A

to Members Agreement

LESSEES WITH HIGHER

CONCENTRATION

Americana Ships

APL

China Shipping Group*

CMA CGM

COSCO*

CP Ships

CSAV

Delmas

Evergreen*

Hamburg Sud

Hanjin

Hapag Lloyd

Hyundai Merchant Marine*

Italia

Kien Hung

K Line

Maersk

Med Shipping

MISC

Mitsui OSK

NYK Line

OOCL

Pacific International Line

P&O Nedlloyd

The Surface Deployment and Distribution Command

United Arab Shipping Company

Wanhai

Westwood

Wilhelmsen/Walenius

Yang Ming Marine

Zim Lines

The persons designated as Authorized Persons have previously approved in writing that the number of CEU on lease to these Lessees may exceed the number calculated in accordance with Section 4(A) of Exhibit A. This action has been approved and ratified by the Board and the Members whose approval was required.

 

Schedule 1 to

EXHIBIT A

-4-


EXHIBIT B

to Members Agreement

STATED AMOUNTS AND PERCENTAGES

FOR CLASS A MEMBERS

 

Name of Member

   Sharing Ratio     Aggregate Commitment
as of Restatement Effective

Date

Textainer Limited

   75 %   $ 90,000,000

FB Transportation Capital LLC

   25 %   $ 45,000,000

 

EXHIBIT B

-B1-


EXHIBIT C

to Members Agreement

CLASS B CONTAINERS

A complete list of the Class B Containers is attached to each original counterpart of this Members Agreement, as of the Restatement Effective Date, and as may be supplemented pursuant to Article II of the Members Agreement or by other acquisitions of additional Class B Containers during the term of the Members Agreement.

 

EXHIBIT C

-C1-


EXHIBIT D

to Members Agreement

ALLOCATION OF COSTS

Equityholders:

Class A Shareholder (75% Textainer Limited and 25% Fortis Sharing Ratio)

Class B Shareholder (100% - Textainer Limited)

 

Textainer Marine Containers Limited

Class A vs Class B Shareholder Allocations (Items and Methods)

Equityholders:

  Class A Shareholder (75% Textainer Limited and 25% Fortis Sharing Ratio)
  Class B Shareholder (100% - Textainer Limited)

Balance sheet (BS) item

 

Related income or expense item

 

Allocation method

All items prior to effective date of Bond

  In general   Specific identification to Class A and to Class B
  Income and expense related to BS item   Specific identification to Class A and to Class B

Cash (Wells Fargo accounts)

  In general   Specific identification(Class A and Class B will share the same cash accounts, but Class A and Class B portions of the account balances will be tracked)
  Interest income   Follows specific identification above
  Transaction fees   Follows specific identification above
  Monthly fees   Follows specific identification above

Cash (Operational accounts)

  In general   Specific identification(Class A and Class B will share the same cash accounts, but Class A and Class B portions of the account balances will be tracked)
  Interest income   Follows specific identification above
  Transaction fees   Follows specific identification above
  Monthly fees   Follows specific identification above

Cash (Holding accounts)

  In general   Specific identification(Class A and Class B will each have a cash holding account)

 

EXHIBIT D

-D1-


  Interest income   Follows specific identification above
  Transaction fees   Follows specific identification above
  Monthly fees   Follows specific identification above
Containers (and related assets and liabilities)   In general   Specific identification(Class A and Class B will each have separate fleets and accounts)
  Container revenues and direct expenses   Follows specific identification above
  Management fees expense   Follows specific identification above
  Sales proceeds and G/L on disposal   Follows specific identification above
  Sales commission expense   Follows specific identification above
  Depreciation expense   Follows specific identification above
Bond issuance costs (initial fees, legal, etc)   In general   Initial prorata beneficiary of net bond proceeds
  Amortization to expense   Initial prorata beneficiary of net bond proceeds
Bond debt principal and interest liability   In general   Initial prorata beneficiary of net bond proceeds
  Ongoing interest expense   Initial prorata beneficiary of net bond proceeds
  Ongoing fees   Initial prorata beneficiary of net bond proceeds
  Amendment (if any) costs   To be determined
CP Conduit costs (initial fees, legal, etc)   In general   Prorata average principal balance
  Amortization to expense   Prorata average principal balance
CP Conduit principal and interest liability   In general   Prorata average principal balance
  Ongoing interest expense   Prorata average principal balance
  Ongoing fees   Prorata average principal balance
  Renewal costs   Prorata average principal balance
    Prorata average principal balance
Other accrued liabilities (overhead and admin)   In general   Prorata average equity
  Audit fees expense   Prorata average equity
  Tax return preparation fees   Prorata average equity
  Other accounting (non-debt) fees   Prorata average equity
  Other legal (non-debt) fees   Prorata average equity
  Other non-container admin expenses   Prorata average equity
Asset Base subsidies (form of borrowing)   In general   Specific identification

 

EXHIBIT D

-D2-


  Interest income (expense)   Follows specific identification above
Existing swap receivables/liabilities   In general   Specific identification
  Interest differential income (expense)   Follows specific identification above
New swap receivables/liabilities   In general   Specific identification
  Interest differential income (expense)   Follows specific identification above
Swap coverage shifts between Class A and Class B   In general   Allocation of weighted average balance sheet value of swap coverage
  Interest income (expense) allocation   Allocation of weighted average interest income/(expense) of swap coverage

 

EXHIBIT D

-D3-


EXHIBIT E

to Members Agreement

DEFINITION OF ACCREDITED INVESTOR

(as provided in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933)

 

(a) Accredited Investor. “Accredited Investor” shall mean any person who comes within any of the following categories, or who the issuer reasonably believes comes within any of the following categories, at the time of the sale of the securities to that person:

 

(3) Any organization described in Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

 

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of his purchase exceeds $1,000,000;

 

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

 

EXHIBIT E

-E1-


EXHIBIT D

AMENDED BYE-LAWS

OF TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

 

D-1


AMENDED BYE - LAWS

of

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

Non-Standard Exempted Company Bye-laws.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bye-Law

 

     Page
1.    Interpretation    1
2.    Board of Directors    6
3.    Management of the Company    6
4.    Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer    6
5.    Power to appoint manager    7
6.    Power to authorise specific actions    7
7.    Power to appoint attorney    7
8.    Power to delegate to a committee    7
9.    Power to appoint and dismiss employees    7
10.    Power to borrow and charge property    7
11.    Exercise of power to purchase shares of or discontinue the Company    8
12.    Election of Directors    8
13.    Defects in appointment of Directors    9
14.    Alternate Directors    9
15.    Removal of Directors    9
16.    Vacancies on the Board    10
17.    Notice of meetings of the Board    10
18.    Quorum at meetings of the Board    10
19.    Meetings of the Board    11
20.    Unanimous written resolutions    11
21.    Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests    11
22.    Remuneration of Directors    12
23.    Officers of the Company    12
24.    Appointment of Officers    12
25.    Remuneration of Officers    12
26.    Duties of Officers    12
27.    Chairman of meetings    13
28.    Register of Directors and Officers    13
29.    Obligations of Board to keep minutes    13
30.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Company    13
31.    Waiver of claim by Member    14
32.    Notice of annual general meeting    14
33.    Notice of special general meeting    14
34.    Accidental omission of notice of general meeting    14
35.    Meeting called on requisition of Members    14
36.    Short notice    15
37.    Postponement of meetings    15
38.    Quorum for general meeting    15
39.    Adjournment of meetings    15
40.    Attendance at meetings    15
41.    Written resolutions    16
42.    Attendance of Directors    16

 

i


43.    Voting at meetings    16
44.    Voting on show of hands    17
45.    Decision of chairman    17
46.    Demand for a poll    18
47.    Seniority of joint holders voting    19
48.    Instrument of proxy    19
49.    Representation of corporations at meetings    19
50.    Rights of shares    19
51.    Power to issue shares    20
52.    Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company    21
53.    Registered holder of shares    22
54.    Death of a joint holder    22
55.    Share certificates    22
56.    Calls on shares    23
57.    Forfeiture of shares    23
58.    Contents of Register of Members    23
59.    Inspection of Register of Members    23
60.    Determination of record dates    24
61.    Instrument of Transfer    24
62.    Restriction on Transfer    24
63.    Transfers by joint holders    24
64.    Representative of deceased Member    25
65.    Registration on death or bankruptcy    25
66.    Declaration of dividends by the Board    25
67.    Other distributions    26
68.    Reserve fund    26
69.    Deduction of Amounts due to the Company    26
70.    Issue of bonus shares    26
71.    Records of account    26
72.    Financial year end    27
73.    Financial statements    27
74.    Appointment of Auditor    27
75.    Remuneration of Auditor    27
76.    Vacation of office of Auditor    27
77.    Access to books of the Company    27
78.    Report of the Auditor    28
79.    Notices to Members of the Company    28
80.    Notices to joint Members    28
81.    Service and delivery of notice    28
82.    The seal    28
83.    Manner in which seal is to be affixed    29
84.    Winding-up/distribution by liquidator    29
85.    Miscellaneous    29
86.    Alteration of Bye-laws    30
87.    Conflict with Members’ Agreement    30

 

ii


Schedule—Form A (Bye-law 49)

Schedule—Form B (Bye-law 58)

Schedule—Form C (Bye-law 62)

Schedule—Form D (Bye-law 66)

 

iii


INTERPRETATION

 

1. Interpretation

(1) In these Bye-laws the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings respectively:

 

  (a) “Act” means the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

  (b) “Affiliate” means with respect to a specified person, any of the following: (i) any other person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified person; (ii) any other person that is an executive officer of, partner in, or serves in a similar capacity to, the specified person or of which the specified person is an executive officer or partner or with respect to which the specified person serves in a similar capacity; or (iii) any other person or entity owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing;

 

  (c) “Alternate Director” means an alternate Director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (d) “Auditor” includes any Person having experience in reviewing and/or auditing the financial statements of entities and that has been appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws to audit the accounts of the Company;

 

  (e) “Bankruptcy Matters” means the commencement of a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, winding-up, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or the like, for the Company or any substantial part of its property, or to make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or to admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

 

  (f) “Board” means the Board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;


  (g) “Class A Member” means a Member with respect to Class A Shares held by such Member;

 

  (h) “Class A Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (i) “Class B Member” means a Member with respect to Class B Shares held by such Member;

 

  (j) “Class B Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (k) “Class C Member” means a Member with respect to Class C Shares held by such Member;

 

  (l) “Class C Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (m) “Company” means Textainer Marine Containers Limited, an exempted company organized in Bermuda with limited liability;

 

  (n) “Container” means any dry cargo, refrigerated, open top, flat rack, domestic storage, tank, high cube or other type of marine or intermodal container;

 

  (o) “Contribution and Sale Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006, among the Company, Textainer Limited and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (p) “Director” means a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;

 

  (q) “FB Transportation” means FB Transportation Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any of its Affiliates that are assignees of the Class A Shares;

 

  (r) “Indenture” means the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, between the Company, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee, as such indenture may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (s) “Indenture Trustee” means the person fulfilling the role of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, which as of the date hereof initially shall be Wells Fargo Bank, National Association;

 

2


  (t) “Independent Director” means a director (i) who is not a current or former director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, employee, creditor or customer of the Company or of any Affiliate of the Company (including Textainer, FB Transportation, Fortis Capital Corp. or any of their respective Affiliates) and is not a spouse, parent, brother, sister, child, aunt, uncle or cousin of any such person, and (ii) who has not received, and was not a director, officer, partner, member, shareholder or employee of any person that has received any fees or other income other than fees for serving as such Independent Director from any affiliate of the Company in any year within the five (5) years immediately preceding, or any year during, such director’s incumbency as an Independent Director. However, an Independent Director may serve, or may have served previously, with compensation therefor in such a capacity for any other special purpose entity formed by any Affiliate of the Company;

 

  (u) “Management Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2005, between Textainer Equipment Management Limited, the Company and the Indenture Trustee, as such agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (v) “Manager Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 11.1 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (w) “Member” means the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons as the context so requires;

 

  (x) “Members’ Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Members’ Agreement dated as of November __, 2007 among the Company, FB Transportation and Textainer, as such agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (y) “Notice” means written notice as further defined in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

  (z) “Officer” means any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

  (aa)

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, a joint venture, an unincorporated association, a joint-stock company, a trust or other entity or (a) any

 

3


 

national, state or other sovereign government, and any federal, regional, state, provincial, local, city government or other political subdivision, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other nongovernmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented;

 

  (bb) “Pledge Agreement” means any pledge agreement with respect to a pledge by a Member of its Shares of the Company;

 

  (cc) “Pledgee” means any person entitled to a security interest or charge in Shares of the Company (which pledge has been approved in accordance with the terms of these bye-laws) pursuant to a Pledge Agreement;

 

  (dd) “Register of Directors and Officers” means the Register of Directors and Officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

  (ee) “Register of Members” means the Register of Members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

  (ff) “Related Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture;

 

  (gg) “Requisite Global Majority” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture;

 

  (hh) “Resident Representative” means any Person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;

 

  (ii) “Secretary” means the Person appointed to perform any or all the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary;

 

  (jj) “Specified Matter” has the meaning set forth in numbered clause (4) of Bye-law 19;

 

  (kk) “Super-Majority Matters” means an action by or in connection with the Company in relation to any of the following:

 

  (i) To approve a dissolution of the Company or a sale of the Company whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;

 

4


  (ii) To approve the issuance to any Person of any additional Class A Shares, Class B Shares or securities convertible into Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares ;

 

  (iii) To approve the transfer of Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares to a Person other than FB Transportation or Textainer (or the Pledgee pursuant to a Pledge Agreement), except that FB Transportation and Textainer may transfer their respective shares to an Affiliate or another Class A or Class B Member in accordance with Bye-law 62, subject to compliance with applicable law;

 

  (iv) To discontinue the Company to a named country or jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to Section 132G of the Act;

 

  (v) To waive any Manager Default otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (vi) To appoint a Replacement Manager otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (vii) To change the Auditor of the Company; and

 

  (viii) To amend or modify either or both of the Memorandum of Association and the Bye-laws of the Company in a manner that affects the rights, duties or obligations accruing to, as exercisable by, the Class A Shares or the Class A Members;

 

  (ll) “Textainer” means Textainer Limited, an exempted company organized in Bermuda with limited liability.

(2) “In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender or neuter;

 

  (c) words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d) the word:

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

5


  (e) unless otherwise provided herein words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

(3) Expressions referring to writing or written shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words in a visible form.

(4) Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

(5) Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

2. Board of Directors

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. The number of Directors of the Company shall be four unless increased to five in accordance with Bye-law 19, which number shall also be the maximum number of Directors for the purposes of Section 91(1A) of the Act. Three Directors shall be appointed by Textainer (except when the Class A Shares owned by Textainer are transferred to a Pledgee, in such case three directors shall be appointed by the Pledgee) and one Director shall be appointed by FB Transportation.

 

3. Management of the Company

(1) The Board may, in managing the business of the Company, exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Bye-laws, the provisions of any statute and to such directions as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting.

(2) No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

(3) The Board may procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company.

 

4. Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company.

 

6


5. Power to appoint manager

The Board may appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day to day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business.

 

6. Power to authorise specific actions

The Board may, consistent with the limitations set forth in Bye-law 43, from time to time and at any time authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

7. Power to appoint attorney

The Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company.

 

8. Power to delegate to a committee

Subject to the limitations set forth in Bye-laws 10 and 43, the Board may delegate any of its powers to a committee appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors and every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them. The meeting and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board.

 

9. Power to appoint and dismiss employees

The Board may appoint, suspend or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties.

 

10. Power to borrow and charge property

(1) Other than pursuant to the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any other Related Documents, the Company shall not borrow money, mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, or issue debentures, debenture stock and other debt securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party.

 

7


(2) Except as otherwise provided or permitted by the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any other Related Documents, but subject to the other provisions of these Bye-laws, the Company shall not take action in connection with any of the following matters, unless such matters are approved by the Board and, if required, by the Members, in accordance with the provisions of Bye-Law 43:

 

  (a) selling, transferring, exchanging or otherwise disposing of any of the assets or Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company;

 

  (b) contracting for, creating, incurring or assuming any liens upon or charges over the property or assets of the Company;

 

  (c) incurring, contracting for, creating or assuming any indebtedness or consenting to the entry of any judgment against the Company;

 

  (d) amalgamating, consolidating or merging with or into any other entity or transferring to any entity all or any part of the Collateral;

 

  (e) making any expenditure on capital assets other than pursuant to the Management Agreement or in connection with the acquisition of Containers made pursuant to the Contribution and Sale Agreement;

 

  (f) knowingly performing any act which would subject any holder of a Note (as defined in the Indenture) to liability for Taxes (as defined in Section 205 of the Supplement).

 

11. Exercise of power to purchase shares of or discontinue the Company

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares pursuant to Section 42A of the Act.

 

12. Election of Directors

The Board shall consist of the number of Directors required pursuant to Bye-law 2 who shall be appointed as hereinafter provided in the first place at the statutory meeting of the Company. Thereafter any Director appointed by FB Transportation (each, a “FB Transportation Director”) shall be appointed by written notice delivered by FB Transportation to the Company’s registered office, and any Director appointed by Textainer (or the Pledgee if the Class A Shares owned by Textainer are transferred to a Pledgee) (each, a “Textainer Director” or “the Pledgee Director”, as the case may be) shall be appointed by written notice delivered by Textainer or the Pledgee, as the case may be, to the Company’s registered office, all of whom shall hold office until the next annual general meeting or until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated. Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) shall at all times be entitled to appoint three (3) Directors, and FB Transportation shall at all times be entitled to appoint one Director.

 

8


13. Defects in appointment of Directors

All acts done bona fide by any meeting of the Board or by a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

14. Alternate Directors

(1) At any time FB Transportation and Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to one or more of the FB Transportation Directors or Textainer Directors (or the Pledgee Directors, as the case may be) (as the case may be) by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office; provided, that only FB Transportation shall be permitted to appoint an Alternate Director for a FB Transportation Director and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) shall be permitted to appoint an Alternate Director for each Textainer Director (or each Pledgee Director, as the case may be). Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself or herself by notice in writing deposited with the Secretary. Any person so elected or appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

(2) An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Board and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.

(3) An Alternate Director shall cease to be such if the Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed ceases for any reason to be a Director but may be re-appointed by the Board as alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

15. Removal of Directors

(1) Only FB Transportation may remove a FB Transportation Director (which removal shall be effected by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office) and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) may remove a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be) (which removal shall be effected by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office).

(2) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law must be filled by the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or in the notice effecting such removal (as the case may be) and after giving effect to any such election or appointment, the composition of the Board shall be as set forth in Bye-law 2.

 

9


16. Vacancies on the Board

(1) Subject to Bye-law 2, the Members shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as the result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed; provided that only FB Transportation or a FB Transportation Director may appoint an Alternate Director to a FB Transportation Director and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) or a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be) may appoint an Alternate Director to a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be).

(2) Notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting of the Company or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

(3) The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

  (d) resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the Company.

 

17. Notice of meetings of the Board

(1) A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board.

(2) Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

18. Quorum at meetings of the Board

Other than in accordance with Bye-law 19, the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be three Directors consisting of at least one FB Transportation Director and two Textainer Directors (or two Pledgee Directors, as the case may be).

 

10


19. Meetings of the Board

(1) The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(3) Subject to the special limitations set forth in paragraph 4 of this Bye-law 19 and paragraphs 3 and 4 of Bye-law 43, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present. In the case of a resolution which does not obtain the requisite number of votes, such resolution shall fail unless otherwise provided for in these Bye-laws.

(4) If a resolution is put to a vote at a meeting of the Board which (A) involves the matters described in clause (3) of Bye-law 43, or (B) would amend or modify the provisions of Bye-law 43(3)(x) (each of the items described in clauses (A) and (B), a “Specified Matter”) then, in either such instance, the number of Directors of the Company shall automatically be increased to five (5), and the quorum for any such vote shall be four (4) Directors, one of which must be an Independent Director. The additional directorship arising as a result of the increase in the number of directors shall be filled by an Independent Director who shall be elected by an affirmative vote of a majority of the other Directors from a pool of candidates (and such pool may consist of only one person) of candidates put forward by AMACAR Investments, LLC. The Independent Director elected pursuant to this Bye-law 19(4) shall be a Director until the vote regarding the Specified Matter and shall cease to be a Director immediately following such vote. An action involving a Specified Matter must also be approved in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 43(4).

 

20. Unanimous written resolutions

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution. For the purposes of this Bye-law only, “Director” shall not include an Alternate Director.

 

21. Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests

(1) Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in a professional capacity for the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or such company shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if such Director were not a Director, provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or such company to act as Auditor of the Company.

 

11


(2) A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

(3) Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

22. Remuneration of Directors

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

OFFICERS

 

23. Officers of the Company

The Officers of the Company shall consist of a President and a Vice President or a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may from time to time determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Bye-laws.

 

24. Appointment of Officers

(1) The Board shall, as soon as possible after the statutory meeting of Members and after each annual general meeting, appoint a President and a Vice President or a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman who shall be Directors.

(2) The Secretary and additional Officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

25. Remuneration of Officers

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

26. Duties of Officers

Subject to the limitations set forth in these Bye-laws, the officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

12


27. Chairman of meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to attend and vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not the President shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members and of the Board at which such person is present. In their absence the Deputy Chairman or Vice President, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

28. Register of Directors and Officers

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

MINUTES

 

29. Obligations of Board to keep minutes

(1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

(2) Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

30. Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Company

The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include, for the purposes of Bye-laws 30 and 31, any person appointed to any committee by the Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for

 

13


the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons. Such indemnification shall be payable by the Company at the times, in the amounts and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 302 of the Indenture.

 

31. Waiver of claim by Member

Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

MEETINGS

 

32. Notice of annual general meeting

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year of incorporation at such time and place as the President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint. At least five days notice of such meeting shall be given to each Member stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

33. Notice of special general meeting

The President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene a special general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary, upon not less than five days’ notice which shall state the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

34. Accidental omission of notice of general meeting

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any Person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

35. Meeting called on requisition of Members

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company and the provisions of Section 74 of the Act shall apply.

 

14


36. Short notice

A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been property called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

37. Postponement of meetings

The Secretary may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

38. Quorum for general meeting

Unless otherwise provided for in these Bye-laws, at any general meeting of the Company two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, PROVIDED that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting of the Company held during such time. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine.

 

39. Adjournment of meetings

The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed), adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date and time, fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

40. Attendance at meetings

Members may participate in any general meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

15


41. Written resolutions

(1) Subject to subparagraph (6), anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members of the Company, may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

(2) A resolution in writing may be signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members, or any class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

(3) For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

(4) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

(5) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of Sections 81 and 82 of the Act.

(6) This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

  (a) a resolution passed pursuant to Section 89(5) of the Act; or

 

  (b) a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office under these Bye-laws.

 

42. Attendance of Directors

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

43. Voting at meetings

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

16


(2) No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

(3) No action shall be taken by the Company in connection with any of the following matters unless the same shall also first have been approved or authorised by (x) a resolution of the Board for which at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Directors (including any Independent Director) have voted in favour, (y) a resolution of the Class A Members and Class B Members representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class A Shares and Class B Shares then in issue and (z) a resolution of the Class C Members representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all the Class C Shares then in issue:

 

  (a) authorization of a Bankruptcy Matter; or

 

  (b) amending this Bye-law 43(3), Bye-law 43(4), Bye-law 19(4), or Bye-law 86.

(4) No action shall be taken by the Company in connection with any of the Super-Majority Matters or Specified Matters unless such action shall have been first approved or authorised by (x) a resolution of the Board for which at least 80% of all Directors (or such higher percentage as may be required by paragraph (3) of Bye-law 43) have voted in favour and which is otherwise passed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4 of Bye-law 19 in connection with any of the Specified Matters, and (y) a resolution of Members for which Members representing at least 80% of all then issued and outstanding Class A Shares and Class B Shares that are entitled to vote have voted in favour of such Super-Majority Matters or Specified matters.

(5) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Independent Director shall consider only the interests of the Company, and its respective creditors, in acting with respect to any matter under these Bye-laws, including (without limitation) the matters referred to in this Bye-law 43.

 

44. Voting on show of hands

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his or her hand.

 

45. Decision of chairman

At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

17


46. Demand for a poll

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding two Bye-laws, at any general meeting of the Company, in respect of any question proposed for the consideration of the Members (whether before or on the declaration of the result of a show of hands as provided for in these Bye-laws), a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

  (a) the chairman of such meeting; or

 

  (b) at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

  (c) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

  (d) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

  (e) Where, in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law, a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted in the manner set out in subparagraph (2) and (3) of this Bye-Law or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands.

(2) A poll demanded in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law, for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith and a poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the Chairman (or acting chairman) may direct and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

(3) Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his or her vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialed or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

18


47. Seniority of joint holders voting

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

48. Instrument of proxy

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “A” in the Schedule hereto, under the hand of the appointor or of the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal, or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or attorney. The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any instrument of proxy shall be final.

 

49. Representation of corporations at meetings

A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Members and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he or she thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

50. Rights of shares

Subject to any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be divided into three classes of shares, namely Class A Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class A Shares”), Class B Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class B Shares”) and Class C Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class C Shares”), the holders of which shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws have the respective rights as herein set out:

 

  (a) Holders of the Class A Shares shall:

 

  (i) be entitled to one vote per share;

 

  (ii) subject to the terms of the Members’ Agreement, be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

19


  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to payment in accordance with Section 4.1(c) of the Members’ Agreement; and

 

  (iv) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

  (b) Holders of the Class B Shares shall:

 

  (i) not be entitled to vote except as otherwise required by law or these Bye-laws;

 

  (ii) subject to the terms of the Members’ Agreement, be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to payment in accordance with Section 4.1(c) of the Members’ Agreement; and

 

  (iv) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

  (c) Holders of the Class C Shares shall:

 

  (i) not be entitled to vote except as otherwise required by law or these Bye-laws;

 

  (ii) not be entitled to dividends;

 

  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the payment of US$1.00 per Class C Share;

 

  (iv) upon satisfaction in full of all obligations of the Company pursuant to the Indenture, be subject to having such Class C Shares be redeemed at the option of the Company for US$1.00 per Class C Share; and

 

  (v) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

51. Power to issue shares

(1) Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have power to issue any unissued shares of the

 

20


Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may from time to time by resolution of the Members prescribe.

(2) The Board shall, in connection with the issue of any share, have the power to pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law.

(3) The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any Person of or for any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-Law shall prohibit transactions mentioned in Sections 39A, 39B and 39C of the Act.

(4) The Company may from time to time do any one or more of the following things:

 

  (a) make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members in the amounts and times of payments of calls on their shares;

 

  (b) accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up;

 

  (c) pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others; and

 

  (d) issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding up.

 

52. Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company

(1) Subject to the provisions of Sections 42 and 43 of the Act any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by resolution of the Members determine.

(2) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class in accordance with Section 47 (7) of the Act. The rights conferred upon the holders of

 

21


the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

(3) The Company may from time to time by resolution of the Members change the currency denomination of, increase, alter or reduce its share capital in accordance with the provisions of the Act. Where, on any alteration of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the issue to Members, as appropriate, of fractions of shares and/or arranging for the sale or transfer of the fractions of shares of Members.

(4) The Company may from time to time purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 42A of the Act.

 

53. Registered holder of shares

(1) The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other Person.

(2) Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members or, in the case of joint holders, to such address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares anyone can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

54. Death of a joint holder

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

55. Share certificates

(1) Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, how much has been paid thereon. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

(2) The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the Person to whom such shares have been allotted.

 

22


(3) If any such certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

56. Calls on shares

The Board may from time to time make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

57. Forfeiture of shares

(1) If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward to such Member a notice in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “B” in the Schedule hereto.

(2) If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.

(3) A Member whose share or shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

58. Contents of Register of Members

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

59. Inspection of Register of Members

The Register of Members shall be open to inspection at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper to that effect, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

23


60. Determination of record dates

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Board may fix any date as the record date for:

 

  (a) determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend; and

 

  (b) determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

61. Instrument of Transfer

(1) An instrument of transfer shall be in the form or as near thereto as circumstances admit of Form “C” in the Schedule hereto or in such other common form as the Board may accept. Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

(2) The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

62. Restriction on Transfer

(1) The Board shall not register the transfer of a share unless such transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.7 of the Members Agreement. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained.

(2) If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

63. Transfers by joint holders

The joint holders of any share or shares may transfer such share or shares to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share or shares previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

24


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

64. Representative of deceased Member

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of Section 52 of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member’s estate or such other person as the Board may in its absolute discretion decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

65. Registration on death or bankruptcy

Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some Person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the Person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “D” in the Schedule hereto. On the presentation thereof to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

66. Declaration of dividends by the Board

(1) The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and the Members’ Agreement and in accordance with Section 54 of the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares by class held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets.

(2) If a proposed resolution of the Board to declare and pay a dividend (or distribution pursuant to Bye-law 67) to the Class B Member results in a tied vote, the Textainer Director(s) (or the Pledgee Director(s), as the case may be) shall have a deciding vote.

(3) If, at any time after the Pledgee Directors are appointed, a proposed resolution of the Board to declare and pay a dividend (or distribution pursuant to Bye-law 67) to the Class A Members results in a tied vote, the Pledgee Director(s) shall have a deciding vote.

 

25


67. Other distributions

The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company, provided such declaration is made in accordance with the provisions of the Members’ Agreement, provided further, for the avoidance of doubt, that such distributions in accordance with the Members’ Agreement need not be pro rata.

 

68. Reserve fund

The Board may from time to time before declaring a dividend set aside, out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other special purpose.

 

69. Deduction of Amounts due to the Company

The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

CAPITALISATION

 

70. Issue of bonus shares

(1) The Board may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Members.

(2) The Company may capitalise any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

ACCOUNTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

71. Records of account

The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

26


Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to Section 83 (2) of the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

72. Financial year end

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31st December in each year.

 

73. Financial statements

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to Section 88 of the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

AUDIT

 

74. Appointment of Auditor

Subject to Section 88 of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, a Person having experience in reviewing and/or auditing financial statements of entities shall be appointed by the Members as an independent representative of the Members as Auditor of the accounts of the Company, provided that such appointment shall have been approved in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws. Such Auditor may not be a Member, and no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his or her continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

75. Remuneration of Auditor

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

 

76. Vacation of office of Auditor

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the Board shall, as soon as practicable, convene a special general meeting to fill the vacancy thereby created.

 

77. Access to books of the Company

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

27


78. Report of the Auditor

(1) Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to Section 88 of the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

(2) The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

(3) The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in subparagraph (2) of this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor must disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

NOTICES

 

79. Notices to Members of the Company

A notice may be given by the Company to any Member either by delivering it to such Member in person or by sending it to such Member’s address in the Register of Members or to such other address given for the purpose. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a notice may be sent by mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form.

 

80. Notices to joint Members

Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

81. Service and delivery of notice

Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile or other method as the case may be.

SEAL OF THE COMPANY

 

82. The seal

The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use outside Bermuda.

 

28


83. Manner in which seal is to be affixed

The seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except attested by the signature of a Director and the Secretary or any two Directors, or any Person appointed by the Board for the purpose, provided that any Director, Officer or Resident Representative, may affix the seal of the Company attested by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative’s signature to any authenticated copies of these Bye-laws, the incorporating documents of the Company, the minutes of any meetings or any other documents required to be authenticated by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative.

WINDING-UP

 

84. Winding-up/distribution by liquidator

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

85. Miscellaneous

In order to ensure that the Company operates and maintains its legal status as an independent entity, individual, separate and distinct from its Members, their Affiliates, Directors and Officers, the Company shall, except as otherwise provided or permitted by the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any Related Documents:

 

  (a) not commingle its assets with those of any other entity except for any commingling that may occur prior to the distribution of funds by the Manager to the Company in accordance with the Management Agreement;

 

  (b) maintain records and books of account separate from those of any other entity;

 

  (c) conduct its business solely in its own name so as not to mislead others as to its identity separate and distinct from any other entity except as contemplated by the Management Agreement;

 

  (d) provide for its expenses and liabilities from its own funds;

 

  (e) maintain correct and complete books and records of account in a consistent manner from year to year and separate and apart from any other entity;

 

29


  (f) maintain minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its Members and Board of Directors in accordance with the Act;

 

  (g) act solely in its own name and, as applicable, through its duly authorised officers, agents or representatives (including the Manager to the extent set forth in the Management Agreement) in the conduct of its business;

 

  (h) maintain an arm’s length relationship with any other entity;

 

  (i) not make any loan to or guarantee (or otherwise become contingently liable in respect of) any loan to any Member or Affiliate, or any Director or Officer of the Company; and

 

  (j) not borrow from any Affiliate of any Member or the Manager (except for any Manager Advances (as defined in the Management Agreement) made in accordance with the Management Agreement) or any Director or Officer of the Company.

ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

 

86. Alteration of Bye-laws

No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 43.

 

87. Conflict with Members’ Agreement

If, and to the extent these Bye-laws conflict with the Members’ Agreement, the provisions of the Members’ Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by law, prevail.

******

****

**

 

30


SCHEDULE—FORM A (Bye-law 49)

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

PROXY

I/We                                                                                                        of                                                                                                       

the holder(s) of                      share(s) in the above-named company hereby appoint                                                                   or failing him/her                                                                   or failing him/her                                                               as my/our proxy to vote on my/our behalf at the general meeting of the Company to be held on the      day of             , 20    , and at any adjournment thereof.

Dated this      day of             , 20

*GIVEN under the seal of the Company

*Signed by the above-named

 

 

 

Witness

*Delete as applicable.

 

31


SCHEDULE—FORM B (Bye-law 58)

NOTICE OF LIABILITY TO FORFEITURE FOR NON PAYMENT OF CALL

You have failed to pay the call of (amount of call] made on the      day of             , 20     last, in respect of the (number] share(s) (numbers in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the      day of             , 20     last, the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of              per annum computed from the said      day of             , 20     last, on or before the      day of              20     next at the place of business of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

Dated this      day of             , 20    

 

[Signature of Secretary]
By order of the Board

 

32


SCHEDULE—FORM C (Bye-law 62)

TRANSFER OF A SHARE OR SHARES

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                                                                                                            [amount]                                                                                                                            [transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                        [transferee] of                                                                                                                             [address]                                                                                                                            [number of shares] shares of                                                               Textainer, Marine Containers Limited.

Dated                     

 

 

 

 
  (Transferor)  
In the presence of:    

 

   
(Witness)    
 

 

 
  (Transferee)  
In the presence of:    

 

   
(Witness)    

 

33


SCHEDULE—FORM D (Bye-law 66)

TRANSFER BY A PERSON BECOMING ENTITLED ON DEATH/BANKRUPTCY

OF A MEMBER

I/We having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name of the deceased Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the register of members of Textainer Marine Containers Limited in the name of the said [name of deceased Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee his or her executors, administrators and assigns subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution thereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

WITNESS our hands this      day of             , 20    

 

Signed by the above-named   )
[person or persons entitled]   )
in the presence of:   )
Signed by the above-named   )
[transferee]   )
in the presence of:   )

 

34


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT


AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER 1, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”) to the SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2000-1 Supplement”), each by and between TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have previously entered into the Series 2000-1 Supplement;

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Series 2000-1 Supplement in order to amend certain provisions contained therein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Series 2000-1 Supplement.

SECTION 2. Full Force and Effect. Other than as specifically modified hereby, the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

SECTION 3. Amendments to the Series 2000-1 Supplement. Pursuant to Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, effective on the date hereof, following the execution and delivery hereof, the following provision of the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall be amended as follows:

(a) Section 502(c) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by inserting the following text at the end of clause (B) thereof:

“, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date”

(b) The lead-in language in Article VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by deleting the words “as of the Restatement Effective Date” therein.

(c) Section 612(iii) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


“(iii) The bye-laws of the Issuer provide that the Issuer shall have four directors (three directors appointed by Textainer Limited, and one director appointed by FB Transportation Capital LLC unless increased to five under certain circumstances described in the bye-laws, including, but not limited to, those discussed below. In the event of a resolution to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer, the bye-laws of the Issuer further provide that the number of directors is automatically increased to five and an independent director from the Director Services Provider is elected by a majority of the directors. Such independent director shall participate solely in the vote on the voluntary Insolvency Proceedings and shall cease to be a director immediately following such vote. No action can be taken to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer unless such action shall have been approved or authorized by (x) a resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer for which at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all directors (including the independent director) of the Issuer have voted in favor and (y) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class A Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) and Class B Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer and (z) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class C Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer then issued and outstanding.”

SECTION 4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Issuer hereby confirms that (i) the requirements set forth in Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement have been satisfied with respect to the amendment set forth herein, and (ii) each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Articles IV and VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement are true and correct as of the date first written above with the same effect as though each had been made as of such date, except to the extent that any of such representations, warranties and covenants expressly relate to earlier dates.

SECTION 5. Effectiveness.

(a) This Amendment shall become effective as of the opening of business on November 21, 2007. Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(c) After the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, and (ii) each reference in the Series 2000-1 Supplement to “this Supplement” and “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall mean and be a reference to the Series 2000-1 Supplement as amended or modified hereby.

SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together one and the same agreement. A facsimile counterpart shall be effective as an original.

 

-2-


SECTION 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES; PROVIDED, THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Amendment, any rights or obligations hereunder, or the performance of such rights and obligations.

SECTION 9. No Novation. Notwithstanding that the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by this Amendment as of the date hereof, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to cause a novation or discharge of any existing Indebtedness of the Issuer under the original Series 2000-1 Supplement or the security interest in the Collateral created thereby. All Series 2000-1 Notes that have been issued on or prior to the effective date of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect and the Issuer hereby ratifies the Indebtedness evidenced thereby.

SECTION 10. Entire Agreement. This Amendment (together with the other Series 2000-1 Related Documents) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:  

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:   Kristen L. Puttin
Title:   Assistant Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,

as Requisite Global Majority

By:

 

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:

  Bracken Gardner

Title:

  Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT


[EXECUTION VERSION]

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”), among TEXTAINER LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“TL”), FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V. (“Fortis”; each of TL and Fortis, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”) and TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and consented to by WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) under the Indenture (as defined below), and AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION (the “Requisite Global Majority”), is to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, including by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of July 31, 2006, the “Contribution and Sale Agreement”), among the Sellers and the Issuer and consented to by the Indenture Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into the Contribution and Sale Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to further amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement in certain respects as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Contribution and Sale Agreement or, if not defined therein, in that certain Second Amended and Restated Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

Section 2. Amendments to the Contribution and Sale Agreement. Effective as of the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the following provisions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement are amended as follows:

(a) Section 3.01(z) of the Contribution and Sale Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

All Representations and Warranties True. All representations and warranties made by such Seller in any certificate or other document delivered at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including all representations and warranties made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered


in connection with the issuance of the Notes and each of the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller), are true and correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, however, that each of the representations, warranties and factual assumptions made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered in connection with the issuance of the Notes, to the extent that such representations, warranties and assumptions relate to (i) the ownership of the Class A shares of the Issuer or (ii) the duration of time during which Manager may own containers that are on lease as part of the Textainer container fleet, are made only as of the date of such opinion and the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent that such assumptions relate to such ownership or duration and compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller) are deemed true and correct only as of the date of such opinions;”

Section 3. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein;

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein;

(v) No Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, has occurred and is continuing, and no Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default shall occur as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment; and

 

2


(vi) Each of the conditions precedent necessary to amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement as set forth herein have been, or contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment will be, satisfied.

(b) Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants as to itself that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein; and

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

Section 4. Scope and Effectiveness of Amendment.

(a) This Amendment shall be effective upon execution and delivery hereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall become a part of the Contribution and Sale Agreement and each reference in the Contribution and Sale Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Indenture shall mean and be a reference to the Contribution and Sale Agreement as amended or modified hereby.

(c) Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified in all respects.

(d) Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a “Related Document” under the Indenture and the Insurance Agreement.

Section 5. Entire Agreement. This Amendment represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

3


Section 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of Bermuda (without regard to choice of law principles) applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

[Signature pages on following pages]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE ISSUER:     TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
    By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

      Philip K. Brewer
      Executive Vice President
THE SELLERS:     TEXTAINER LIMITED
    By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

      Philip K. Brewer
      Executive Vice President
    FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V.
    By  

[Signature illegible]

    Name:  

[Illegible ]

    Title:   Director
    By  

/s/ M.P. Nijs

    Name:   M.P. Nijs
    Title:  


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,

as Requisite Global Majority

By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:  

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:   Kristen L. Puttin
Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT E

SHARE TRANSFER FORM

 

E-1


TRANSFER OF SHARES

FOR VALUE RECEIVED FB Transportation Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto Textainer Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, 3,000 Class A Shares of Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda.

 

Dated November 21, 2007    
    FB TRANSPORTATION CAPITAL LLC
    By:  

/s/ Adam DiMartino

    Name:   Adam DiMartino
    Title:   Authorized Signatory
    By:  

[Signature illegible]

    Name:  
    Title:   CEO
    TEXTAINER LIMITED
    By:  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

      Philip K. Brewer, Executive Vice President


EXHIBIT F

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

[TO BE PROVIDED]

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

AMENDMENT NUMBER 2 TO CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

 

G-1


[EXECUTION VERSION]

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”), among TEXTAINER LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“TL”), FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V. (“Fortis”; each of TL and Fortis, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”) and TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and consented to by WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) under the Indenture (as defined below), and AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION (the “Requisite Global Majority”), is to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, including by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of July 31, 2006, the “Contribution and Sale Agreement”), among the Sellers and the Issuer and consented to by the Indenture Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into the Contribution and Sale Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to further amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement in certain respects as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Contribution and Sale Agreement or, if not defined therein, in that certain Second Amended and Restated Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

Section 2. Amendments to the Contribution and Sale Agreement. Effective as of the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the following provisions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement are amended as follows:

(a) Section 3.01(z) of the Contribution and Sale Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

All Representations and Warranties True. All representations and warranties made by such Seller in any certificate or other document delivered at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including all representations and warranties made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered


in connection with the issuance of the Notes and each of the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller), are true and correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, however, that each of the representations, warranties and factual assumptions made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered in connection with the issuance of the Notes, to the extent that such representations, warranties and assumptions relate to (i) the ownership of the Class A shares of the Issuer or (ii) the duration of time during which Manager may own containers that are on lease as part of the Textainer container fleet, are made only as of the date of such opinion and the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent that such assumptions relate to such ownership or duration and compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller) are deemed true and correct only as of the date of such opinions;”

Section 3. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein;

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein;

(v) No Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, has occurred and is continuing, and no Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default shall occur as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment; and

 

2


(vi) Each of the conditions precedent necessary to amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement as set forth herein have been, or contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment will be, satisfied.

(b) Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants as to itself that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein; and

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

Section 4. Scope and Effectiveness of Amendment.

(a) This Amendment shall be effective upon execution and delivery hereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall become a part of the Contribution and Sale Agreement and each reference in the Contribution and Sale Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Indenture shall mean and be a reference to the Contribution and Sale Agreement as amended or modified hereby.

(c) Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified in all respects.

(d) Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a “Related Document” under the Indenture and the Insurance Agreement.

Section 5. Entire Agreement. This Amendment represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

3


Section 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of Bermuda (without regard to choice of law principles) applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

[Signature pages on following pages]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE ISSUER:     TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
    By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

      Philip K. Brewer
      Executive Vice President
THE SELLERS:     TEXTAINER LIMITED
    By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

      Philip K. Brewer
      Executive Vice President
    FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V.
    By  

[Signature illegible]

    Name:   [Illegible]
    Title:   Director
    By  

/s/ M.P. Nijs

    Name:   M.P. Nijs
    Title:  


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,

as Requisite Global Majority

By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:

 

Kristen L. Puttin

Title:

  Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT H

AMBAC CONSENT

 

H-1


Execution Copy

CONSENT TO TMCL TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

THIS CONSENT, dated as of November 21, 2007, of AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION (this “Consent”), is with respect to (i) that Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005 (as such agreement has been and may hereafter be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), between Textainer Marine Containers Limited, a Bermuda company (“TMCL”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as the Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”); and (ii) that certain Second Amended and Restated Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as such agreement has been and may hereafter be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “I&I Agreement”), among Ambac Assurance Corporation, as insurer (the “Insurer”), TMCL, Textainer Equipment Management Limited, as manager (“TEML”), and the Indenture Trustee. Capitalized terms in this Consent which are not defined in this Consent but which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

WHEREAS, TMCL has advised the Insurer that, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain Share Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2007 (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) among FB Transportation Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Seller”), and Textainer Limited, a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Purchaser”), the Seller desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Seller, three thousand (3,000) (the “Purchased Shares”) of the six thousand (6,000) issued and outstanding Class A Shares of TMCL owned by the Seller;

WHEREAS, in order to consummate the sale of the Purchased Shares, TMCL desires (i) to amend and restate the Members Agreement dated as of November 29, 2001, pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Members Agreement dated as of November 21, 2007, among TMCL, the Seller and the Purchaser (the “Amended and Restated Members Agreement”); (ii) to amend and restate its Bye-laws, pursuant to that certain Amended Bye-laws adopted November 21, 2007 (the “Amended Bye-laws”), in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto; (iii) to amend the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of June 8, 2006, pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement dated as of November 21, 2007, between TMCL and the Indenture Trustee (the “Series Supplement Amendment”), in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto and (iv) to amend the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of June 8, 2006, pursuant to that certain Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement dated as of November 21, 2007, among the Purchaser, Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. and TMCL (the “Contribution and Sale Amendment”), in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto (the Share Purchase Agreement, the Amended and Restated Members Agreement, the Amended Bye-laws, the Series Supplement Amendment and the Contribution and Sale Amendment are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “TMCL Transaction Documents”; the amendments and transactions described in the preceding part of this paragraph are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “TMCL Transactions”); and

WHEREAS, TMCL has advised the Insurer that the consent of the Insurer is required in order to permit consummation of certain of the TMCL Transactions.


NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Representations and Warranties. In connection with the TMCL Transactions, and in order to induce the Insurer to enter into this Consent, each of TMCL, TEML and the Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, confirms and agrees as follows:

(a) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Related Documents are true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the date hereof and will be true and correct after giving effect to the TMCL Transactions as if restated at and as of the date thereof, except to the extent that any of such representations, warranties and covenants expressly relate to earlier dates, and no Conversion Event, Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default nor any event, that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a Conversion Event, Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default has occurred or, after giving effect to the TMCL Transactions, will have occurred;

(b) The Seller is a wholly owned subsidiary of Fortis Bank S.A./N.V., and, immediately after giving effect to the TMCL Transactions, the Seller (i) shall own twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding Class A Shares (as defined in TMCL’s bye-laws) of TMCL, and (ii) shall have an aggregate Investment in TMCL in an amount that is greater than or equal to the product of (x) three percent (3%) and (y) the then Aggregate Net Book Value;

(c) It has provided the Insurer with true and complete copies of the TMCL Transaction Documents;

(d) The Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Series Supplement Amendment, the Amended Bye-laws and the Contribution and Sale Amendment;

(e) The consummation of the TMCL Transactions to which it is a party will not subject TMCL to any tax, fee or government charge of any Governmental Authority;

(f) (A) It is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Consent by all requisite corporate and, if required, equityholder action; (B) the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Consent shall not violate (1) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or certificate or organizational documents or other of its constitutive documents, (2) any order or Governmental Authority or (3) any provision of any material indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it or any of its affiliates is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound and (C) this Consent constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity); and

(g) The requirements set forth in Section 705 (a) of the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement and Section 7.01 of the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement have been, or contemporaneously with the execution of this Consent will be, satisfied with respect to this Consent.

 

2


2. Consent. In express reliance on the representations, warranties, confirmations and agreements set forth herein, the Insurer hereby consents to the Series Supplement Amendment, the Amended Bye-laws and the Contribution and Sale Amendment. This Consent shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed (i) to be an amendment, waiver or modification of, or a consent granted pursuant to, any other term or condition of any Related Document or any of the instruments or agreements referred to in such documents or a waiver of any Conversion Event, Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, whether or not known to the Insurer, or (ii) to prejudice any other right or rights that Insurer may now or in the future have under or in connection with any Related Document or any instruments or agreements referred to therein.

This Consent shall constitute a Related Document within the definition thereof in the Indenture.

THIS CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

This Consent may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same document. Execution and delivery of this Consent by facsimile transmission shall be effective as an original.

This Consent constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter hereof, and cannot be amended without the written agreement of each party hereto.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures to follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Consent to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED,

as Issuer

By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   President
TEXTAINER LIMITED, as Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   Executive VP

TEXTAINER EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED,

as Manager

By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   Executive VP

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:
AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

AMBAC CONSENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AMENDED BYE-LAWS OF TMCL


AMENDED BYE - LAWS

of

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

Non-Standard Exempted Company Bye-laws.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bye-Law

 

     Page
1.    Interpretation    1
2.    Board of Directors    6
3.    Management of the Company    6
4.    Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer    6
5.    Power to appoint manager    7
6.    Power to authorise specific actions    7
7.    Power to appoint attorney    7
8.    Power to delegate to a committee    7
9.    Power to appoint and dismiss employees    7
10.    Power to borrow and charge property    7
11.    Exercise of power to purchase shares of or discontinue the Company    8
12.    Election of Directors    8
13.    Defects in appointment of Directors    9
14.    Alternate Directors    9
15.    Removal of Directors    9
16.    Vacancies on the Board    10
17.    Notice of meetings of the Board    10
18.    Quorum at meetings of the Board    10
19.    Meetings of the Board    11
20.    Unanimous written resolutions    11
21.    Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests    11
22.    Remuneration of Directors    12
23.    Officers of the Company    12
24.    Appointment of Officers    12
25.    Remuneration of Officers    12
26.    Duties of Officers    12
27.    Chairman of meetings    13
28.    Register of Directors and Officers    13
29.    Obligations of Board to keep minutes    13
30.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Company    13
31.    Waiver of claim by Member    14
32.    Notice of annual general meeting    14
33.    Notice of special general meeting    14
34.    Accidental omission of notice of general meeting    14
35.    Meeting called on requisition of Members    14
36.    Short notice    15
37.    Postponement of meetings    15
38.    Quorum for general meeting    15
39.    Adjournment of meetings    15
40.    Attendance at meetings    15
41.    Written resolutions    16
42.    Attendance of Directors    16

 

i


43.    Voting at meetings    16
44.    Voting on show of hands    17
45.    Decision of chairman    17
46.    Demand for a poll    18
47.    Seniority of joint holders voting    19
48.    Instrument of proxy    19
49.    Representation of corporations at meetings    19
50.    Rights of shares    19
51.    Power to issue shares    20
52.    Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company    21
53.    Registered holder of shares    22
54.    Death of a joint holder    22
55.    Share certificates    22
56.    Calls on shares    23
57.    Forfeiture of shares    23
58.    Contents of Register of Members    23
59.    Inspection of Register of Members    23
60.    Determination of record dates    24
61.    Instrument of Transfer    24
62.    Restriction on Transfer    24
63.    Transfers by joint holders    24
64.    Representative of deceased Member    25
65.    Registration on death or bankruptcy    25
66.    Declaration of dividends by the Board    25
67.    Other distributions    26
68.    Reserve fund    26
69.    Deduction of Amounts due to the Company    26
70.    Issue of bonus shares    26
71.    Records of account    26
72.    Financial year end    27
73.    Financial statements    27
74.    Appointment of Auditor    27
75.    Remuneration of Auditor    27
76.    Vacation of office of Auditor    27
77.    Access to books of the Company    27
78.    Report of the Auditor    28
79.    Notices to Members of the Company    28
80.    Notices to joint Members    28
81.    Service and delivery of notice    28
82.    The seal    28
83.    Manner in which seal is to be affixed    29
84.    Winding-up/distribution by liquidator    29
85.    Miscellaneous    29
86.    Alteration of Bye-laws    30
87.    Conflict with Members’ Agreement    30

 

ii


Schedule—Form A (Bye-law 49)

Schedule—Form B (Bye-law 58)

Schedule—Form C (Bye-law 62)

Schedule—Form D (Bye-law 66)

 

iii


INTERPRETATION

 

1. Interpretation

(1) In these Bye-laws the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings respectively:

 

  (a) “Act” means the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

  (b) “Affiliate” means with respect to a specified person, any of the following: (i) any other person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the specified person; (ii) any other person that is an executive officer of, partner in, or serves in a similar capacity to, the specified person or of which the specified person is an executive officer or partner or with respect to which the specified person serves in a similar capacity; or (iii) any other person or entity owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing;

 

  (c) “Alternate Director” means an alternate Director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

  (d) “Auditor” includes any Person having experience in reviewing and/or auditing the financial statements of entities and that has been appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws to audit the accounts of the Company;

 

  (e) “Bankruptcy Matters” means the commencement of a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, winding-up, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or the like, for the Company or any substantial part of its property, or to make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or to admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

 

  (f) “Board” means the Board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;


  (g) “Class A Member” means a Member with respect to Class A Shares held by such Member;

 

  (h) “Class A Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (i) “Class B Member” means a Member with respect to Class B Shares held by such Member;

 

  (j) “Class B Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (k) “Class C Member” means a Member with respect to Class C Shares held by such Member;

 

  (l) “Class C Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Bye-law 50;

 

  (m) “Company” means Textainer Marine Containers Limited, an exempted company organized in Bermuda with limited liability;

 

  (n) “Container” means any dry cargo, refrigerated, open top, flat rack, domestic storage, tank, high cube or other type of marine or intermodal container;

 

  (o) “Contribution and Sale Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006, among the Company, Textainer Limited and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V., as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (p) “Director” means a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;

 

  (q) “FB Transportation” means FB Transportation Capital LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any of its Affiliates that are assignees of the Class A Shares;

 

  (r) “Indenture” means the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2005, between the Company, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as indenture trustee, as such indenture may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (s) “Indenture Trustee” means the person fulfilling the role of the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, which as of the date hereof initially shall be Wells Fargo Bank, National Association;

 

2


  (t) “Independent Director” means a director (i) who is not a current or former director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, employee, creditor or customer of the Company or of any Affiliate of the Company (including Textainer, FB Transportation, Fortis Capital Corp. or any of their respective Affiliates) and is not a spouse, parent, brother, sister, child, aunt, uncle or cousin of any such person, and (ii) who has not received, and was not a director, officer, partner, member, shareholder or employee of any person that has received any fees or other income other than fees for serving as such Independent Director from any affiliate of the Company in any year within the five (5) years immediately preceding, or any year during, such director’s incumbency as an Independent Director. However, an Independent Director may serve, or may have served previously, with compensation therefor in such a capacity for any other special purpose entity formed by any Affiliate of the Company;

 

  (u) “Management Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2005, between Textainer Equipment Management Limited, the Company and the Indenture Trustee, as such agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (v) “Manager Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 11.1 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (w) “Member” means the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons as the context so requires;

 

  (x) “Members’ Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Members’ Agreement dated as of November __, 2007 among the Company, FB Transportation and Textainer, as such agreement shall be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms;

 

  (y) “Notice” means written notice as further defined in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

  (z) “Officer” means any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

  (aa)

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, a joint venture, an unincorporated association, a joint-stock company, a trust or other entity or (a) any

 

3


 

national, state or other sovereign government, and any federal, regional, state, provincial, local, city government or other political subdivision, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality or public body, (c) any court or administrative tribunal or (d) with respect to any Person, any arbitration tribunal or other nongovernmental authority to whose jurisdiction that Person has consented;

 

  (bb) “Pledge Agreement” means any pledge agreement with respect to a pledge by a Member of its Shares of the Company;

 

  (cc) “Pledgee” means any person entitled to a security interest or charge in Shares of the Company (which pledge has been approved in accordance with the terms of these bye-laws) pursuant to a Pledge Agreement;

 

  (dd) “Register of Directors and Officers” means the Register of Directors and Officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

  (ee) “Register of Members” means the Register of Members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

  (ff) “Related Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture;

 

  (gg) “Requisite Global Majority” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 101 of the Indenture;

 

  (hh) “Resident Representative” means any Person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;

 

  (ii) “Secretary” means the Person appointed to perform any or all the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary;

 

  (jj) “Specified Matter” has the meaning set forth in numbered clause (4) of Bye-law 19;

 

  (kk) “Super-Majority Matters” means an action by or in connection with the Company in relation to any of the following:

 

  (i) To approve a dissolution of the Company or a sale of the Company whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or sale of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;

 

4


  (ii) To approve the issuance to any Person of any additional Class A Shares, Class B Shares or securities convertible into Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares ;

 

  (iii) To approve the transfer of Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares to a Person other than FB Transportation or Textainer (or the Pledgee pursuant to a Pledge Agreement), except that FB Transportation and Textainer may transfer their respective shares to an Affiliate or another Class A or Class B Member in accordance with Bye-law 62, subject to compliance with applicable law;

 

  (iv) To discontinue the Company to a named country or jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to Section 132G of the Act;

 

  (v) To waive any Manager Default otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (vi) To appoint a Replacement Manager otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 of the Management Agreement;

 

  (vii) To change the Auditor of the Company; and

 

  (viii) To amend or modify either or both of the Memorandum of Association and the Bye-laws of the Company in a manner that affects the rights, duties or obligations accruing to, as exercisable by, the Class A Shares or the Class A Members;

 

  (ll) “Textainer” means Textainer Limited, an exempted company organized in Bermuda with limited liability.

(2) “In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

  (a) words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender or neuter;

 

  (c) words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d) the word:

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

  (ii) “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

5


  (e) unless otherwise provided herein words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

(3) Expressions referring to writing or written shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words in a visible form.

(4) Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

(5) Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

2. Board of Directors

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. The number of Directors of the Company shall be four unless increased to five in accordance with Bye-law 19, which number shall also be the maximum number of Directors for the purposes of Section 91(1A) of the Act. Three Directors shall be appointed by Textainer (except when the Class A Shares owned by Textainer are transferred to a Pledgee, in such case three directors shall be appointed by the Pledgee) and one Director shall be appointed by FB Transportation.

 

3. Management of the Company

(1) The Board may, in managing the business of the Company, exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Bye-laws, the provisions of any statute and to such directions as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting.

(2) No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

(3) The Board may procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company.

 

4. Power to appoint managing director or chief executive officer

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company.

 

6


5. Power to appoint manager

The Board may appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day to day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business.

 

6. Power to authorise specific actions

The Board may, consistent with the limitations set forth in Bye-law 43, from time to time and at any time authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

7. Power to appoint attorney

The Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company.

 

8. Power to delegate to a committee

Subject to the limitations set forth in Bye-laws 10 and 43, the Board may delegate any of its powers to a committee appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors and every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them. The meeting and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board.

 

9. Power to appoint and dismiss employees

The Board may appoint, suspend or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties.

 

10. Power to borrow and charge property

(1) Other than pursuant to the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any other Related Documents, the Company shall not borrow money, mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, or issue debentures, debenture stock and other debt securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party.

 

7


(2) Except as otherwise provided or permitted by the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any other Related Documents, but subject to the other provisions of these Bye-laws, the Company shall not take action in connection with any of the following matters, unless such matters are approved by the Board and, if required, by the Members, in accordance with the provisions of Bye-Law 43:

 

  (a) selling, transferring, exchanging or otherwise disposing of any of the assets or Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company;

 

  (b) contracting for, creating, incurring or assuming any liens upon or charges over the property or assets of the Company;

 

  (c) incurring, contracting for, creating or assuming any indebtedness or consenting to the entry of any judgment against the Company;

 

  (d) amalgamating, consolidating or merging with or into any other entity or transferring to any entity all or any part of the Collateral;

 

  (e) making any expenditure on capital assets other than pursuant to the Management Agreement or in connection with the acquisition of Containers made pursuant to the Contribution and Sale Agreement;

 

  (f) knowingly performing any act which would subject any holder of a Note (as defined in the Indenture) to liability for Taxes (as defined in Section 205 of the Supplement).

 

11. Exercise of power to purchase shares of or discontinue the Company

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares pursuant to Section 42A of the Act.

 

12. Election of Directors

The Board shall consist of the number of Directors required pursuant to Bye-law 2 who shall be appointed as hereinafter provided in the first place at the statutory meeting of the Company. Thereafter any Director appointed by FB Transportation (each, a “FB Transportation Director”) shall be appointed by written notice delivered by FB Transportation to the Company’s registered office, and any Director appointed by Textainer (or the Pledgee if the Class A Shares owned by Textainer are transferred to a Pledgee) (each, a “Textainer Director” or “the Pledgee Director”, as the case may be) shall be appointed by written notice delivered by Textainer or the Pledgee, as the case may be, to the Company’s registered office, all of whom shall hold office until the next annual general meeting or until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated. Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) shall at all times be entitled to appoint three (3) Directors, and FB Transportation shall at all times be entitled to appoint one Director.

 

8


13. Defects in appointment of Directors

All acts done bona fide by any meeting of the Board or by a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

14. Alternate Directors

(1) At any time FB Transportation and Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to one or more of the FB Transportation Directors or Textainer Directors (or the Pledgee Directors, as the case may be) (as the case may be) by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office; provided, that only FB Transportation shall be permitted to appoint an Alternate Director for a FB Transportation Director and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) shall be permitted to appoint an Alternate Director for each Textainer Director (or each Pledgee Director, as the case may be). Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself or herself by notice in writing deposited with the Secretary. Any person so elected or appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

(2) An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Board and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.

(3) An Alternate Director shall cease to be such if the Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed ceases for any reason to be a Director but may be re-appointed by the Board as alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

15. Removal of Directors

(1) Only FB Transportation may remove a FB Transportation Director (which removal shall be effected by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office) and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) may remove a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be) (which removal shall be effected by written notice delivered to the Company’s registered office).

(2) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law must be filled by the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or in the notice effecting such removal (as the case may be) and after giving effect to any such election or appointment, the composition of the Board shall be as set forth in Bye-law 2.

 

9


16. Vacancies on the Board

(1) Subject to Bye-law 2, the Members shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as the result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed; provided that only FB Transportation or a FB Transportation Director may appoint an Alternate Director to a FB Transportation Director and only Textainer (or the Pledgee, as the case may be) or a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be) may appoint an Alternate Director to a Textainer Director (or the Pledgee Director, as the case may be).

(2) Notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting of the Company or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

(3) The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

  (a) is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

  (b) is or becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

  (c) is or becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

  (d) resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the Company.

 

17. Notice of meetings of the Board

(1) A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board.

(2) Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

18. Quorum at meetings of the Board

Other than in accordance with Bye-law 19, the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be three Directors consisting of at least one FB Transportation Director and two Textainer Directors (or two Pledgee Directors, as the case may be).

 

10


19. Meetings of the Board

(1) The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(3) Subject to the special limitations set forth in paragraph 4 of this Bye-law 19 and paragraphs 3 and 4 of Bye-law 43, a resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present. In the case of a resolution which does not obtain the requisite number of votes, such resolution shall fail unless otherwise provided for in these Bye-laws.

(4) If a resolution is put to a vote at a meeting of the Board which (A) involves the matters described in clause (3) of Bye-law 43 , or (B) would amend or modify the provisions of Bye-law 43(3)(x) (each of the items described in clauses (A) and (B), a “Specified Matter”) then, in either such instance, the number of Directors of the Company shall automatically be increased to five (5), and the quorum for any such vote shall be four (4) Directors, one of which must be an Independent Director. The additional directorship arising as a result of the increase in the number of directors shall be filled by an Independent Director who shall be elected by an affirmative vote of a majority of the other Directors from a pool of candidates (and such pool may consist of only one person) of candidates put forward by AMACAR Investments, LLC. The Independent Director elected pursuant to this Bye-law 19(4) shall be a Director until the vote regarding the Specified Matter and shall cease to be a Director immediately following such vote. An action involving a Specified Matter must also be approved in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 43(4).

 

20. Unanimous written resolutions

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution. For the purposes of this Bye-law only, “Director” shall not include an Alternate Director.

 

21. Contracts and disclosure of Directors’ interests

(1) Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in a professional capacity for the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or such company shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if such Director were not a Director, provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or such company to act as Auditor of the Company.

 

11


(2) A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

(3) Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

22. Remuneration of Directors

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

OFFICERS

 

23. Officers of the Company

The Officers of the Company shall consist of a President and a Vice President or a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may from time to time determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Bye-laws.

 

24. Appointment of Officers

(1) The Board shall, as soon as possible after the statutory meeting of Members and after each annual general meeting, appoint a President and a Vice President or a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman who shall be Directors.

(2) The Secretary and additional Officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

25. Remuneration of Officers

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

26. Duties of Officers

Subject to the limitations set forth in these Bye-laws, the officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

12


27. Chairman of meetings

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to attend and vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not the President shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members and of the Board at which such person is present. In their absence the Deputy Chairman or Vice President, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

28. Register of Directors and Officers

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

MINUTES

 

29. Obligations of Board to keep minutes

(1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

(2) Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

30. Indemnification of Directors and Officers of the Company

The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include, for the purposes of Bye-laws 30 and 31, any person appointed to any committee by the Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for

 

13


the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons. Such indemnification shall be payable by the Company at the times, in the amounts and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 302 of the Indenture.

 

31. Waiver of claim by Member

Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

MEETINGS

 

32. Notice of annual general meeting

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year of incorporation at such time and place as the President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint. At least five days notice of such meeting shall be given to each Member stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

33. Notice of special general meeting

The President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene a special general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary, upon not less than five days’ notice which shall state the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

34. Accidental omission of notice of general meeting

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any Person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

35. Meeting called on requisition of Members

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company and the provisions of Section 74 of the Act shall apply.

 

14


36. Short notice

A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been property called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

37. Postponement of meetings

The Secretary may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

38. Quorum for general meeting

Unless otherwise provided for in these Bye-laws, at any general meeting of the Company two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, PROVIDED that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting of the Company held during such time. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine.

 

39. Adjournment of meetings

The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed), adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date and time, fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

40. Attendance at meetings

Members may participate in any general meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

15


41. Written resolutions

(1) Subject to subparagraph (6), anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members of the Company, may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

(2) A resolution in writing may be signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members, or any class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

(3) For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or, in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

(4) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

(5) A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of Sections 81 and 82 of the Act.

(6) This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

  (a) a resolution passed pursuant to Section 89(5) of the Act; or

 

  (b) a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office under these Bye-laws.

 

42. Attendance of Directors

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

43. Voting at meetings

(1) Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

16


(2) No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

(3) No action shall be taken by the Company in connection with any of the following matters unless the same shall also first have been approved or authorised by (x) a resolution of the Board for which at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Directors (including any Independent Director) have voted in favour, (y) a resolution of the Class A Members and Class B Members representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class A Shares and Class B Shares then in issue and (z) a resolution of the Class C Members representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all the Class C Shares then in issue:

 

  (a) authorization of a Bankruptcy Matter; or

 

  (b) amending this Bye-law 43(3), Bye-law 43(4), Bye-law 19(4), or Bye-law 86.

(4) No action shall be taken by the Company in connection with any of the Super-Majority Matters or Specified Matters unless such action shall have been first approved or authorised by (x) a resolution of the Board for which at least 80% of all Directors (or such higher percentage as may be required by paragraph (3) of Bye-law 43) have voted in favour and which is otherwise passed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4 of Bye-law 19 in connection with any of the Specified Matters, and (y) a resolution of Members for which Members representing at least 80% of all then issued and outstanding Class A Shares and Class B Shares that are entitled to vote have voted in favour of such Super-Majority Matters or Specified matters.

(5) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Independent Director shall consider only the interests of the Company, and its respective creditors, in acting with respect to any matter under these Bye-laws, including (without limitation) the matters referred to in this Bye-law 43.

 

44. Voting on show of hands

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his or her hand.

 

45. Decision of chairman

At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

17


46. Demand for a poll

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding two Bye-laws, at any general meeting of the Company, in respect of any question proposed for the consideration of the Members (whether before or on the declaration of the result of a show of hands as provided for in these Bye-laws), a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

  (a) the chairman of such meeting; or

 

  (b) at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

  (c) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

  (d) any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

  (e) Where, in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law, a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted in the manner set out in subparagraph (2) and (3) of this Bye-Law or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands.

(2) A poll demanded in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law, for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith and a poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the Chairman (or acting chairman) may direct and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

(3) Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his or her vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialed or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

18


47. Seniority of joint holders voting

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

48. Instrument of proxy

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “A” in the Schedule hereto, under the hand of the appointor or of the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal, or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or attorney. The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any instrument of proxy shall be final.

 

49. Representation of corporations at meetings

A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Members and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he or she thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

50. Rights of shares

Subject to any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be divided into three classes of shares, namely Class A Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class A Shares”), Class B Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class B Shares”) and Class C Shares of US$1.00 par value each (the “Class C Shares”), the holders of which shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws have the respective rights as herein set out:

 

  (a) Holders of the Class A Shares shall:

 

  (i) be entitled to one vote per share;

 

  (ii) subject to the terms of the Members’ Agreement, be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

19


  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to payment in accordance with Section 4.1(c) of the Members’ Agreement; and

 

  (iv) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

  (b) Holders of the Class B Shares shall:

 

  (i) not be entitled to vote except as otherwise required by law or these Bye-laws;

 

  (ii) subject to the terms of the Members’ Agreement, be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to payment in accordance with Section 4.1(c) of the Members’ Agreement; and

 

  (iv) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

  (c) Holders of the Class C Shares shall:

 

  (i) not be entitled to vote except as otherwise required by law or these Bye-laws;

 

  (ii) not be entitled to dividends;

 

  (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the payment of US$1.00 per Class C Share;

 

  (iv) upon satisfaction in full of all obligations of the Company pursuant to the Indenture, be subject to having such Class C Shares be redeemed at the option of the Company for US$1.00 per Class C Share; and

 

  (v) generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

51. Power to issue shares

(1) Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have power to issue any unissued shares of the

 

20


Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may from time to time by resolution of the Members prescribe.

(2) The Board shall, in connection with the issue of any share, have the power to pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law.

(3) The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any Person of or for any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-Law shall prohibit transactions mentioned in Sections 39A, 39B and 39C of the Act.

(4) The Company may from time to time do any one or more of the following things:

 

  (a) make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members in the amounts and times of payments of calls on their shares;

 

  (b) accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up;

 

  (c) pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others; and

 

  (d) issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding up.

 

52. Variation of rights, alteration of share capital and purchase of shares of the Company

(1) Subject to the provisions of Sections 42 and 43 of the Act any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by resolution of the Members determine.

(2) If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class in accordance with Section 47 (7) of the Act. The rights conferred upon the holders of

 

21


the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

(3) The Company may from time to time by resolution of the Members change the currency denomination of, increase, alter or reduce its share capital in accordance with the provisions of the Act. Where, on any alteration of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the issue to Members, as appropriate, of fractions of shares and/or arranging for the sale or transfer of the fractions of shares of Members.

(4) The Company may from time to time purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 42A of the Act.

 

53. Registered holder of shares

(1) The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other Person.

(2) Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members or, in the case of joint holders, to such address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares anyone can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

54. Death of a joint holder

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

55. Share certificates

(1) Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, how much has been paid thereon. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

(2) The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the Person to whom such shares have been allotted.

 

22


(3) If any such certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

56. Calls on shares

The Board may from time to time make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

57. Forfeiture of shares

(1) If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward to such Member a notice in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “B” in the Schedule hereto.

(2) If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.

(3) A Member whose share or shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

58. Contents of Register of Members

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

59. Inspection of Register of Members

The Register of Members shall be open to inspection at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper to that effect, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

23


60. Determination of record dates

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Board may fix any date as the record date for:

 

  (a) determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend; and

 

  (b) determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

61. Instrument of Transfer

(1) An instrument of transfer shall be in the form or as near thereto as circumstances admit of Form “C” in the Schedule hereto or in such other common form as the Board may accept. Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

(2) The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

62. Restriction on Transfer

(1) The Board shall not register the transfer of a share unless such transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.7 of the Members Agreement. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained.

(2) If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

63. Transfers by joint holders

The joint holders of any share or shares may transfer such share or shares to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share or shares previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

24


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

64. Representative of deceased Member

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of Section 52 of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member’s estate or such other person as the Board may in its absolute discretion decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

65. Registration on death or bankruptcy

Any Person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some Person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the Person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “D” in the Schedule hereto. On the presentation thereof to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

66. Declaration of dividends by the Board

(1) The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and the Members’ Agreement and in accordance with Section 54 of the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares by class held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets.

(2) If a proposed resolution of the Board to declare and pay a dividend (or distribution pursuant to Bye-law 67) to the Class B Member results in a tied vote, the Textainer Director(s) (or the Pledgee Director(s), as the case may be) shall have a deciding vote.

(3) If, at any time after the Pledgee Directors are appointed, a proposed resolution of the Board to declare and pay a dividend (or distribution pursuant to Bye-law 67) to the Class A Members results in a tied vote, the Pledgee Director(s) shall have a deciding vote.

 

25


67. Other distributions

The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company, provided such declaration is made in accordance with the provisions of the Members’ Agreement, provided further, for the avoidance of doubt, that such distributions in accordance with the Members’ Agreement need not be pro rata.

 

68. Reserve fund

The Board may from time to time before declaring a dividend set aside, out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other special purpose.

 

69. Deduction of Amounts due to the Company

The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

CAPITALISATION

 

70. Issue of bonus shares

(1) The Board may resolve to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Members.

(2) The Company may capitalise any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

ACCOUNTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

71. Records of account

The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

  (c) the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

26


Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to Section 83 (2) of the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

72. Financial year end

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31st December in each year.

 

73. Financial statements

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to Section 88 of the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

AUDIT

 

74. Appointment of Auditor

Subject to Section 88 of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, a Person having experience in reviewing and/or auditing financial statements of entities shall be appointed by the Members as an independent representative of the Members as Auditor of the accounts of the Company, provided that such appointment shall have been approved in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws. Such Auditor may not be a Member, and no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his or her continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

75. Remuneration of Auditor

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

 

76. Vacation of office of Auditor

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the Board shall, as soon as practicable, convene a special general meeting to fill the vacancy thereby created.

 

77. Access to books of the Company

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

27


78. Report of the Auditor

(1) Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to Section 88 of the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

(2) The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

(3) The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in subparagraph (2) of this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor must disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

NOTICES

 

79. Notices to Members of the Company

A notice may be given by the Company to any Member either by delivering it to such Member in person or by sending it to such Member’s address in the Register of Members or to such other address given for the purpose. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a notice may be sent by mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form.

 

80. Notices to joint Members

Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

81. Service and delivery of notice

Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile or other method as the case may be.

SEAL OF THE COMPANY

 

82. The seal

The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use outside Bermuda.

 

28


83. Manner in which seal is to be affixed

The seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except attested by the signature of a Director and the Secretary or any two Directors, or any Person appointed by the Board for the purpose, provided that any Director, Officer or Resident Representative, may affix the seal of the Company attested by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative’s signature to any authenticated copies of these Bye-laws, the incorporating documents of the Company, the minutes of any meetings or any other documents required to be authenticated by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative.

WINDING-UP

 

84. Winding-up/distribution by liquidator

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

85. Miscellaneous

In order to ensure that the Company operates and maintains its legal status as an independent entity, individual, separate and distinct from its Members, their Affiliates, Directors and Officers, the Company shall, except as otherwise provided or permitted by the Indenture, any supplement to the Indenture or any Related Documents:

 

  (a) not commingle its assets with those of any other entity except for any commingling that may occur prior to the distribution of funds by the Manager to the Company in accordance with the Management Agreement;

 

  (b) maintain records and books of account separate from those of any other entity;

 

  (c) conduct its business solely in its own name so as not to mislead others as to its identity separate and distinct from any other entity except as contemplated by the Management Agreement;

 

  (d) provide for its expenses and liabilities from its own funds;

 

  (e) maintain correct and complete books and records of account in a consistent manner from year to year and separate and apart from any other entity;

 

29


  (f) maintain minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its Members and Board of Directors in accordance with the Act;

 

  (g) act solely in its own name and, as applicable, through its duly authorised officers, agents or representatives (including the Manager to the extent set forth in the Management Agreement) in the conduct of its business;

 

  (h) maintain an arm’s length relationship with any other entity;

 

  (i) not make any loan to or guarantee (or otherwise become contingently liable in respect of) any loan to any Member or Affiliate, or any Director or Officer of the Company; and

 

  (j) not borrow from any Affiliate of any Member or the Manager (except for any Manager Advances (as defined in the Management Agreement) made in accordance with the Management Agreement) or any Director or Officer of the Company.

ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

 

86. Alteration of Bye-laws

No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 43.

 

87. Conflict with Members’ Agreement

If, and to the extent these Bye-laws conflict with the Members’ Agreement, the provisions of the Members’ Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by law, prevail.

******

****

**

 

30


SCHEDULE—FORM A (Bye-law 49)

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED

PROXY

I/We                                                                                                        of                                                                                                the holder(s) of                      share(s) in the above-named company hereby appoint                                                               or failing him/her                                                               or failing him/her as my/our proxy to vote on my/our behalf at the general meeting of the Company to be held on the day      of             , 20    , and at any adjournment thereof.

Dated this      day of             , 20    

*GIVEN under the seal of the Company

*Signed by the above-named

 

 

 

Witness

*Delete as applicable.

 

31


SCHEDULE—FORM B (Bye-law 58)

NOTICE OF LIABILITY TO FORFEITURE FOR NON PAYMENT OF CALL

You have failed to pay the call of (amount of call] made on the      day of             , 20     last, in respect of the (number] share(s) (numbers in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the      day of             , 20     last, the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of              per annum computed from the said      day of             , 20     last, on or before the      day of              20     next at the place of business of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

Dated this      day of             , 20    

 

[Signature of Secretary]

By order of the Board

 

32


SCHEDULE—FORM C (Bye-law 62)

TRANSFER OF A SHARE OR SHARES

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                                                                                                            [amount]                                                                                                                            [transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                                                                                        [transferee] of                                                                                                                             [address]                                                                                                                            [number of shares] shares of                                                               Textainer, Marine Containers Limited.

Dated                     

 

 

 

 
  (Transferor)  
In the presence of:    

 

   
(Witness)    
 

 

 
In the presence of:   (Transferee)  

 

   
(Witness)    

 

33


SCHEDULE—FORM D (Bye-law 66)

TRANSFER BY A PERSON BECOMING ENTITLED ON DEATH/BANKRUPTCY

OF A MEMBER

I/We having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name of the deceased Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the register of members of Textainer Marine Containers Limited in the name of the said [name of deceased Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee his or her executors, administrators and assigns subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution thereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

WITNESS our hands this      day of             , 20    

 

Signed by the above-named   )
[person or persons entitled]   )
in the presence of:   )
Signed by the above-named   )
[transferee]   )
in the presence of:   )

 

34


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT


AMENDMENT NUMBER 1

TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER 1, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”) to the SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Series 2000-1 Supplement”), each by and between TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have previously entered into the Series 2000-1 Supplement;

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Series 2000-1 Supplement in order to amend certain provisions contained therein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Series 2000-1 Supplement.

SECTION 2. Full Force and Effect. Other than as specifically modified hereby, the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof and is hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

SECTION 3. Amendments to the Series 2000-1 Supplement. Pursuant to Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, effective on the date hereof, following the execution and delivery hereof, the following provision of the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall be amended as follows:

(a) Section 502(c) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by inserting the following text at the end of clause (B) thereof:

“, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date”

(b) The lead-in language in Article VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by deleting the words “as of the Restatement Effective Date” therein.

(c) Section 612(iii) of the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:


“(iii) The bye-laws of the Issuer provide that the Issuer shall have four directors (three directors appointed by Textainer Limited, and one director appointed by FB Transportation Capital LLC unless increased to five under certain circumstances described in the bye-laws, including, but not limited to, those discussed below. In the event of a resolution to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer, the bye-laws of the Issuer further provide that the number of directors is automatically increased to five and an independent director from the Director Services Provider is elected by a majority of the directors. Such independent director shall participate solely in the vote on the voluntary Insolvency Proceedings and shall cease to be a director immediately following such vote. No action can be taken to institute voluntary Insolvency Proceedings on behalf of the Issuer unless such action shall have been approved or authorized by (x) a resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer for which at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all directors (including the independent director) of the Issuer have voted in favor and (y) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class A Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) and Class B Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer and (z) a resolution of the members of the Issuer representing at least ninety-nine percent (99%) of all Class C Shares (as defined in the Issuer’s bye-laws) of the Issuer then issued and outstanding.”

SECTION 4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Issuer hereby confirms that (i) the requirements set forth in Section 705 of the Series 2000-1 Supplement have been satisfied with respect to the amendment set forth herein, and (ii) each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Articles IV and VI of the Series 2000-1 Supplement are true and correct as of the date first written above with the same effect as though each had been made as of such date, except to the extent that any of such representations, warranties and covenants expressly relate to earlier dates.

SECTION 5. Effectiveness.

(a) This Amendment shall become effective as of the opening of business on November 21, 2007. Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(c) After the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Series 2000-1 Supplement, and (ii) each reference in the Series 2000-1 Supplement to “this Supplement” and “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Series 2000-1 Supplement shall mean and be a reference to the Series 2000-1 Supplement as amended or modified hereby.

SECTION 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together one and the same agreement. A facsimile counterpart shall be effective as an original.

 

-2-


SECTION 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES; PROVIDED, THAT SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8. Consent to Jurisdiction. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Amendment, any rights or obligations hereunder, or the performance of such rights and obligations.

SECTION 9. No Novation. Notwithstanding that the Series 2000-1 Supplement is hereby amended by this Amendment as of the date hereof, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to cause a novation or discharge of any existing Indebtedness of the Issuer under the original Series 2000-1 Supplement or the security interest in the Collateral created thereby. All Series 2000-1 Notes that have been issued on or prior to the effective date of this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect and the Issuer hereby ratifies the Indebtedness evidenced thereby.

SECTION 10. Entire Agreement. This Amendment (together with the other Series 2000-1 Related Documents) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Philip Brewer

Name:   Philip Brewer
Title:   President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee
By:  

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:   Kristen L. Puttin
Title:   Assistant Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number One to the Second Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,
as Requisite Global Majority
By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

Amendment 1 to 2nd A&R 2000-1 Series Supplement

Signature Page


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT


[EXECUTION VERSION]

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CONTRIBUTION AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 21, 2007 (this “Amendment”), among TEXTAINER LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (“TL”), FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V. (“Fortis”; each of TL and Fortis, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”) and TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED, a company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “Issuer”), and consented to by WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”) under the Indenture (as defined below), and AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION (the “Requisite Global Majority”), is to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2006 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, including by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of July 31, 2006, the “Contribution and Sale Agreement”), among the Sellers and the Issuer and consented to by the Indenture Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into the Contribution and Sale Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to further amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement in certain respects as provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Contribution and Sale Agreement or, if not defined therein, in that certain Second Amended and Restated Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 26, 2005, by and between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

Section 2. Amendments to the Contribution and Sale Agreement. Effective as of the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the following provisions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement are amended as follows:

(a) Section 3.01(z) of the Contribution and Sale Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

All Representations and Warranties True. All representations and warranties made by such Seller in any certificate or other document delivered at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including all representations and warranties made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered


in connection with the issuance of the Notes and each of the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller), are true and correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which event they shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, however, that each of the representations, warranties and factual assumptions made to Morrison & Foerster LLP in support of its opinions issued and delivered in connection with the issuance of the Notes, to the extent that such representations, warranties and assumptions relate to (i) the ownership of the Class A shares of the Issuer or (ii) the duration of time during which Manager may own containers that are on lease as part of the Textainer container fleet, are made only as of the date of such opinion and the factual assumptions contained in such opinions (to the extent that such assumptions relate to such ownership or duration and compliance with such assumptions is in the control of the Seller) are deemed true and correct only as of the date of such opinions;”

Section 3. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein;

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein;

(v) No Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default, has occurred and is continuing, and no Early Amortization Event, Event of Default or Manager Default shall occur as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment; and

 

2


(vi) Each of the conditions precedent necessary to amend the Contribution and Sale Agreement as set forth herein have been, or contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment will be, satisfied.

(b) Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants as to itself that:

(i) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and in good standing and duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect upon its financial condition and business;

(ii) It has the power, and is duly authorized, to execute and deliver this Amendment, and it is authorized to perform its obligations under this Amendment;

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment do not and will not require any consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, manager or any other Person which is not being obtained herein; and

(iv) This Amendment, when duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms set forth herein.

Section 4. Scope and Effectiveness of Amendment.

(a) This Amendment shall be effective upon execution and delivery hereof and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall become a part of the Contribution and Sale Agreement and each reference in the Contribution and Sale Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document to the Indenture shall mean and be a reference to the Contribution and Sale Agreement as amended or modified hereby.

(c) Except as expressly amended by the terms of this Amendment, all terms and conditions of the Contribution and Sale Agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified in all respects.

(d) Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a “Related Document” under the Indenture and the Insurance Agreement.

Section 5. Entire Agreement. This Amendment represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 6. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

3


Section 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of Bermuda (without regard to choice of law principles) applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

[Signature pages on following pages]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE ISSUER:   TEXTAINER MARINE CONTAINERS LIMITED
  By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

    Philip K. Brewer
    Executive Vice President
THE SELLERS:   TEXTAINER LIMITED
  By  

/s/ Philip K. Brewer

    Philip K. Brewer
    Executive Vice President
  FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V.
  By  

[Signature illegible]

  Name:   [Illegible]
  Title:   Director
  By  

/s/ M.P. Nijs

  Name:   M.P. Nijs
  Title:  


The undersigned, as Requisite Global Majority, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

AMBAC ASSURANCE CORPORATION,
as Requisite Global Majority
By:  

/s/ Bracken Gardner

Name:   Bracken Gardner
Title:   Vice President

The undersigned, as Indenture Trustee, hereby consents to the foregoing Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Contribution and Sale Agreement.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not individually but solely as Indenture Trustee
By:  

/s/ Kristen L. Puttin

Name:   Kristen L. Puttin
Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT I

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Agreement

   1

Company

   1

Liens

   3

Members Agreement

   1

Purchased Shares

   1

Seller

   1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 8.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Name under which Subsidiary does Business

Textainer Limited

  

Bermuda

  

Textainer Limited

Textainer Equipment Management Limited

  

Bermuda

  

Textainer Equipment Management Limited

Textainer Equipment Management (S) Pte Ltd

  

Singapore

  

Textainer Equipment Management (S) Pte Ltd

Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited

  

Delaware

  

Textainer Equipment Management (U.S.) Limited

Textainer Equipment Management (U.K.) Limited

  

United Kingdom

  

Textainer Equipment Management (U.K.) Limited

Textainer Marine Containers Limited

  

Bermuda

  

Textainer Marine Containers Limited

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(A) OR RULE 15D-14(A)

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John A. Maccarone, certify that:

 

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;

 

  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2008

/s/     JOHN A. MACCARONE

John A. Maccarone

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(A) OR RULE 15D-14(A)

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ernest J. Furtado, certify that:

 

  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited;

 

  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 28, 2008
/s/    ERNEST J. FURTADO

Ernest J. Furtado

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(B) AND SECTION 1350

OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of Textainer Group Holdings Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1.   The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 28, 2008

/s/    JOHN A. MACCARONE

John A. Maccarone

Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

REQUIRED BY RULE 13A-14(B) AND SECTION 1350

OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002.

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), the undersigned officer of Textainer Group Holdings Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1.   The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 28, 2008

/s/    ERNEST J. FURTADO

Ernest J. Furtado

Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Consent of KPMG LLP

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Textainer Group Holdings Limited:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-147961) on Form S-8 of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries of our report dated March 28, 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the related financial statement schedules, which report appears in the December 31, 2007 annual report on Form 20-F of Textainer Group Holdings Limited and subsidiaries.

As discussed in Note 1(l) to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted FASB Staff Position AUG AIR-1 (FSP), Accounting for Planned Major Maintenance. The FSP was retrospectively applied adjusting all financial statements presented.

/s/    KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

March 28, 2008